
I flass ~Pfc W 

Book _i_ L_ 

-7 



/ 

Murray's Exercises — Improved Stereotype Edition. 

MURRAY'S 
ENGLISH EXERCISES, 

CONSISTING OF 

EXERCISES IN PARSING; INSTANCES OF FALSE ORTHOGRAPHY J 

VIOLATIONS OF THE RULES IN SYNTAX J DEFECTS IN 

PUNCTUATION ; AND VIOLATIONS OF THE 

RULES RESPECTING PERSPICUOUS 

AND ACCURATE WRITING. 

With which the corresponding Notes. Rules, and Observations 

in Murray's Grammar are incorporated; also 

Refer en es ii promiscuous Exercises to 

the Rules by which the Err ours 

are to be corrected. 

REVISED, PREPARED, AND PARTICULARLY ADAPTED TO THE 

USE OF SCHOOLS: 

BEING A COUNTERPART TO THE 

HN&LISH TSACHIiR. 



By ISRAEL ALGER, Jun., A. M. 



BOSTON: 
PUBLISHED BY ROBERT S. DAVIS & CO. 

1867. 



• i+fi 

1*67 

ALGER'S MURRAY'S GRAMMAR. 

Murray's English Grammar, with an Appendix con- 
taining exercises in Orthography, in Parsing, in Syn- 
tax, and in Punctuation ; designed for the younger 
classes of learners. By Lindley Murray. To which 
Questions are added, Punctuation, and the notes under 
Rules in Syntax copiously supplied from the author's 
large Grammar, being his own abridgement entire. 
Revised, prepared, and adapted to the use of the 
" English Exercises," by Israel Alger, Jr., A. M. 
Improved stereotype edition. 

Od" The School Committee of Boston passed a 
vote, authorizing the use of this work in all the public 
Reading and Grammar Schools of the City, which is 
considered a sufficient Recommendation of the work. 
The Grammar and Exercises have also been adopted 
in many of the best Schools, in various sections of the 
United States. 



Entered according to act of Congress in the year IS33, 

By Robert S. Davis, 

In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts 



INTRODUCTION. 



THE principles of knowledge become most intelligible to 
young persons, when they are explained and inculcated by prac- 
tical illustration and direction. This mode of teaching is attended 
with so many advantages, that it can scarcely be too much recom- 
mended, or pursued. Instruction which is enlivened by pertinent 
examples, and in which the pupil is exercised in reducing the 
rules prescribed to practice, has a more striking effect on the 
mind, and is better adapted to fix the attention, and sharpen the 
understanding, than that which is divested of these aids, and con- 
fined to bare positions and precepts ; in which it too frequently 
happens, that the learner has no further concern, than to read 
and repeat them. The time and care employed in practical 
application, give occasion to survey the subject minutely and in 
different points of view ; by which it becomes more known and 
familiar, and produces stronger and more durable impressions. 

These observations are peculiarly applicable to the study of 
grammar, and the method of teaching it. The rules require fre- 
quent explanation ; and, besides direct elucidation, they admit of 
examples erroneously constructed, for exercising the student's 
sagacity and judgment. To rectify these, attention and reflection 
are requisite ; and the knowledge of the rule necessarily results 
from the study and correction of the sentence. But these are not 
all the advantages which arise from Grammatical Exercises. By 
discovering their own abilities to detect and amend errours, and 
their consequent improvement, the scholars become pleased with 
their studies, and are animated to proceed, and surmount the ob- 
stacles which occur in their progress. The instructer too is re- 
lieved and encouraged in his labours. By discerning exactly the 
powers and improvement of his pupils, he perceives the proper 
season for advancing them : and bv observing the points in which 
they are deficient, he knows precisely where to apply his directions 
and explanations. 

These considerations have induced the Compiler to collect 
«tnd arrange a variety of erroneous examples, adapted to the 
different rules and instructions of English Grammar, and to the 
principles of perspicuous and accurate writing. It lias not indeed 



4 INTRODUCTION. 

been usual, to nnke Grammatical Exercises, in our language, very 
numerous and extensive: but if the importance and usefulness 
of them be as great as they are conceived to be, no apology will 
be necessary for the large field of employment, which the follow- 
ing work presents to the student of English Grammar. If he be 
detained longer than is common in this part of his studies, the 
probable result of it, an accurate and intimate knowledge of the 
subject, will constitute an ample recompense. 

The reader will perceive that some of the rules and observa- 
tions, under the part of Syntax, contain a much greater number 
of examples than others. This has arisen from the superiour im- 
portance of those rules, and from the variety requisite to illustrate 
them properly. When a few instances afford sufficient practice 
on the rule, the student is not fatigued with a repetition of examples 
which would cast no near light on the subject. 

In selecting the instances of false construction, the Compiler 
has studied to avoid those that are glaringly erroneous, and to fix 
upon such only as frequently occur in writing or speaking. If 
there be any of a different complexion, it is presumed that they 
are but few, and that they will be found under those rules only, 
which from the nature of them, could not have been otherwise 
clearly exemplified to young persons. The examples applicable 
to the principal notes and observations, are carefully arranged 
under the respective rules of Syntax ; and regularly numbered to 
make them correspond to the subordinate rules in the Grammar. 

As many of the examples contain several errours in the same 
sentence, and some of them admit of various constructions in 
amending them, it has been thought proper to publish a Key for 
ascertaining all the corrections : and this has been the more ex- 
pedient from the work's being designed for the benefit of private 
learners, as well as for the use of schools. The Key to the part 
of Orthography might have been omitted, had not some of the 
sentences contained so many words erroneously spelled, as to 
render it probable that several of them would, in that case, have 
been inadvertently passed over: especially by persons who may 
not have the advantage of a tutor. In forming the Key, it ap- 
peared to be more eligible to repeat the sentences at large, with 
their corrections, than simply to exhibit the amendments by 
themselves. In the mode adopted, the work has a more regular 
and uniform appearance ; the correspondent parts may be more 
readily compared; and the propriety of the corrections will be 
more apparent and striking. 

In a work which consists entirely of examples, and with which 
the learners will, consequently, be much occupied and impressed, 
the Compiler would have deemed himself culpable, had he exhib- 
ited such sentences as contained ideas inapplicable to young 
minds, or which were of a trivial or injurious nature He has, 
therefore, been solicitous to avoid all exceptionable matter ; and 



INTRODUCTION. 5 

to improve his work, by blending moral and useful observations 
with Grammatical studies. Even sentiments of a pious and re- 
ligious nature, have not been thought improper to be occasionally 
inserted in these Exercises. The understanding and sensibility of 
young persons, are much underrated by those who think them in- 
capable of comprehending and relishing this kind of instruction. 
The sense and love of goodness are early and deeply implanted in 
the human mind ; and often, by their infant energies, surprise the 
intelligent observer: — why, then, should not these emotions find 
their proper support and incentives, among the elements of learn- 
ing ? Congenial sentiments, thus disposed, besides making perma- 
nent impressions, may serve to cherish and expand those generous 
principles; or, at least, to prepare them for regular operation, at a 
future period. The importance of exhibiting to the youthful mind, 
the deformities of vice; and of giving it just and animating views 
of piety and virtue, makes it not only warrantable, but our duty 
also, to embrace every proper occasion to promote, in any degree 
these valuable ends. 

In presenting the learner with so great a number of examples, 
it was difficult to preserve them from too much uniformity. The 
Compiler has, however, been studious to give them an arrangement 
and diversity, as agreeable as the nature of the subject would ad- 
mit ; and to render them interesting, as well as intelligible and in- 
structive, to young persons. 

Holdgate, near York, 1797. 



ADVERTISEMENT. 



It is believed that both Teachers and Pupils have la- 
boured under numerous and serious inconveniences, in re- 
lation to certain parts of these Exercises, for the want of 
those facilities which this volume is designed to supply. 
Indeed, some parts of this useful work, have too frequently 
been either entirely omitted, or very imperfectly attended 
to, in consequence of the absence of those rules and prin- 
ciples by which the errours were intended to be corrected. 
Those rules, in Mr. Murray's Grammar, which relate to 
the correction of each part of the Exercises in Orthography, 
Syntax, Punctuation, and Rhetorical construction, have 
been introduced into this manual immediately preceding 
the Exercises to which they relate. The pupil being thus 
furnished with the principles by which he is to be govern- 
ed in his corrections, may pursue his task with profit and 
pleasure. 

In the promiscuous Exercises, notes are introduced, re- 
ferring the pupil to those rules and principles, in the re- 
spective parts of this Book, by which the corrections should 
be made, and which he should be able to repeat in his re- 
citations to his Teacher. 

The Editor does not pledge himself, that he has, in every 
instance, made the same reference which Mr. Murray 
would have made, were he to have performed this service 
himself. He has been satisfied, when two rules would ap- 
ply to the same correction, with giving that which, in his 
opinion, applies with the greater force. 

In this edition, more than forty 18mo. pages of matter 
have been added from Mr. Murray's Grammar. In this 
enlargement, great care has been taken to preserve the 
sentiments and language of the Author, and to render the 
work, in every respect, correct. It is hoped, that the im- 
provements will meet with a favourable reception from 
the Publick, and result in the extensive benefit of the rising 
generation. EDITOR. 

Harvard-Place, Boston, August, 1824. 



GENERAL DIRECTION'S 

FOR USING THE EXERCISES. 



1. As soon as the learner has committed to memory, the defini« 
tions of the article and substantive, as expressed in the Grammar, 
he should be employed in parsing those parts of speech, as they are 
arranged in this volume of the Exercises. 

2. The learner should proceed, in this manner, through all the 
definitions of the parts of speech contained in Etymology, regular- 
ly parsing the exercises of one definition, before he applies to 
another. 

3. As the pupil will then be able to understand all the rules in 
Orthography, he should be directed to correct, in regular order, 
the orthographical exercises attached to the particular rules. 

4. In this stage of his progress, he may vary his employment, by 
occasionally parsing the promiscuous exercises, contained in the 
ninth section of the chapter of Etymological Parsing, and by writ- 
ing the plurals of nouns, &c. in the eighth section of the same 
chapter. 

5. When the first rule of Syntax is committed to memory, the 
correspondent exercise in parsing, should be performed. Then 
the sentences of false syntax, under the rule, should be corrected, 
in writing. In this manner, both as to parsing and correcting, all 
the rules of Syntax should be treated, proceeding regularly accord- 
ing to their order. The pupil may now be occasionally employed 
in correcting the promiscuous exercises in Orthography. 

6. The preceding directions (except those upon Orthogra- 
phy) respect only the leading rules of the Grammar, which are 
printed in a larger type. When the exercises on those general 
rules are completed, and not before, the learner is to apply to the 
first subordinate rule, contained in the smaller type. He is to read 
it very attentively, assisted by the teacher's explanations ; and af- 
terwards correct, in writing, the false construction of the exercis- 
es belonging to it. Thus, he is to proceed, rule by rule, till the 
whole is finished.* The learner should now be, occasionally, em- 
ployed in parsing the promiscuous exercises, contained in the 
eighth section of the chapter on Syntactical parsing. 

* The pupil ought to review every leading rule, and again rec- 
tify a few of the sentences under it, before he enters on its subor- 
dinate rules and their correspondent exercises. 



8 GENERAL DIRECTIONS. 

7. When the student has corrected all the exercises approprial 
ed to the particular rules, he should regularly proceed to rectify 
the promiscuous Exercises, in Syntax and Punctuation. In this 
employ, he should write over each correction, the numher of the 
rule, principal or suhordinate, bv which he conceives the correc- 
tion ought to be made. 

8. After this progress, the learner will be qualified to enter on 
the Exercises respecting perspicuous and accurate writing. In 
this part, he is to proceed in a manner as similar to the preceding 
directions, as the subject will admit. 

9. When all the Exercises have been regularly corrected, in 
writing, it would tend to perfect the pupil's knowledge of the 
rules, and to give him an habitual dexterity in applying them, if 
he were occasionally desired to correct, verbally, erroneous sen- 
tences purposely selected from different parts of the book ; to re 
cite the. rules by which they are governed ; and, in his own lan- 
guage, to detail the reasons on which the corrections are founded. 
The following examples will give the student an idea of the man- 
ner in which he is to make the verbal corrections. 

" The man is prudent which speaks little." 

This sentence is incorrect ; because which is a pronoun of the 
neuter gender, and does not agree in gender with its antecedent 
man, which is masculine. But a pronoun should agree with its 
antecedent, in gender, Sec. according to the fifth rule of Syntax. 
Which should therefore be who, a relative pronoun agreeing with 
its antecedent man ; and the sentence should stand thus: "The 
man is prudent who speaks little." 

44 After I visited Europe, I returned to America." 

This sentence is not correct; because the verb visited is in the 
imperfect tense, and yet used here to express an action, not only 
past, but prior to the time referred to by the verb returned, to 
which it relates. By the thirteenth rule of syntax, when verbs 
are used that, in point of time, relate to each other, the order of 
time should be observed. The imperfect tense visited should, 
therefore, have been had visited, in the pluperfect tense, represent- 
ing the action of visiting, not only as past, but also as prior to the 
time of returning. The sentence corrected would stand thus : 
"After I had visited Europe, I returned to America." 

"This was the cause, which first gave rise to such a barbarou 
practice." 

This sentence is inaccurate. The words first and rise have 
here the same meaning ; and the word such is not properly applied 



GENERAL DIRECTIONS. 9 

This word signifies of that kind; but the author does not refer to 
a kind or species of barbarity. He means a degree of it: and 
therefore the word so, instead of such, ought to have been used. 
The words cause and gave rise, are also tautological : one of them 
should, consequently, be omitted. The sentence corrected would 
stand thus : "This was the original cause of so barbarous a prac- 
tice:" or, ' of a practice so barbarous." 

10. As parsing is an exercise of great importance to the pupil, 
it should be continued, regularly, through the whole course of his 
grammatical instruction. 

1 1. To the learner who has not the aid of a teacher, the Key is 
indispensable. But it should, on no occasion, be consulted, till the 
sentence which is to be rectified, has been well considered, and 
has received the learner's best correction. 



ADVERTISEMENT. 



As there are some teachers who doubt the propriety of 
presenting exercises of bad English to youth of the junior 
classes, it seems proper in this place, to make a few obser- 
vations on the subject. 

The author is persuaded, that exercises of this nature, can- 
not be too soon engaged in, by the student of grammar 
Simple rules, and examples of rectitude, make light impres 
sion, compared with the effect of contrast, in which errours 
and corrections are opposed to each other. A child general 
ly sees and hears so many instances of erroneous construc- 
tion, that, unless he is early taught to distinguish and correct 
them, his imitative powers will be more influenced by errour 
than by rectitude. Besides, children in detecting and amend- 
ing errours, feel their own powers ; and however small the 
exercise may be, it is a most pleasing and animating incen- 
tive to application and study. What they learn in this way 
will not only gratify them : it will also improve their judg- 
ment and sagacity, and be lone: and accurately remembered 

On these grounds, it is evident, that the practice of cor- 
recting errours, should be introduced into the early stages of 
grammatical studies. Instead of exposing children to " the 
danger of evil communication," as some ingenious persons 
have supposed, it seems to be the best means of teaching 
them, first, to discover the irregularities, and then, to avoid 
the contagion, of bad examples 



CONTENTS, 



PART I. 

Exercises in Parsing. 

chap.. 1. Exercises in Parsing-, as it respects Ety- 
mology alone --------- 13 

2. Exercises in Parsing-, as it respects both 

Etymology and Syntax 28 

PART II. 

Exercises in Orthography. 

CHAP. 1. Instances of false Orthography, arrang*- 

ed under the respective Rules - - - 40 
2. Instances of false Orthography, promis- 
cuously disposed -------- 46 

PART III. 

Exercises in Syntax. 

chap. 1. Instances of false Syntax, disposed under 

the particular Rules ------ 59 

2. Instances of false Syntax, promiscuously 

disposed -----_„„.- 130 

PART IV. 

Exercises in Punctuation. 
CHAP. 1. Sentences which require the application 
of the Comma, disposed under the par- 
ticular Rules ----- ---150 

2. Sentences requiring- the insertion of the 

Semicolon and Comma ------ 163 

3. Sentences requiring- the application of 

the Colon, &c. 165 



J 2 CONTENTS. 

chap. 4. Sentences which require the insertion of 

the Period 167 

5. Sentences requiring- the application of 

the Dash ; of the ^otes of Interrogation 
and Exclamation ; and of the Paren- 
thetical Characters - •• 169 

6. Promiscuous instances of defective Punc- 

tuation 171 



PART V. 

Exercises to promote perspicuous and accurate Writing 
First, With respect to single Words and Phrases. 

chap K Violations of the Rules of Purity - - - 182 
2. Violations of the Rules of Propriety - - 184 
J Violations of the Rules of Precision - - 193 

Secondly, With respect to the Construction of Sentences. 

chap ! Sentences in which the Rules of Clear- 
ness are violated -- 195 

2. Sentences in which the Rules of Unity 

are violated 203 

3. Sentences in which the Rules for pro- 

moting- the strength of a sentence are 
violated 207 

4. Instances of an irregular use of Figures 

of Speech 221 

5. Violations of the Rules respecting per- 

spicuous and accurate Writing, pro- 
miscuously disposed ------ 224 

APPENDIX. 

chap. 1. On transposing the members of a sen- 
tence 236 

2. On variety of expression ----- 240 

3. Figures of Speech - - 245 



EXERCISES. 



PART I. 

EXERCISES IN PARSING. 

CHAP. I. 

Exercises in Parsing, as it respects Etymology alone. 

SECT. I. 

Etymological Parsing Table. 

What part of speech ? 
1. An article. What kind? Why ? 
4. substantive. Common or pr< 

der? Number? Case? Why? 
3. An adjective. What degree of comparison ? To 

what does it belong ? Why an adjective ? 

4 A pronoun. What kind ? Person ? Gender ? 

Number ? Case ? Why ? 

5 A verb. What kind? Mood? Tense? Number? 

Person? Why? If a participle, Why? Active 
or passive ? 
G. An adverb. Why is it an adverb ? 

7. A preposition. Why a preposition ? 

8. A conjunction. Why ? 

9. An interjection. Why ? 



14 



SECT. II. 

Specimen of Etyinological Parsing. 

" Hope animates us." 

Hope is a common substantive, of the neuter gender, the third 
person, in the singular number, and the nominative case. [Decline 
the substantive.] Animates is a regular verb active, indicative 
mood, present tense, third person singular. [Repeat the present 
tense, the imperfect tense, and the perfect participle ; and some- 
times conjugate the verb entirely.] Us is a personal pronoun, 
first person plural, and in the objective case. [Decline the pro- 
noun.] 

"A peaceful mind is virtue's reward." 

A is the indefinite article. Peaceful is an adjective. [Repeat 
the degrees of comparison.] Mind is a common substantive, of 
the neuter gender, the third person, in the singular number, and 
the nominative case. [Decline the substantive.] Is is an irreg- 
ular verb neuter, indicative mood, present tense, and the third per- 
son singular. [Repeat the present tense, the imperfect tense, and 
the participle ; and occasionally conjugate the verb entirely.^ 
Virtue's is a common substantive, of the neuter gender, the third 
person, in the singular number, and the possessive case. [Decline 
the substantive.] Reward is a common substantive, of the neuter 
gender, the third person, the singular number, and the nominative 
case. 



SECT. III. 



Article and Substantive. 

A bush A hunter 

A tree An hour 

A flower An honour 

An apple An hostler 

An orange The garden 

An almond The fields 

A hood The rainbow 

A house The clouds 



15 



The scholars' duty 

The horizon 

Virtue 

The vices 

Temperance 

A variety 

George 

The Rhine 

A grammar 

Mathematicks 

The elements 

An earthquake 

The King's prerogative 

A prince 

A rivulet 

The Humber 

Gregory 

The pope 

An abbess 

An owl 

A building 

The Grocers' Company 

Europe 

The sciences 

Yorkshire 

The planets 

The sun 

A volume 

Parchment 

The pens 

A disposition 

Benevolence 

An oversigh. 

A design 

The governess 

An ornament 



The girls' school 

Depravity 

The constitution 

The laws 

Beauty 

A consumption 

Africa 

The continent 

Roundness 

A declivity 

Blackness 

An inclination 

The undertaking 

Penelope 

Constancy 

An entertainment 

A fever 

The stars 

A comet 

A miracle 

A prophecy 

An elevation 

The conqueror 

An Alexander 

Wisdom 

America 

The Caesars 

The Thames 

A river 

The shadows 

A vacancy 

The hollow 

An idea 

A whim 

Something 

Nothing. 



1G 



SECT. IV. 

Article, Adjective, and Substantive. 



A good heart. 
A wise head. 
A strong body. 
Shady trees. 
A fragrant flower. 
The verdant fields. 
A peaceful mind. 
Composed thoughts. 
A serene aspect. 
An affable deportment. 
The whistling winds. 
A boisterous sea. 
The howling tempest. 
An obedient son. 
A diligent scholar. 
A happy parent. 
The candid reasoner. 
Fair proposals. 
A mutual agreement. 
A plain narrative. 
An historical fiction. 
Relentless war. 
An obdurate heart. 
Tempestuous passions. 
A temper unhappy. 
A sensual mind. 
A gloomy cavern. 
Rapid streams. 
Unwholesome dews. 
A severe winter. 
A useless drone, 
e industrious bees. 



Harmless doves. 
The careless ostrich; 
The dutiful stork. 
The spacious firmament 
Cooling breezes. 
A woman amiable. 
A dignified character. 
A pleasing address. 
An open countenance. 
A convenient mansion. 
Warm clotl ing. 
A temperate climate. 
Wholesome aliment. 
An affectionate parent. 
A free government. 
The diligent farmer. 
A fruitful field. 
The crowning harvest. 
A virtuous conflict. 
A final reward. 
Peaceful abodes. 
The noblest prospect 
A profligate life. 
A miserable end. 
Gloomy regions. 
The babbling Drook. 
A limpid stream. 
The devious walk. 
A winding canal. 
The serpentine river. 
A melancholy fact. 
An interesting history 



A happier life. 
The woodbine's 



fra- 



grance. 
A cheering prospect. 
An harmonious sound. 
Fruit delicious. 
The sweetest incense. 
An odorous garden. 
The sensitive plant. 
A garden enclosed. 
The ivy-mantled tower. 
Virtue's fair form. 
A mahogany table. 
Sweet-scented myrtle. 
A resolution wise, noble, 

disinterested, 



ng. 17 

Consolation's lenient 
hand. 

A better world. 

A cheerful, good old 
man. 

A silver tea-urn. 

Tender-looking charity. 

An incomprehensible 
subject. 

A controverted point. 

The cool sequestered 
vale. 

My brother's wife's 
mother. 

A book of my friend's. 

An animating, well- 
founded hope. 



SECT. V. 

Pronoun and Verb, #c. 



I am sincere. 

Thou art industrious 

He is disinterested. 

Thou dost improve. 

He assisted me. 

We completed our jour- 
ney. 

Our hopes did flatter us. 

They have deceived 
me. 

Your expectation has 
failed. 

B 



The accident had hap- 
pened. 

He had resigned him- 
self. 

Their fears will detect 
them. 

You shall submit. 

They will obey us. 

Good humour shall pre- 
vail. 

We honour them. 

You encourage us. 

They commend her. 



1 8 EXEI 

Let him consider. 

Let us improve our- 
selves. 

Know yourselves. 

Let them advance. 

They may offend. 

I can forgive. 

He might surpass them. 

We could overtake him. 

I would be happy. 

Ye should repent. 

He may have deceived 
me. 

They may have forgot- 
ten. 

Thou mightst have im- 
proved. 

We should have consid- 
ered. 

To see the sun is pleas- 
ant. 

He will have determin- 
ed. 

We shall have agreed. 

Let me depart. 

Do you instruct him. 

Prepare your lessons. 

Promoting others' wel- 
fare, they advanced 
their own interest. 

He lives respected. 

Having resigned his of- 
fice, he retired. 
They are discouraged. 

He was condemned. 

vVe have been rewarded. 



She had been admired. 

Virtue will be rewarded, 

The person will have 
been executed, when 
the pardon arrives. 

Let him be animated. 

Be you entreated. 

Let them be prepared. 

It can be enlarged. 

You may be discovered. 

He might be convinced. 

It would be caressed. 

I may have been deceiv- 
ed. 

To live well is honour- 
able. 

To have conquered 
himself was his high- 
est praise. 

They might have been 
honoured. 

To be trusted, we must 
be virtuous. 

To have been admired, 
availed him little. 

Ridiculed, persecuted, 
despised, he maintain- 
ed his principles. 

Being reviled, we bless 

Having been deserted, 
he became discourag- 
ed. 

The sight being new, 
he startled. 

This uncouth figure 
startled him. 



I have searched, I have 
found it. 

They searched those 
rooms ; he was gone. 

The book is his ; it was 
mine. 

These are yours, those 
are ours. 

Our hearts are deceit- 
ful. 

Your conduct met their 
approbation. 

None met who could 
avoid it. 

His esteem is my hon- 
our. 

Her work does her 
credit. 

Each must answer the 
question. 



NG 19 

Every heart knows its 
own sorrows. 

Which was his choice ? 

It was neither. 

Hers is finished, thine is 
to do. 

This is what I feared. 

That is the thing which 
I desired. 

Who can preserve him- 
self? 

Whose books are these ? 

Whom have we served? 

Some are negligent, oth- 
ers industrious. 

One may deceive one's 
self. 

All have a talent to im- 
prove. 

Can any dispute it ? 

Such is our condition. 



SECT. VI. 



Adverb, Preposition, Conjunction, and Interjection. 



I have seen him once, 
perhaps twice. 

Thirdly, and lastly, I 
shall conclude. 

The task is already per- 
formed. 

We could not serve him 
then, but we will here- 
after. 



This plant is found here 
and elsewhere. 

Only to-day is properly 
ours. 

They travelled through 
France, in haste, to- 
wards Italy. 

From virtue to vice, ihe 
progress is gradual. 



20 EXEl 

We often resolve, but 
seldom perform. 

He is much more prom- 
ising now than for- 
merly. 

We are wisely and hap- 
pily directed. 

He has certainly been 
diligent, and he will 
probably succeed. 

How sweetly the birds 
sing ! 

Why art thou so heed- 
less ? 

He is little attentive, 
nay, absolutely stupid. 

When will they arrive? 

Where shall we stop ? 

Mentally and bodily, we 
are curiously and won- 
derfully formed. 

We in vain look for a 
path between virtue 
and vice. 

He lives within his in- 
come. 

The house was sold at 
a great price, and 
above its value. 

She came down stairs 
slowly, but went brisk- 
ly up again. 

By diligence and frugal- 
ity, we arrive at com- 
petency. 

We are oiten below our 



wishes, and above our 
desert. 

Some things make for 

him, others against him. 

By this imprudence, he 
was plunged into new 
difficulties. 

Without the aid of char- 
ity, he supported him- 
self with credit. 

Of his talents much 
might be said : con- 
cerning his integrity, 
nothing. 

On all occasions, she be- 
haved with propriety. 

We ought to be thank 
ful, for we have re- 
ceived much. 

Though he is often ad- 
vised, yet he does not 
reform. 

Reproof either softens 
or hardens its object. 

His father and mother 
and uncle reside at 
Rome. 

We must be temperate, 
if we would be healthy. 

He is as old as his class- 
mate, but not so learned. 

Charles is estemeed, be- 
cause he is both dis- 
creet and benevolent 

We will stay till he ar 
rives 



He retires to rest soon, 
that he may rise early. 

She will transgress, un- 
less she be admonish- 
ed. 

If he were encouraged, 
he would amend. 

Though he condemn me, 
I will respect him. 

Their talents are more 
brilliant than useful. 

Notwithstanding his 
poverty, he is a wise 
and worthy person. 

If our desires are mode- 
rate, our wants will be 
few. 

Neither prosperity, nor 
adversity, has improv- 
ed him. 

He can acquire no vir- 
tue, unless he make 
some sacrifices. 

Let him that standeth, 
take heed lest he fall. 

If thou wert his superi- 
our, thou shouldst not 
have boasted. 



ng. 21 

He will be detected, 

though he deny the 

fact. 
If he has promised, he 
should act accordingly. 
O, peace ! how desira- 
ble thou art ! 
I have been often occu- 
pied, alas ! with trifles 
Strange ! that we should 

be so infatuated. 
O ! the humiliations to 
which vice reduces us. 
Hark ! how sweetly the 

woodlark sings ! 
Ah ! the delusions of 

hope. 
Hope often amuses, but 

seldoms satisfies us. 
Though he is lively, yet 

he is not volatile. 
Hail, simplicity! source 

of genuine joy. 
Behold ! how pleasant it 

is for brethren to dwell 
together in unity ! 
Welcome again ! my 

long" lost friend. 



SECT. VII. 

A few instances of the same words constituting sev' 
eral of the parts of speech. 

Calm was the day, and | We may expect a calm 
the scene delightful, i after a storm. 



22 EXEF 

To prevent passion, is 
easier than to calm it. 

Better is a little with 
content, than a great 
deal with anxiety. 

The gay and dissolute 
think little of the mis- 
eries, which are steal- 
ing softly after them. 

A little attention will 
rectify some errours. 

Though he is out of dan- 
ger, he is still afraid. 

He laboured to still the 
tumult. 

Still waters are com- 
monly deepest. 

Damp air is unwhole- 
some. 

Guilt often casts a damp 
over our sprightliest 
hours. 

Soft bodies damp the 
sound much more 
than hard ones. 

Though she is rich and 
fair, yet she is not ami- 
able. 

They are yet young, and 
must suspend their 
judgment yet a while. 

Many persons are better 
than we suppose them 
to be. 

The few and the many 



have their preposses- 
sions. 

Few days pass without 
some clouds. 

Much money is cor- 
rupting. 

Think much, and speak 
little 

He has seen much of the 
world, and been much 
caressed. 

His years are more than 
hers ; but he has not 
more knowledge. 

The more we are bless- 
ed, the more grateful 
we should be. 

The desire of getting 
more is rarely satisfied. 

He has equal knowl- 
edge, but inferiour 
judgment. 

She is his inferiour in 
sense, but his equal in 
prudence. 

We must make a like 
space between the 
lines. 

Every being loves its 
like. 

Behave yourselves like 
men. 

We are too apt to like 
pernicious company. 

He may go or stay as he 
likes. 



They strive to learn. 
He goes to and fro. 
To his wisdom we owe 

our privilege. 
The proportion is ten to 

one. 
He served them with his 

utmost ability. 
When we do our utmost, 

no more is required. 
I will submit, for submis- 



xg. 23 

sion brings peace. 
It is for our health to be 
temperate. 

! for better times. 

1 have a regard for him. 
He is esteemed, both on 

his own account, and 
on that of his parents. 
Both of them deserve 
praise. 



SECT. VIII. 

Nouns, Adjectives, and Verbs, to be declined, compar- 
ed, and conjugated. 

Write, in the nominative case plural, the fol- 
lowing nouns : apple, plumb, orange, bush, tree, 
plant, convenience, disorder, novice, beginning, 
defeat, protuberance. 

Write the following substantives, in the nomina- 
tive case plural : cry, fly, cherry, fancy, glory, 
duty, boy, folly, play, lily, toy, conveniency. 

Write the following nouns in the possessive case 
singular : boy, girl, man, woman, lake, sea, church, 
lass, beauty, sister, bee, branch. 

Write the following in the nominative case plu- 
ral : loaf, sheaf, self, muff, knife, stuff, wife, staff, 
wolf, half, calf, shelf, life. 

Write the following in the possessive case plu- 
ral : brother, child, man, woman, foot, tooth, ox, 
mouse, goose, penny. 

Write the following nouns in the nominative and 
possessive cases plural : wife, chief, die, staff, city, 
river, proof, archer, master, crutch, mouth, baker, 
distaff. 



24 EXERCISES. 

Write the possessive singular and plural of the 
pronouns, I, thou, he, she, it, who, and other. 

Write the objective cases, singular and plural, 
of the pronouns, I, thou, he, she, it, and who. 

Compare the following adjectives : fair, grave, 
bright, long, short, tall, white, deep, strong, poor, 
rich, great. 

Compare the following adjectives : amiable, 
moderate, disinterested, favourable, grateful, stu- 
dious, attentive, negligent, industrious, perplex- 
ing. 

Write the following adjectives, in the compara- 
tive degree : near, far, little, low, good, indiffer- 
ent, bad, worthy, convenient. 

Write the following adjectives in the superla- 
tive degree : feeble, bold, good, ardent, cold, bad, 
base, little, strong, late, near, content. 

Conjugate the following verbs in the indicative 
mood, present tense : beat, gain, read, eat, walk, 
desire, interpose. 

Conjugate the following verbs in the potential 
mood, imperfect tense : fear, hope, dream, fly, 
consent, improve, controvert. 

Conjugate the following verbs in the subjunc- 
tive mood, perfect tense : drive, prepare, starve, 
omit, indulge, demonstrate. 

Conjugate the following verbs in the impera- 
tive mood : believe, depart, invent, give, abolish, 
contrive. Write the following verbs in the infin- 
itive mood, present and perfect tenses : grow, de- 
crease, live, prosper, separate, incommode. 

Write the present, perfect, and compound par- 
ticiples, of the following verbs : confess, disturb, 
please, know, begin, sit, set, eat, lie, lay. 

Conjugate the following verbs in the indicative 
mood, present and perfect tenses of the passive 



FARSING. 25 

voice : honour, abase, amuse, slight, enlighten, 
displease, envelop, bereave. 

Conjugate the following verbs in the indicative 
mood, pluperfect and first future tenses : fly, con- 
trive, know, devise, choose, come, see, go, eat, 
grow, bring, forsake. 

Write the following verbs in the present and 
imperfect tenses of the potential and subjunctive 
moods : know, shake, heat, keep, give, blow, be- 
stow, beseech. 

Write the following verbs in the indicative 
mood, imperfect and second future tenses, of the 
passive voice : slay, draw, crown, throw, defeat, 
grind, hear, divert. 

Write the following verbs in the second and 
third person singular of all the tenses in the in- 
dicative and subjunctive moods : approve, con- 
demn, mourn, freeze, know, arise, drive, blow, 
investigate. 

Form the following verbs in the infinitive and 
imperative moods, with their participles, all in the 
passive voice : embrace, draw, defeat, smite. 

SECT. IX. 

Promiscuous Exercises in Etymological Parsing. 

In your whole behaviour, be humble and oblig- 
ing. 

Virtue is the universal charm. 

True politeness has its seat in the heart. 

We should endeavour to please, rather than to 
shine and dazzle. 

Opportunities occur daily for strengthening in 
ourselves the habits of virtue. 

Compassion prompts us to relieve the wants of 
others. 

C 



A good mind is unwilling to give pain to either 
man or beast. 

Peevishness and passion often produce, from tri- 
fles, the most serious mischiefs. 

Discontent often nourishes passions, equally ma- 
lignant in the cottage and in the palace. 

A great proportion of human evils is created 
by ourselves. 

A passion for revenge, has always been consid- 
ered as the mark of a little and mean mind. 

If greatness flatters our vanity, it multiplies our 
dangers. 

To our own failings we are commonly blind. 

The friendships of young persons, are often 
founded on capricious likings. 

In your youthful amusements, let no unfairness 
be found. 

Engrave on your minds this sacred rule ; " Do 
unto others, as you wish that they should do unto 
you." 

Truth and candour possess a powerful charm • 
they bespeak universal favour. 

After the first departure from sincerity, it is sel- 
dom in our power to stop : one artifice generally 
leads on to another. 

Temper the vivacity of youth, with a proper 
mixture of serious thought. 

The spirit of true religion is social, kind, and 
cheerful. 

Let no compliance with the intemperate mirth 
of others, ever betray you into profane sallies. 

In preparing for another world, we must not 
neglect the duties of this life. 

The manner in which we employ our present 
time, may decide our future happiness or misery. 

Happiness does not grow up of its own accord : 



PARSING. 27 

it is the fruit of long cultivation, and the acquisi- 
tion of labour and care. 

A plain understanding is often joined with great 
worth. 

The brightest parts are sometimes found with- 
out virtue or honour. 

How feeble are the attractions of the fairert 
torm, when nothing within corresponds to them ! 

Piety and virtue are particularly graceful and 
becoming in youth. 

Can we, untouched by gratitude, view that pro- 
fusion of good, which the Divine hand pours 
around us ? 

There is nothing in human life more amiable 
and respectable, than the character of a truly hum- 
ble and benevolent man. 

What feelings are more uneasy and distressful, 
than the workings of sour and angry passions ? 

No man can be active in disquieting others, who 
does not, at the same time, disquiet himself. 

A life of pleasure and dissipation, is an enemy 
to health, fortune, and character. 

To correct the spirit of discontent, let us con- 
sider how little we deserve, and how much we 
enjoy. 

As far as happiness is to be found on earth, we 
must look for it, not in the world, or the things of 
the world ; but within ourselves, in our temper, 
and in our heart. 

Though bad men attempt to turn virtue into 
ridicule, they honour it at the bottom of their 
hearts. 

Of what small moment to our real happiness, 
are many of those injuries which draw forth our 
resentmept ! 



28 EXERCISES. 

In the moments of eager contention, every thing 
is magnified and distorted in its appearance. 

Multitudes in the most ohscure stations, are not 
less eager in their petty broils, nor less tormented 
by their passions, than if princely honours were 
the prize for which they contend. 

The smooth stream, the serene atmosphere, the 
mild zephyr, are the proper emblems of a gentle 
temper, and a peaceful life. Among the sons of 
strife, all is loud and tempestuous. 



CHAP. II. 

EXERCISES IN PARSING, AS IT RESPECTS BOTH ETYMOLOGY 
AND SYNTAX. 



Syntactical Parsing Table. 
Article. Why is it the definite article ? 

Why the indefinite ? 

Why omitted ? Why repeated ? 
Substantive. Why is it in the possessive case ? 

Why in the objective case ? 

Why in apposition ? 

Why is the apostrophick s omitted ? 
Adjective. Whit is its substantive ? 

Why in the singular, why in the plural number? 

Why in the comparative degree, &c. ? 

Why placed after its substantive ? 

"Why omitted ? Why repeated ? 
Pronoun, What is its antecedent ? 

Why is it in the singular, why in the plural num- 
ber? 

Why of the masculine, why of the feminine, why 
of the neuter gender? 

Why of the first, of the second, or of the third 
person ? 

Why is it the nominative case ? 

Why the possessive ? Why the objective ? 

Why omitted ? Why repeated ? 
Verb. What is its nominative case ? 



Adverb. 



Preposition. 



Conjunction. 



Interjection. 



PARSING. 29 

What case does it govern ? 

Why is it in the singular ? Why in the pluraj 
number ? 

Why in the first person, &c. 

Why is it in the infinitive mood? 

Why in the subjunctive, &c. ? 

Why in this particular tense ? 

W r hat relation has it to another verb, in point of 
time ? 

Why do participles sometimes govern the objec- 
tive case ? 

Why is the verb omitted ? Why repeated? 

What is its proper situation ? 

Why is the double negative used ? 

Why rejected ? 

What case does it govern ? 

Which is the word governed ? 

Why this preposition ? 

Why omitted ? Why repeated ? 

What modes, tenses, or cases, does it connect ? 
And why? What mood does it require ? Why 
omitted ? Why repeated ? 

Why does the nominative case follow it ? Why 
the objective ? Why omitted? Why repeated? 



SECT. II. 

Specimen of Syntactical Parsing. 
" Vice degrades us." 

Vice is a common substantive, of the neuter gender, the third 
person, in the singular number, and the nominative case. De- 
grades is a regular verb active, indicative mood, present tense, 
third person singular, agreeing with its nominative " vice," ac- 
cording to rule i. which says ; (here repeat the rule.) Us is a 
personal pronoun, first person plural, in the objective case, and 
governed by the active verb " degrades," agreeably to rule XI. 
which says, &c. 

" He who lives virtuously, prepares for all events." 

He is a personal pronoun, of the. third person, singular number 
and masculine gender. XVho is a relative pronoun, which has for 
its antecedent " he," with which it agrees in gender and number, 
according to rule v. which says, &c. Lives a regular verb 
neuter, indicative mood, present tense, third person singular agree- 



30 EXERC«£S. 

ing with its nominative. " who," according to rule vi. which 
says, &c. Virtuously is an adverb of quality. Prepares a reg- 
ular verb neuter, indicative mood, present tense, third person sin- 
gular, agreeing with its nominative, "he." For is a prepcsition. 
All is an adjective pronoun, of the indefinite kind, the plural num- 
ber, and belongs to its substantive, "events," • vith which it agrees, 
according to rule viii. which says, &c. Events is a common 
substantive, of the neuter gender, the third person, in the plural 
number, and the objective case, governed by the preposition, "for," 
according to rule xvii. which says, Sec. 

" If folly entice thee, reject its allurements." 
If is a copulative conjunction. Folly is a common substantive, 
of the neuter gender, tne third person, in the singular number, and 
the nominative case. Entice is a regular verb active, subjunctive 
mood, present tense, third person singular, and is governed by the 
conjunction, "if," according to rule xix. which says,&c. Thee 
is a personal pronoun, of the second person singular, in the objec- 
tive case, governed by the active verb " entice," agreeably to 
rule xi. which says, &c. Reject is a regular active verb, im- 
perative mood, second person singular, and agrees with its nom- 
inative case " thou," implied. Its is a personal pronoun, third 
person, singular number, and of the neuter gender, to agree A v ith 
its substantive " folly," according to rule v. which says, Arc. 
It is in the possessive case, governed by the noun " allurements," 
agreeably to rule x. which says, &c. Allurements is a com- 
mon substantive, of the neuter gender, the third person, in the 
plural number, and the objective case, governed by the active verb, 
"reject," according to rule xi. which says, Sec. 



SECT. III. 

Exercises on the first, second, third, and fourth Rules 
of Syjitax.* 

1. The contented mind spreads ease and cheer- 
fulness around it. 

The school of experience teaches many useful 
lessons. 

In the path of life are many thorns, as well as 
flowers. 

* In parsing these exercises, the pupil should repeat the respec- 
tive rule of Syntax, and show that it applies to the sentence which 
he is parsing. 



PARSING. 31 

Thou shouldst do justice to all men, even to en- 
emies. 

2. Vanity and presumption ruin many a promis- 
ing youth. 

Food, clothing, and credit, are the rewards of 
industry. 

He and William live together in great harmony. 

3. No age, nor condition, is exempt from trou- 
ble. 

Wealth, or virtue, or any valuable acquisition, 
is not attainable by idle wishes. 

4. The British nation is great and generous. 
The company is assembled. It is composed of 

persons possessing very different sentiments. 

A herd of cattle, peacefully grazing, affords a 
pleasing sight. 

SECT. IV. 

Exercises on the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth Rules 
of Syntax. 

5. The man, who is faithfully attached to reli- 
gion, may be relied on with confidence. 

The vices which we should especially avoid, 
are those which most easily beset us. 

6. They who are born in high stations, are not 
always happy. 

Our parents and teachers are the persons whom 
we ought, in a particular manner, to respect. 

If our friend is in trouble, we, whom he knows 
and loves, may console him. 

7. Thou art the man who has improved his 
privileges, and who will reap the reward. 

I am the person, who owns a fault committed, 
and who disdains to conceal it by falsehood. 



32 EXERCISES. 

8. That sort of pleasure weakens and debases 
the mind. 

Even in these times, there are many persons, 
who, from disinterested motives, are solicitous to 
promote the happiness of others. 

SECT. V. 

Exercises on the ninth, tenth, eleventh, and twelfth 
Rules of Syntax. 

9. The restless, discontented person, is not a 
good friend, a good neighbour, or a good subject. 

The young, the healthy, and the prosperous, 
should not presume on their advantages. 

10. The scholar's diligence will secure the tu- 
tor's approbation. 

The good parent's greatest joy, is, to see his 
children wise and virtuous. 

11. Wisdom and virtue ennoble us. Vice and 
folly debase us. 

Whom can we so justly love, as them who have 
endeavoured to make us wise and happy ? 

12. When a person has nothing to do, he is al- 
most always tempted to do wrong. 

We need not urge Charles to do good : he loves 
to do it. 

We dare not leave our studies without permis- 
sion. 

SECT. VI. 

Exercises on the thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, six- 
teenth, and seventeenth Rules of Syntax. 

13. The business is, at last, completed ; but 
long ago I intended to do it. 



PARSING. 33 

I expected to see the king, before he left Wind- 
sor. 

The misfortune did happen ; but we early hoped 
and endeavoured to prevent it. 

To have been censured by so judicious a friend, 
would have greatly discouraged me. 

14. Having early disgraced himself, he became 
mean and dispirited. 

Knowing him to be my superiour, I cheerfully 
submitted. 

15. We should always prepare for the worst, 
and hope for the best. 

A young man, so learned and virtuous, promises 
to be a very useful member of society. 

When our virtuous friends die, they are not lost 
for ever ; they are only gone before us to a hap- 
pier world. 

16. Neither threatenings, nor any promises, 
could make him violate the truth. 

Charles is not insincere ; and therefore we may 
trust him. 

17. From whom was that information received? 
To whom do that house, and those fine gardens, 

belong ? 

SECT. VII. 

Exercises on the eighteenth, nineteenth, twentieth, twen 
ty-jirst, and twenty-second Rules of Syntax. 

18. He and I commenced our studies at the 
same time. 

If we contend about trifles, and violently main- 
tain our opinion, we shall gain but few friends. 

19. Though James and myself are rivals, we 
do not cease to be friends. 



34 EXERCISES. 

If Charles acquire knowledge, good manners, 
and virtue, he will secure esteem. 

William is respected, because he is upright and 
obliging. 

20. These persons are abundantly more oppress- 
ed than we are. 

Though I am not so good a scholar as he is, I 
am, perhaps, not less attentive than he, to study. 

21. Charles was a man of knowledge, learning, 
politeness, and religion. 

In our travels, we saw much to approve, and 
much to condemn. 

22. The book is improved by many useful cor- 
rections, alterations, and additions. 

She is more talkative and lively than her broth- 
er, but not so well informed, nor so uniformly 
cheerful. 

SECT. VIII. 

Promiscuous Exercises in Syntactical Parsi?ig. 

PROSE. 

Dissimulation in youth, is the forerunner of per- 
fidy in old age. Its first appearance is the fatal 
omen of growing depravity, and future shame. 

If we possess not the power of self-govern- 
ment, we shall be the prey of every loose inclina- 
tion that chances to arise. Pampered by continu- 
al indulgence, all our passions will become mutin- 
ous and headstrong. Desire, not reason, will be 
the ruling principle of our conduct. 

Absurdly we spend our time in contending about 
the trifles of a day, while we ought to be prepar- 
ing for a higher existence. 

How little do they know of the true happiness 
of life, who are strangers to that intercourse of 



PARSING. 35 

good offices and kind affections, which, by a pleas- 
ing charm, attaches men to one another, and cir- 
culates rational enjoyment from heart to heart ! 

If we view ourselves, with all our imperfections 
and failings, in a just light, we shall rather be sur- 
prised at our enjoying so many good things, than 
discontented, because there are any which we 
want. 

True cheerfulness makes a man happy in him- 
self, and promotes the happiness of all around him. 
It is the clear and calm sunshine of a mind illumi- 
nated by piety and virtue. 

Wherever views of interest and prospects of re- 
turn, mingle with the feelings of affection, sensi- 
bility acts an imperfect part, and entitles us to 
small share of commendation. 

Let not your expectations from the years that 
are to come, rise too high ; and your disappoint- 
ments will be fewer, and more easily supported. 

To live long, ought not to be our favourite 
wish, so much as to live well. By continuing too 
long on earth, we might only live to witness a 
greater number of melancholy scenes, and to ex- 
pose ourselves to a wider compass of human wo. 

How many pass away some of the most valuable 
years of their lives, tost in a whirlpool of what 
cannot be called pleasure, so much as mere giddi- 
ness and folly ! 

Look round you with attentive eye, and weigh 
characters well, before you connect yourselves too 
closely with any who court your society. 

The true honour of man consists not in the mul- 
titude of riches, or the elevation of rank ; for ex- 
perience shows, that these may be possessed by 
the worthless, as well as by the deserving. 

Beauty of form has often betrayed its possessor. 



36 EXERCISES. 

The flower is easily blasted. It is short-lived at the 
best ; and trifling, at any rate, in comparison with 
the higher, and more lasting beauties of the mind. 

A contented temper opens a clear sky, and 
brightens every object around us. It is in the 
sullen and dark shade of discontent, that noxious^ 
passions, like venomous animals, breed and prey 
upon the heart. 

Thousands whom indolence has sunk into con- 
temptible obscurity, might have come forward to 
usefulness and honour, if idleness had not frustrat- 
ed the effects of all their powers. 

Sloth is like the slowly-flowing, putrid stream, 
which stagnates in the marsh, breeds venomous 
animals, and poisonous plants ; and infects with 
pestilential vapours the whole country round it. 

Disappointments derange, and overcome, vulgar 
minds. The patient and the wise, by a proper 
improvement, frequently make them contribute to 
their high advantage. 

Whatever fortune may rob us of, it cannot take 
away what is most valuable, the peace of a good 
conscience, and the cheering prospect of a happy 
conclusion to all the trials of life, in a better 
world. 

Be not overcome with the injuries you meet 
with, so as to pursue revenge ; by the disasters of 
life, so as to sink into despair; by the evil exam- 
ples of the world, so as to follow them into sin. 
Overcome injuries, by forgiveness ; disasters, by 
fortitude ; evil examples, by firmness of princi- 
ple. 

Sobriety of mind is one of those virtues, which 
the present condition of human life strongly incul- 
cates. The uncertainty of its enjoyments, checks 
presumption ; the multiplicity of its dangers, de 



PARSING. 3? 

mands perpetual caution. Moderation, vigilance, 
and self-government, are duties incumbent on all ; 
but especially on such as are beginning the jour- 
ney of life. 

The charms and comforts of virtue are inex- 
pressible ; and can only be justly conceived by 
those who possess her. The consciousness of Di- 
vine approbation and support, and the steady hope 
of future happiness, communicate a peace and joy, 
to which all the delights of the world bear no re- 
semblance. 

If we knew how much the pleasures of this life 
deceive and betray their unhappy votaries : and 
reflected on the disappointments in pursuit, the 
dissatisfaction in enjoyment, or the uncertainty of 
possession, which every where attend them ; we 
should cease to be enamoured with these brittle 
and transient joys ; and should wisely fix our hearts 
on those virtuous attainments, which the world can 
neither give nor take away. 



POETRY. 

Order is Heav'n's first law; and this confest, 

Some are, and must be, greater than the rest, 

More rich, more wise ; but who infers from hence, 

That such are happier, shocks all common sense. 

Needful austerities our wills restrain; 

As thorns fence in the tender plant from harm. 

Reason's whole pleasure, all the joys of sense, 

Lie in three words, health, peace, and competence ■ 

But health consists with temperance alone ; 

And peace, Oh virtue ! peace is all thy own. 

On earth, nought precious is obtain'd, 

But what is painful too ; 
By travel and to travel* born, 

Our sabbaths are but few. 

* The same as travail. 



38 EXERCISES. 

Who noble ends by noble means obtains, 
Or failing, smiles in exile or in chains, 
Like good Aurelius let him reign, or bleed 
Like Socrate?, that man is great indeed. 

Our hearts are fasten'd to this world, 

By strong and endless ties ; 
But every sorrow cuts a string, 

And urges us to rise. 

Oft pining cares in rich brocades are drest, 
And diamonds glitter on an anxious breast 

Teach me to feel another's wo, 

To hide the fault I see ; 
That mercy I to others show, 

That mercy show to me. 

This day be bread, and peace, my lot : 

All else beneath the sun, 
Thou know'st if best bestow'd or not, 

And let thy will be done. 
Vice is a monster of so frightful mien, 
As, to be hated, heeds but to be seen : 
Yet seen too oft, familiar with her face. 
We first endure, then pity, then embrace. 

If nothing more than purpose in thy power, 
Thy purpose firm, is equal to the deed : 
W r ho does the best his circumstance allows, 
Does well, acts nobly ; angels could no more. 
In faith and hope the world will disagree ; 
But all mankind's concern is charity. 
To be resign'd when ills betide, 
Patient when favours are denied, 
And pleas'd with favours given: 
Most surely this is Wisdom's part, 
This is that incense of the heart, 
Whose fragrance smells to Heav'n. 

All fame is foreign, but of true desert; 

Plays round the head, but comes not to the heart i 

One self-approving hour whole years outweighs 

Of stupid starers, and of loud huzzas ; 

And more true joy Marcellus exil'd feels, 

Than Caesar with a senate at his heels. 

Far trom the madding crowd's ignorile strife. 
Their sober wishes never learn'd to stray; 



39 



Along the cool sequester'd vale of life, 
They kept the noiseless tenour of their way. 

What nothing earthly gives, or can destroy, 

The soul's calm sunshine, and the heartfelt joy, 

Is virtue's prize. 

Pity the sorrows of a poor old man, 

Whose trembling limbs have borne him to thy door 

Whose days are dwindled to the shortest span : 

Oh ! give relief, and Heav'n will bless thy store. 

Who lives to nature, rarely can be poor : 

Who lives to fancy, never can be rich. 

When young, life's journey I began, 

The glitt'ring prospect charm'd my eyes ; 
I saw, along th' extended plain, 

joy after joy successive rise. 
But soon I found 'twas all a dream; 

And learn' d the fond pursuit to shun, 
Where few can reach the purpos'd aim, 

And thousands daily are undone. 
*Tis greatly wise to talk with our past hours ; 
And ask them, what report they bore to Heav'n. 
All nature is but art, unknown to thee ; 
All chance, direction, which thou canst not see; 
All discord, harmony not understood ; 
All partial evil, universal good. 
Heav'n's choice is safer than oar own ; 

Of ages past inquire, 
What the most formidable fate ? 

"To have our own desire." 
If ceaseless, thus, the fowls of Heav'n he feeds, 
If o'er the fields such lucid robes he spreads; 
Will he not care for you, ye faithless, say ? 
Is he unwise ? or, are ye less than they ? 

The spacious firmament on high, 
With all the blue ethereal sky, 
And spangled heav'ns, a shining frame, 
Their great Original proclaim : 
Th' unwearied sun, from day to day, 
Does his Creator's power display, 
And publishes to ev'ry land, 
The work of an Almighty hand. 

Soon as the evening shades prevail. 
The moon takes up the wond'rous tale, 



40 EXERCISES. 

And, nightly, to the lbt'ning earth, 

Repeats the story of her birth : 

Whilst all the stars that round her burn, 

And all the planets in their turn. 

Confirm the tiding-s as they roll, 

And spread the truth from pole to pole. 

What tho', in solemn silence, all 
Move round the dark terrestrial ball ! 
What tho' nor real voice nor sound, 
Amid their radiant orbs be found ! 
In reason's ear they all rejoice, 
And utter forth a glorious voice ; 
For ever singing as they shine, 
" The hand that made us is Divine." 



PART II. 

EXERCISES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 



CHAP. I. 

Containing instances of false Orthography, arranged 
under the respective Rules — for the correction of 
which, private learners may also have reference to 
Dr. Johnson's Dictionary. 

rule i. 

Monosyllables ending with /, I, or s, preceded 
by a single vowel, double the final consonant ; as, 
staff, mill, pass, <$»c. The only exceptions are, of, 
if, as, is, has, was, yes, his, this, us, and thus. 

It is no great merit to spel properly ; but a 
great defect to do it incorrectly. 

Jacob worshiped his Creator, leaning on the 
top of his staf. 

We may place too little, as well as too much 
3tres upon dreams. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 4 1 

Our manners should be neither gros, nor exces 
sively refined. 

RULE II. 

Monosyllables ending with any consonant but f, I, 
or s, and preceded by a single vowel, never double 
the final consonant ; excepting only, add, ebb,butt, 
egg, odd, err, inn, bunn, burr, purr, and buzz, 

A carr signifies a chariot of war, or a small car- 
riage of burden. 

In the name of druggs and plants, the mistake 
in a word may endanger life. 

Nor undelightful is the ceaseless humm 

To him who muses through the woods at noon. 

The finn of a fish is the limb, by which he bal- 
ances his body, and moves in the water. 

Many a trapp is laid to insnare the feet of youth. 

Many thousand families are supported by the 
simple business of making matts. 

RULE III. 

Words ending with y, preceded by a consonant, 
form the plurals of nouns, the persons of verbs, 
verbal nouns, past participles, comparatives, and 
superlatives, by changing y into i ; as, spy, spies , 
I carry, thou carriest ; he carrieth or carries ; car- 
rier, carried ; happy, happier, happiest. 

The present participle in ing, retains the y, that 
% may not be doubled ; as, carry, carrying ; bury, 
burying, fyc. 

But y, preceded by a vowel, in such instances as 
the above, is not changed ; as, boy, boys ; I cloy, 
he cloys, cloyed, fyc. ; except in lay, pay, and say ; 
from which are formed, laid, paid, and said ; and 
their compounds, unlaid, unpaid, unsaid, <^c. 

We should subject our fancys to the government 
of reason. 

D 



42 EXERCISES. 

If thou art seeking for the living amongst the 
dead, thou wearyest thyself in vain. 

If we have denyed ourselves sinful pleasures, 
we shall be great gainers in the end. 

We shall not be the happyer for possessing tal- 
ents and affluence, unless we make a right use of 
them. 

The truly good mind is not dismaied by pover- 
ty, afflictions, or death. 



Words ending with y, preceded by a consonant, 
upon assuming an additional syllable beginning 
with a consonant, commonly change y into i ; as, 
happy, happily, happiness. But when y is preced- 
ed by a vowel, it is very rarely changed in the 
additional syllable ; as, coy, coyly ; boy, boyish, boy- 
hood ; annoy, annoyed, annoyance ; joy, joyless, joy- 
ful, fyc. 

It is a great blessing to have a sound mind, unin- 
fluenced by fancyful humours. 

Common calamities, and common blessings fall 
heavyly upon the envious. 

The comelyness of youth are modesty and frank 
ness ; of age, condescension and dignity. 

When we act against conscience, we become the 
destroiers of our own peace. 

We may be plaiful, and yet innocent ; grave, 
and yet corrupt. It is only from general conduct 
that our true character can be portraied. 



Monosyllables, and words accented on the last 
syllable, ending with a single consonant preceded 
by a single vowel, double that consonant, when 
they take another syllable beginning with a vow- 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 43 

el ; as, wit, witty ; thin, thinnish ; to abet, an abet- 
tor ; to begin, a beginner. 

But if a diphthong precedes, or the accent is on 
the preceding syllable, the consonant remains sin- 
gle ; as, to toil, toiling ; to offer, an offering ; maid, 
maiden, $*c. 

When we bring the lawmaker into contempt, 
we have in effect annuled his laws. 

By defering our repentance, we accumulate our 
sorrows. 

The pupils of a certain ancient philosopher, 
were not, during their first years of study, permit- 
ed to ask any questions. 

We all have many faillings and lapses to lament 
and recover. 

There is no affliction with which we are visit- 
ted, that may not be improved to our advantage. 

The Christian Lawgiver has prohibitted many 
things, which the heathen philosophers allowed. 



Words ending with any double letter but I, and 
taking ness, less, ly, or ful, after them, preserve 
the letter double ; as, harmlessness, carelessness, 
carelesly, stiffly, successful, distressful, 4'C. But those 
words which end with double I, and take ness, less, 
ly, ov ful, after them, generally omit one/; as, ful- 
ness, skilless, fully, skilful, fyc. 

Restlesness of mind disqualifies us, both for the 
enjoyment of peace, and the performance of our 
duty. 

The arrows of calumny fall harmlesly at the 
feet of virtue. 

The road to the blisful regions, is as open to 
the peasant as to the king. 



44 EXERCISES. 

A dullness or shivering of the body generally 
precedes a fever. 

To recommend virtue to others, our lights must 
shine brightly, not dullly. 

The silent stranger stood amaz'd to see 
Contempt of wealth, and willful poverty. 



Ness, less, ly, and ful, added to words ending 
with silent e, do not cut it off; as, paleness, guile- 
less, closely, peaceful : except in a few words ; as, 
duly, truly, awful. 

The warmth of disputation, destroys that sedat- 
ness of mind which is necessary to discover truth. 

All these with ceasless praise his works behold, 
Both day and night. 

In all our reasonings, our minds should be sin- 
cerly employed in the pursuit of truth. 

Rude behaviour, and indecent language, are pe- 
culiarly disgracful to youth of education. 

The true worship of God is an important and 
aweful service. 

Wisdom alone is truely fair : folly only appears so. 



Ment, added to words ending with silent e, gen- 
erally preserves the e from elision ; as, abatement, 
chastisement, incitement, &rc. The words judgment, 
abridgment, acknowledgment, are deviations from the 
rule. 

Like other terminations it changes y into i, when 
preceded by a consonant ; as, accompany, accom- 
paniment ; merry, merriment. 

The study of the English language is making 
daily advancment. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 45 

A judicious arrangment of studies facilitates 
improvment. 

To shun allurments is not hard, 

To minds resolv'd, forewarn'd, and well prepar'd. 

RULE IX. 

Able and ible, when incorporated into words 
ending with silent e, almost always cut it off ; as, 
blame, blamable ; cure, curable ; sense, sensible, fy-c. 
but if c or g soft comes before e in the original 
word, the e is then preserved in words compound- 
ed with able ; as, change, changeable ; peace, peace- 
able, <$«c. 

Every person and thing connected with self, is 
apt to appear good and desireable in our eyes. 

Errours and misconduct are more excuseable in 
ignorant, than in well-in£tructed persons. 

The divine laws are not reverseible by those of 
men. 

Gratitude is a forceible and active principle in 
good and generous minds. 

Our natural and involuntary defects of body, 
are not chargable upon us. 

We are made to be servicable to others, as well 
as to ourselves. 



When mg or ish is added to words ending with 
silent e, the e is almost universally omitted ; as, 
place, placing ; lodge, lodging ; slave, slavish ; prude, 
prudish. 

An obligeing and humble disposition, is totally 
unconnected with a servile and cringeing hu- 
mour. 

By solaceing the sorrows of others, the heart is 
improved, at the same time that our duty is per- 
formed. 



46 EXERCISES. 

Labour and expense are lost upon a droneish 
spirit. 

The inadvertencies of youth may be excused, but 
knaveish tricks should meet with severe reproof. 

RULE XI. 

Compounded words are generally spelled in the 
same manner, as the simple words of which they 
are formed ; as, glasshouse, skylight, thereby, here- 
after. Many words ending with double /, are ex- 
ceptions to this rule ; as, already, welfare, wilful, 
fulfil : and also the words, wherever, Christmas, lam- 
mas, 4»c. i. e. Christ's mass, latter mass. 

The pasover was a celebrated feast among the 
Jews. 

A virtuous woman looketh well to the ways of 
her houshold. 

These people salute one another, by touching 
the top of their forheads. 

That which is sometimes expedient, is not all 
ways so. 

We may be hurtfull to others, by our example, 
as well as by personal injuries. 

In candid minds, truth finds an entrance, and a 
wellcome too. 

Our passtimes should be innocent ; and they 
should not occur too frequently. 

CHAP. II. 

Containing instances of false orthography, promis- 
cuously disposed. 

As the learners must be supposed to be tolerably versed in the 
spelling of words in very familar use, the Compiler has generally 
selected, for the following exercises, such words as are less obvi- 
ously erroneous, and in the use of which young persons are more 
likely to commit mistakes. Though the instances which he gives 
of these deviations are not very numerous, yet, it is presumed, they 



Promiscuous.) orthography. 47 

are exhibited with sufficient variety, to show the necessity of care 
and attention in combining letters and syllables ; and to excite 
the ingenious student to investigate the principles and rules of our 
Orthography as well as to distinguish the exceptions and variations 
which every where attend them. 

In rectifying these exercises, the Compiler has been governed 
by Doctor Johnson's Dictionary, as the standard of propriety. 
This work is, indisputably, the best authority for the Orthography 
of the English language ; though the author, in some instances, 
has made decisions, which are not generally approved, and fot 
which it is not easy to account. 

SECT. I. • 

The figures which are incorporated with these Promiscuous 
Exercises, and which follow certain err ours, denote the num- 
bers of the Rules in Orthography, or exceptions to the Rules, 
by which those err ours should be corrected : — thus, (5) de- 
notes Rule fifth, and (5 ex.~) the exception to Rule fifth. 

Neglect no oppurtunity of doing good. 
No man can stedily build upon accidents. 

How shall we keep, what, sleeping or awake, 
A weaker may surprize, a stronger take ? 

Neither time nor misfortunes should eraze the 
rememberance of a friend. 

Moderation should preside, both in the kitchin 
and the parlor. 

Shall we recieve good at the Divine hand, and 
shall we not recieve evil ? 

In many designs, we may succede and be mis- 
erable. 

We should have sence and virtue enough to re- 
ceed from our demands, when they appear to be 
unresonable. 

All our comforts procede from the Father of 
Goodness. 

The ruin of a state is generally preceeded by a 
universal degenaracy of manners, and a contempt 
of religion. 

His father omited (5) nothing in his education, 



48 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

that might render him virtuous and usefull. (11 ex.) 

The daw in the fable was dressed in pilfer 
red (5 ex.) ornaments. 

A favor confered (5) with delicacy, doubles 
the obligation. 

They tempted their Creator, and limitted (5 ex.) 
the Holy One of Izrael. 

The precepts of a good education have often 
recured (5) in the time of need. 

We are frequently benefitted (o ex.) by what we 
have dreaded. 

It is no great virtue to live loveingly (10) with 
good natured and meek persons. 

The Christian religion gives a more lovly (7) 
character of God, than any religion ever did. 

Without sinisterous views, they are dextrous 
managers of their own interest. 

Any thing commited (5) to the trust and care of 
another, is a deposit. 

Here finnish'd he, and all that he had made 
Vieu'd and beheld ! All was intirely good. 

It deserves our best skil (\) to enquire into those 
rules by which we may guide our judgement. (8 ex.) 

Food, clotheing, (10) and habitations, are the 
rewards of industry. 

If we lie no restraint upon our lusts, no con* 
fcroul upon our apetites and passions, they will hur- 
ry us into guilt and misery. 

An Independant is one who, in religious affairs, 
holds that every congregation is a compleat 
Church. 

Receive his council, and securly (7) move 2 
Entrust thy fortune to the Power above. 
Following life, in cretures we disect, 
We lose it in the moment we detect. 

The acknowledgement (8 ex.) of our transgres- 



Promiscuous.) orthography. 49 

sions must precede the forgivness (7; of them. 
Judicious abridgements (8 ex.) often aid the studys 
(3) of youth. 

Examine how thy humor is enclin'd, 

And which the ruleing (10) passion of thy mind 



-He faulters at the question : 



His fears, his words, his looks, declare him guilty. 

Calicoe is a thin cloth made of cotton ; some- 
times stained with lively colors. 

To promote iniquity in others, is nearly the 
same as being the acters of it ourselvs. 

The glasier's business was unknown to the an- 
tients. 

The antecedant, in grammer, is the noun or 
pronoun to which the relative refers. 

SECT. II. 

Be not airraid of the wicked : they are under the 
controul of Providence. Consciousness of guilt 
may justly afright us. 

Convey to others no inteligence which you 
would be ashamed to avow. 

Many are weighed in the ballance, and found 
wanting. 

How many disapointments have, in their conse- 
quences, saved a man from ruin ! 

A well-poised mind makes a cheerful counte 
nance. 

A certain housholder (11) planted a vinyard, 
(11) but the men imployed in it made ungrate- 
full (11 ex.) returns. 

Let us show dilligence in every laudible under- 
taking. 

Cinamon is the fragrant bark of a low tree in 
the iland of Ceylon. 
E 



50 exercises (Promiscuous 

A ram will but (2 ex.) with his head, though he 
be brought up tame, and never saw the action. 

We percieve a piece of silver in a bason, when 
water is poured on it, though we could not discov- 
er it before. 

Virtue imbalms the memory of the good. 

The King of Great Brittain is a limitted (5 ex.) 
monarch ; and the Brittish nation a free people. 

The phisician may dispence the medicin, but 
Providence alone can bless it. 

In many persuits we imbark with pleasure, and 
land sorrowfully. 

Rocks, mountains, and caverns, are of indispen- 
sible use, both to the earth and to man. 

The hive of a city, or kingdom, is in the best 
condition, when their is the least noize or buz 
(2 ex.) in it. 

The roughnessess found on our enterance into 
the paths of virtue and learning, grow smoother 
as we advance. 

That which was once the most beautifull (11 ex.) 
spot of Italy, coverred (5 ex.) with pallaces, im- 
bellished by princes, and cellebratedby poets, has 
now nothing to show but ruins. 

Batterring (5 ex.) rams were antiently used to 
beat down the walls of a city. 

Jocky signifies a man who rides horses in a race 
or who deals in horses. 

The harmlesness (6) of many animals, and the 
injoyment which they have of life, should plead 
for them against cruel useage. (11 ex.) 

We may be very buzy, to no usefull (11 ex.) 
purpose. 

We cannot plead in abatment (8) of our guilt, 
that we are ignorent of our duty. 

Genuine charaty how liberal soever it may be. 



Promiscuous.) orthography. 51 

will never empoverish ourselves. If we sew spare- 
ingly, (10) we shall reap acordingly. 

However disagreable, we must resolutly (7) 
perform our duty. 

A fit of sickness is often a kind chastisment (8) 
and disciplin, to moderate our affection for the 
things of this life. 

It is a happyness (4) to young persons, when 
they are preserved from the snares of the world, 
as in a garden inclosed. 

Health and peace, the most valueable (9) po- 
sessions, are obtained at small expence. 

Incence signifies perfumes exhailed by fire, and 
made use of in religious ceremonies. 

True happyness (4) is an ennemy to pomp and 
noize. 

Few reflexions are more distresing, than those 
which we make on our own ingratitude. 

There is an inseperable connection between 
piety and virtue. 

Many actions have a fair complection, which 
have not sprung from virtue. 

Which way soever we turn ourselvs, we are 
incountered with sensable demonstrations of a 
Deity. 

If we forsake the ways of virtue, we cannot 
alledge any color of ignorance, or want of in- 
struction. 

SECT. III. 

There are more cultivaters of the earth, than 
of their own hearts. 

Man is incompassed with dangers innumerable. 

War is attended with distresful and dessolating 
effects. It is confesedly the scorge of our angry 
passions. 



52 exercises. ( Promiscuous. 

The earth is the Lord's and the fullness (6 ex.) 
thereof. 

The harvest truely (7 ex.) is plenteous, but the 
laborers are few. 

The greater our incitments (8) to evil, the 
greater will be our victory and reward. 

We should not incourage persons to do what 
they beleive to be wrong. 

Virtue is placed between two extreams, which 
are both equally blameable. (9) 

We should continually have the gaol in our 
view, which would direct us in the race. 

The goals were forced open, and the prisoners 
set free. 

It cannot be said that we are charitible doners, 
when our gifts proceed from selfish motives. 

Straight is the gate, and narrow the way, that 
lead to life eternal. 

Integrity leads us strait forward, disdaining all 
doubleings, (10) and crooked paths. 

Licenciousnes and crimes pave the way to 
ruin. 

Words are the countres of wise men, but the 
money of fools. 

Recompence to no man evil for evil. 

He was an excellent person ; a mirrour of an- 
tient faith in early youth. 

Meekness controuls our angry passions ; candor, 
our severe judgements. (8 ex.) 

He is not only a descendent from pious ances- 
ters, but an inheriter too of their virtues. 

A dispensatory is the place where medicines are 
dispensed : a dispensary is a book in which the 
composition of them is described. 

Faithfulness aua judgment are peculiarly requi- 
sit in testamentory executors. 



Promiscuous.) orthography. 53 

To be faithfull (11 ex.) among the faithles, ar- 
gues great strength of principal. 

Mountains appear to be like so many wens or 
unatural protuberancies on the face of the earth. 

In some places the sea incroaches upon the 
land ; in others, the land upon the sea. 

Philosopners agreed in despizing riches, as the 
incumbrances of life. 

Wars are regulated robberries and pyracies. 

Fishes encrease more than beasts or birds, as ap- 
pears from their numrous spaun. 

The piramids of Egypt have stood more than 
three thousand years. 

Precepts have small influence, when not inforc- 
ed by example. 

How has kind Heav'n adorn d the happy land, 
And scatter'd blessings with a wastful (7) hand ! 

A friend exaggarates a man's virtues, an enemy 
enflames his crimes. 

A witty and humourous vein has often produced 
ennemies. 

Neither pleasure nor buziness should ingross our 
time and affections ; proper seasons should be aloted 
for retirment. (8) 

It is laudable to enquire before we determin. 

Many have been visitted (5 ex.) with affictions, 
who have not profitted (5 ex.) by them. 

We may be succesful, (6) and yet disappointed. 

SECT. IV. 

The experience of want inhances the value of 
plenty. 

To maintain* opinions stilly, (6) is no evidence 
of their truth, or of our moderation. 

Horehound (11) has been famous for its me- 
decinal qualities : but it is now little used. 



54 exercises. {Promiscuous. 

The wicked are often ensnared in the trap which 
they lie for others. 

It is hard to say what diseases are curehle:(9) 
they are all under the guidence of Heaven. 

Instructors should not only be skillfull (6) (11 ex.) 
in those sciences which they teach ; but have 
skil (1) in the method of teaching, and patience 
in the practise. 

Science strengthens and inlarges the minds of 
men. 

A steady mind may receive council : but there 
is no hold on a changable (9 ex.) humour. 

We may enure ourselvs by custom, to bear the 
extremities of whether without injury. 

Excessive merryment (8 ex.) is the parent of 
greif. 

Air is sensable (9) to the touch by its motion, 
and by its resistence to bodies moved in it. 

A polite address is sometimes the cloke of malice. 

To practice virtue is the sure way to love it. 

Many things are plausable in theory, which fail 
in practise. 

Learning and knowlege must be attained by 
slow degrees ; and are the reward only of dilli- 
gence and patience. 

We should study to live peacably (9) with all 
men. 

A soul that can securly (7) death defy, 
And count it nature's priviledge to die. 

Whatever promotes the interest of the soul, is 
also conclusive to our present felicity. 

Let not the sterness of virtue afright us ; she 
will soon become aimable. 

Thcspatious firmament on high, 

With all the blue ethcriel sky. 

And spangled hcav'ns a shinning (10) frame, 

Their gnat Originel proclame. 



Promiscuous.) orthography. 55 

Passion is the drunkeness of the mind : it super- 
cedes the workings of reason. 

If we are sincere, we may be assured of an ad- 
vocate to intersede for us. 

We ought not to consider the encrease of anoth- 
er's reputation, as a dimunition of our own. 

The reumatism is a painful distemper, supposed 
to procede from acrid humors. 

The beautiful and accomplished, are too apt to 
study behaivour rather than virtue. 

The peazant's cabbin contains as much content 
as the soverein's pallace. 

True valor protects the feeble, and humbles the 
oppresser. 

David, the son of Jesse, was a wise and valient 
man. 

Prophecies and miracles proclamed Jesus Christ 
to be the Savior of the world. 

Esau sold his birthright for a savory mess of 
potage. (5) 

A regular and virteous education, is an ines- 
teemable blessing. 

Honor and shame from no condition rise : 
Act well your part ; there, all the honor lies. 

The rigor of monkish disciplin often conceals 
great depravity of heart. 

We should recollect, that however favorable we 
may be to ourselves, we are rigourously examined 
by others. 

SECT. V. 

Virtue can render youth, as well as old age, 
honorable. 

Rumor often tells false tales. 

Weak minds are ruiled by triffling things. 



66 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

The cabage-tree is very common in the Carib- 
bee ilands, where it grows to a prodigious heighth. 

Visit the sick, feed the hungry, cloath the nak- 
ed. 

His smiles and tears are too artifitial to be re- 
lied on. 

The most essensial virtues of a Christian, are 
love to God and benevolence to man. 

We should be chearful without levity. 

A calender signifies a register of the year; and a 
calendar, a press in which clothiers smooth their 
cloth. 

Integrity and hope are the sure paliatives of 
sorrow. 

Camomile is an odouriferous plant, and possesses 
considerable medicinel virtues. 

The gayty of youth should be tempered r rr the 
precepts of age. 

Certainty, even on distresful (6) occasions, is 
somtimes more elligible than suspence. 

Still green with bays each antient alter stands, 
Above the reach of sacriligious hands. 

The most acceptable sacrifise, is that of a con- 
trite and humble heart. 

We are accountable for whatever we patronize 
in others. 

It marks a savage disposition, to tortur animals, 
to make them smart and agonise, for our diversion. 

The edge of cloath, where it is closed by com- 
plicating the threads, is called the selvidge. 

Soushong tea and Turky coffee were his favor- 
ite beveridge ; chocolade he seldom drank. 

The guilty mind cannot avoid many melanchol- 
ly apprehensions. 

If we injure others, we must expect retalliation. 



Promiscuous,) orthography. 57 

Let every man be fully perswaded in his own 
mind. 

Peace and honour are the sheeves of virtue's har- 
vest. 

The black earth, every where obvious on the 
surface of the ground, we call mold. 

The Roman pontif claims to be the supream head 
of the church on earth. 

High seasoned food viciates the pallate, and oc 
casions a disrelish for plain fare. 

The conscious receivor is as bad as the thief. 

Alexander, the conquerer of the world, was, in 
fact, a robber and a murderer. 

The Divine Being is not only the Creater, but 
the Ruler and Preserver of the world. 

Honest endeavours, if persevered in, will finally 
be succesful. (6) 

He who dies for religion, is a martyr : he who 
suffers for it, is a confessour. 

In the paroxism of passion, we sometimes give 
occasion for a life of repentence. 

The mist which invelopes many studies, is dissi- 
pated when we approach them. 

The voice is sometimes obstructed by a hoars- 
ness, (7) or by a viscuous phlegm. 

The desart shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose. 

The fruit and sweetmeats set on table after the 
meat, are called the desert. 

We traversed the flowry fields, till the falling 
dews admonished us to return. 

SECT. VI. 

There is frequently a worm at the root of our 
most fiorishing condition. 

The stalk of ivev is tough, and not fragil. 



58 exercises {Promiscuous 

The roof is vaulted, and distills fresh water from 
every part of it. 

Our imperfections are discernable by others, 
when we think they are concealed. 

They think they shall be heared for there much 
speaking. 

True criticizm is not a captious, but a liberal art 

Integrity is our best defense against the evils of 
life. 

No circumstance can licence evil, or dispence 
with the rules of virtue. 

We may be cyphers in the world's estimation, 
whilst we are advancing our own and others' value. 

The path of vertue is the path of peace. 

A dipthong is the coilition of two vowels to form 
one sound. 

However forceable (9) cir temptations, they 
may be resisted. 

I acknowlege my transgression ; and my sin 19 
ever before me. 

The colledge of cardinals are the electers of the 
pope. 

He had no colorable excuse to palliate his con- 
duct 

Thy humourous vein, thy pleasing folly, 
Lie all neglected, all forgot. 

If we are so conceited as obstinatly (7) to reject 
all advice, we must expect a direlection of friends. 

Cronology is the science of computeing (10) and 
ajusting the periods of time. 

In groves we live, and lay on mossy beds, 

By chrystal streams, that murmei* thro' the meads. 

It is a secret covvardise which induces us to com- 
plement the vices of our superiours, to applaud the 
libertin, and laugh with the prophane. 



Rule 1 ) SYNTAX. 59 

The lark each morning awaked me with her 
spritely lay. 

There are no fewer than thirty-two species of 
the lilly. 

We owe it to our visitors as well as to ourselves, 
to entertain them with useful and sensable (9) con- 
versation. 

Sponsers are those who become sureties for the 
children's education in the Christian faith. 

The warrier's fame is often purchased by the 
blood of thousands. 

Hope exhilerates the mind, and is the grand elix- 
er, under all the evils of life. 

The incence of gratitude, whilst it expresses our 
duty, and honors our benefacter, perfumes and re- 
gails ourselves. 

WVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV\iVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV\VVVVVVVVVVVM» 

PART III. 

EXERCISES IN SYNTAX. 



CHAP. I. 

Containing instances of false Syntax, disposed under 
the particular Rules. 



A verb must agree with its nominative case, in num- 
ber and person ; as, " I learn ;" " Thou art improv- 
ed ;" 'The birds sing/' 

Appendage. The phrases asfolloics, as appears, form what 



60 exercises. {Rule 1 

are called impersonal verbs, and should, therefore, be confin- 
ed to the singular number : the construction being 1 , " as it 
follows," " as it appears ;" and such as follow ^ such as ap- 
pear, to the plural number ; as, u The arguments were as 
follow," " The positions were such as appear." 

Disappointments sinks the heart of man ; but the 
renewal of hope give consolation. 

The smiles that encourage severity of judgment, 
hides malice and insincerity. 

He dare not act contrary to his instructions. 

Fifty pounds of wheat contains forty pounds of 
flour. 

The mechanism of clocks and watches, were to- 
tally unknown a £ew centuries ago. 

The number of the inhabitants of Great Britain 
and Ireland, do not exceed sixteen millions. 

Nothing but vain and foolish pursuits delight 
some persons. 

A variety of pleasing objects charm the eye. 

So much both of ability and merit are seldom 
found. 

In the conduct of Parmenio, a mixture of wisdom 
and folly were very conspicuous. 

He is an author of more credit than Plutarch, 
or any other, that write lives too hastily. 

The inquisitive and curious is generally talka- 
tive. 

Great pains has been taken to reconcile the par- 
ties. 

I am sorry to say it, but there was more equiv- 
ocators than one. 

The sincere is always esteemed. 

Has the goods been sold to advantage ? and did 
thou embrace the proper season ? 

There is many occasions in life, in which silence 
and simplicity is true wisdom. 

The generous never recounts minutely the ac- 



Rule i.) SYNTAX. 61 

tions they have done ; nor the prudent those they 
will do. 

He need not proceed in such haste. 

The business that related to ecclesiastical meet- 
ings, matters, and persons, were to be ordered ac- 
cording to the king's direction. 

In him were happily blended true dignity with 
softness of manners. 

The support of so many of his relations, were a 
heavy tax upon his industry : but thou knows he 
paid it cheerfully. 

What avails the best sentiments, if persons do 
not live suitably to them? 

Reconciliation was offered, on conditions as mod- 
erate as was consistent with a permanent union. 

Not one of them whom thou sees clothed in pur- 
ple, are completely happy. 

And the fame of this person, and of his wonder- 
ful actions, were diffused throughout the country. 

The variety of the productions of genius, like 
that of the operations of nature, are without limit. 

In vain our flocks and fields increase our store, 
When our abundance make us wish for more. 

Thou should love thy neighbour as sincerely as 
thou loves thyself. 

Hast thou no better reason for censuring thy 
friend and companion? 

Thou, who art the Author and Bestower of life, 
can doubtless restore it also: but whether thou will 
please to restore it, or not, that thou only knows. 

" O Thou my voice inspire, 

Who touch' d Isaiah's hallow'd lips with fire." 

Accept these grateful tears ; for thee they flow, 

For thee, that, ever felt another's wo. 

Just to thy word, in ev'ry thought sincere ; 

Who knew no wish but what the world might hear. 



62 exercises. [Rule 1. 

Note 1. The infinitive mood, or part of a sentence, is some- 
times put as the nominative case to the verb, and may have an ad- 
jective agreeing 1 with it ; as, " To see the sun is pleasant ;" "To 
be good is to be happy." 

Observation. The infinitive mood does the office of a substan- 
tive in different cases, in the nominative ; as, "To play is pleas- 
ant :" — in the objective; as, "Boys love to play;" "For to will 
is present with me ; but to perform that which is good, I find not." 

To do unto all men, as we would that they, in 
similar circumstances, should do unto us, constitute 
the great principle of virtue. 

From a fear of the world's censure, to be asham- 
ed of the practice of precepts, which the heart ap- 
proves and embraces, mark a feeble and imperfect 
character. 

The erroneous opinions which we form concern- 
ing happiness and misery, gives rise to all the mis- 
taken and dangerous passions that embroils our 
life. 

To live soberly, righteously, and piously, are 
required of all men. 

That it is our duty to promote the purity of our 
minds and bodies, to be just and kind to our fellow 
creatures, and to be pious and faithful to Him that 
made us, admit not of any doubt in a rational and 
well-informed mind. 

To be of a pure and humble mind, to exercise 
benevolence towards others, to cultivate piety to- 
wards God, is the sure means of becoming peace- 
ful and happy. 

It is an important truth, that religion, vital reli- 
gion, the religion of the heart, are the most power- 
ful auxiliaries of reason, in waging war with the 
passions, and promoting that sweet composure 
which constitute the peace of God. 

The possession of our senses entire, of our limbs 
uninjured, of a sound understanding, of friends and 
companions, are often overlooked ; though it would 



Rule 1.) syntax. 63 

be the ultimate wish of many, who, as far as we 
can judge, deserves it as much as ourselves. 

All that make a figure on the great theatre of 
the world, the employments of the busy, the enter- 
prises of the ambitious, and the exploits of the war- 
like ; the virtues which forms the happiness, and 
the crimes which occasions the misery of mankind; 
originates in that silent and secret recess of thought, 
which are hidden from every human eye. 

Note, 2. Every verb, except in the infinitive mood, or the par- 
ticiple, ought to have a nominative case, either expressed or im- 
plied ; as, " Awake ; arise ;" that is, « Awake ye ; arise ye." 

If the privileges to which he has an undoubted 
right, and he has long enjoyed, should now be 
wrested from him, would be flagrant injustice. 

These curiosities we have imported from China, 
and are similar to those which were some time ago 
brought from Africa. 

Will martial flames for ever fire thy mind, 
And never, never be to Heav'n resign'd? 

Note 3. Every nominative case, except the case absolute, and 
when an address is made to aperson, should belong- to some verb 
either expressed or implied; as, "Who wrote this book?" 
"James;" that is, "James wrote it." "To whom thus Adam." 
that is, " spoke." 

Two substantives, when they come together, and 
do not signify the same thing, the former must be 
in the genitive case. 

Virtue, however it may be neglected for a time, 
men are so constituted as ultimately to acknowledge 
and respect genuine merit. 

Note 4. IVJien a verb comes between two nouns, either of which 
may be understood as the subject of the affirmation, it may 
agree with either of them ; bid some regard must be had to that 
which is more naturally die subject of it, as also to that which 
stands next to the verb ; as, "His meat teas locusts and wild hou 
ey ;" " The wages of sin is death." 



64 exercises. (Rule 2. 

The crown of virtue is peace and honour. 
His chief occupation and enjoyment were contro- 
versy. 

Mote 5. When the nominative case has no personal tense of a 
verb, but is put before a participle, independently on the rest of 
the sentence, it is called the case absolute ; as, "Shame being lost 
all virtue is lost ;" " The lesson having been recited, the boy was 
dismissed." 



-Him destroy'd, 



Or won to what may work his utter loss, 
All this will soon follow. 

Whose gray top 

Shall tremble, him descending. 

RULE II. 
Two or more nouns, 4-c. in the singular number, 
joined together by a copulative conjunction, expressea 
or understood, must have verbs, nouns, and pronouns, 
agreeing with them in the plural number ; as, u Soc- 
rates and Plato were wise ; they were the most em- 
inent philosophers of Greece ;" " The sun that rolls 
over our heads, the food that we receive, the rest 
that we enjoy, daily admonish us of asuperiour and 
superintending Power." 

Idleness and ignorance is the parent of many 
vices. 

Wisdom, virtue, happiness, dwells with the gold- 
en mediocrity. 

In unity consist the welfare and security of eve 
ry society. 

Time and tide waits for no man. 

His politeness and good disposition was, on fail- 
ure of their effect, entirely changed. 

Patience and diligence, like faith, removes moun- 
tains. 

Humility and knowledge, with poor apparel, ex- 
cels pride and ignorance under costly attire. 

The planetary system, boundless space, and the 



Rule 2.) syntax. 6b 

immense ocean, affects the mind with sensations 
of astonishment. 

Humility and love, whatever obscurities may in- 
volve religious tenets, constitutes the essence of 
true religion. 

Religion and virtue, our best support and high- 
est honour, confers on the mind principles of noble 
independence. 

What signifies the counsel and care of precep- 
tors, when youth think they have no need of assist- 
ance ? 

Note 1. When the nouns are nearly related, or scarcely dis- 
tinguishable in sense, some authors have improperly thought it 
allowable to put the verbs, nouns, and pronouns, in the singular 
number. The following sentences are ungrammatical. " Tran- 
quillity and peace dwells there ;" "Ignorance and negligence has 
produced the effect." 

Much does human pride and self-complacency 
require correction. 

Luxurious living, and high pleasures, begets a 
languor and satiety that destroys all enjoyment. 

Pride and self-sufficiency stifles sentiments of de- 
pendence on our Creator: levity and attachment 
to worldly pleasures, destroys the sense of grati- 
tude to him. 

Note 2. In many complex sentences, it is difficult for learners 
to determine, whether one or more of the clauses are to be consid- 
ered as the nominative case ; and consequently, whether the verb 
in the singular or plural number. The following are correct ex- 
amples of both numbers. "The ship, with all her furniture, was 
destroyed ;" " The prince, as well as the people, was blame-wor- 
thy." "Virtue, honour, nay, even self-interest, conspire to recom- 
mend the measure." "Nothing delights me so much as the 
works of nature." 

Good order in our affairs, not mean savings, pro- 
duce great profits. 

The following treatise, together with those that 
accompany it, were written, many years ago, for 
my own private satisfaction. 
F 



66 exercises. [Rule 3 

That great senator, in concert with several other 
eminent persons, were the projectors of the revo- 
lution. 

The religion of these people, as well as their cus- 
toms and manners, were strangely misrepresented. 

Virtue, joined to knowledge and wealth, confer 
great influence and respectability. But knowledge, 
with wealth united, if virtue is wanting, have a 
very limited influence, and are often despised. 

[Exception to Rule ii. When a copulative Conjunction con- 
nects two or more nouns, which refer to the same person or thing, 
the verb should be singular. 

That superficial scholar and critick, like some re- 
nowned criticks of our own, have furnished most de 
cisive proofs, that they knew not the characters of 
the Hebrew language.] 

The buildings of the institution have been en- 
larged; the expense of which, added to the in- 
creased price of provisions, render it necessary to 
advance the terms of admission. 

One, added to nineteen, make twenty. 

What black despair, w r hat horror fills, his mind! 

Note 3. If the singtdar nouns and pronouns, which are joined 
together by a copulative conjunction, be of several persons, in 
making the plural pronoun agree with them in person, the second 
takes place of the third, and the first of both; as, "Thou and he 
shared it between you." " James, and thou, and I, are attached to 
our country." 

Thou, and the gardener, and the huntsman, must 
share the blame of this business amongst them. 

My sister and I, as well as my brother, are dailj 
employed in their respective occupations. 

RULE III. 

The conjunction disjunctive has an effect contrary to 
that of the conjunction copulative ; for as the verb, 
noun or pronoun, is referred to the preceding terms ta- 
ken separately, it must be in the singular number ; a? 



Rule 3.) syntax. 67 

"Ignorance or negligence has caused this mis- 
take;" "John, James, or J oseph,intends to accom- 
pany me ;" " There is in many minds, neither 
knowledge nor understanding." 

Man's happiness, or misery, are in a great meas- 
ure, put into his own hands. 

Man is not such a machine as a clock or a watch, 
which move merely as they are moved. 

Despise no infirmity of mind or body, nor any 
condition of life : for they are, perhaps, to be your 
own lot. 

Speaking impatiently to servants, or any thing 
that betrays inattention or ill humour, are certain- 
ly criminal. 

There are many faults in spelling, which neither 
analogy nor pronunciation justify. 

When sickness, infirmity, or reverse of fortune, 
affect us, the sincerity of friendship is proved. 

Let it be remembered, that it is not the uttering, 
or the hearing of certain words, that constitute the 
worship of the Almighty. 

A tart reply, a proneness to rebuke, or a cap- 
tious and contradictious spirit, are capable of im- 
bittering domestick life, and of setting friends at 
variance. 

JVote 1. When singular pronouns, or a noun and pronoun, 
of different persons, are disjunctively connected, the verb must 
agree with that person which is placed nearest to it ; as, " I or 
thou art to blame;" " Thou or I am in fault;" "I, or thou, or he 
is the author of it;" " George or I am the person." But it would 
be better to say, " Either I am to blame, or thou art," &c. 

Either thou or I art greatly mistaken in our judg- 
ment on this subject. 

I or thou am the person who must undertake the 
business proposed. 

Note 2. When a disjunctive occurs between a singular noun, 
or pronoun, and a plural one, the verb is made to agree with the 



68 exercises. {Rule 4 

plural noun and pronoun ; but in this case, when it can be don&, 
the plural noun or pronoun should be placed next to the verb ; as, 
"Neither poverty nor riches were injurious to him;" "I or they 
were offended by it." 

Both of the scholars, or one of them at least, wa 
present at the transaction. 

Some parts of the ship and cargo were recover- 
ed ; but neither the sailors nor the captain was 
saved. 

Whether one person or more was concerned in 
the business, does not yet appear. 

The cares of this life, or the deceitfulness of 
riches, has choked the seeds of virtue, in many a 
promising mind. 



A noun of multitude, or signifying many, may have 
a verb or pronoun agreeing with it, either of the sin- 
gular or plural number ; yet not without regard to the 
import of the word, as conveying unity or plurality of 
idea ; as, u The meeting was large ;" " The parlia- 
ment is dissolved ;" " The nation is powerful ;" 
u My people do not consider : they have not known 
me ;" " The multitude eagerly pursue pleasure as 
their chief good ;" "The council were divided in 
their sentiments." 

The people rejoices in that which should give it 
sorrow. 

The flock, and not the fleece, are, or ought to 
be, the objects of the shepherd's care. 

The court have just ended, after having sat 
through the trial of a very long cause. 

The crowd were so great, that the judges with 
difficulty made their way through them. 

The corporation of York consist of a mayor, al- 
derman, and a common council. 



Rule 5.) syntax. 69 

The British parliament are composed of king, 
lords, and commons. 

When the nation complain, the rulers should lis- 
ten to their voice. 

In the days of youth, the multitude eagerly pur- 
sues pleasure as its chief good. 

The church have no power to inflict corporal 
punishment. 

The fleet, were seen sailing up the channel. 

The regiment consist of a thousand men. 

The meeting have established several salutary 
regulations. 

The council was not unanimous, and it separated 
without coming to any determination. 

The fleet is all arrived and moored in safety. 

This people draweth near to me with their 
mouth, and honoureth me with their lips, but their 
heart is far from me. 

The committee was divided in its sentiments, 
and it has referred the business to the general 
meeting. 

The committee were very full when this point 
was decided; and their judgment had not been 
called in question. 

Why do this generation wish for greater evidence, 
when so much is already given ? 

The remnant of the people were persecuted 
with great severity. 

Never were any people so much infatuated as 
the Jewish nation. 

The shoal of herrings were of an immense extent. 

No society are chargeable with the disapproved 
misconduct of particular members. 
rule v. 

Part 1 . Pronouns must always agree with their an- 
tecedents, and the nouns for which they stand, in gen- 



70 exercises. (Rule 5. 

der and number ; as, " This is the friend whom I 
love ;" " That is the vice which I hate ;" " The 
king and the queen had put on their robes ;" " The 
moon appears, and she shines, but the light is not 
her own." 

Part 2. The relative is of the same person as the 
antecedent, and the verb agrees with it accordingly ; 
as, " Thou who lovest wisdom ;" " I who speak from 
experience." 

App. 1 . Every relative must have an antecedent to which 
it refers, either expressed or implied ; as, " Who is fatal 
to others, is so to himself;" that is, " the man who is fatal 
to others." 

App. 2. What is very frequently used as the represen- 
tative of two cases ; one the objective after a verb or prep- 
osition, and the other, the nominative to a subsequent verb ; 
as, " I heard what was said." " He related what was 
seen." 

App. 3. The relative frequently refers to a whole clause 
in the sentence, instead of a particular word in it ; as, 
" The resolution was adopted hastily, and without due 
consideration, which produced great dissatisfaction ;" 
that is, " which thing," namely, the hasty adoption of the 
resolution. 

App. 4. Whatever relative is used, in one of a series of 
clauses relating to the same antecedent, the same relative 
ought generally to be used in them all. In the following 
sentence, this rule is violated : " It is remarkable, that 
Holland, against which the war was undertaken, and 
that, in the very beginning, was reduced to the brink 
of destruction, lost nothing." It should have been, 
" and which in the very beginning.' 

App. 5. The neuter pronoun, by an idiom peculiar to the 
English language, is frequently joined in explanatory sen- 
tences, with a noun or pronoun of the masculine or femi- 
nine gender ; as, " It was I ;" " It was the man or woman 
that did it." 

App. 6. The neuter pronoun it is sometimes omitted 
and understood : thus we say, " As appears, as follows :' 
for " As it appears, as it follows ;" and " May be," for 
«* It may be." 



Rule 5.) syntax. 71 

App. 7. The neuter pronoun it is sometimes employ 
ed to express ; — 

1st, The subject of any discourse or inquiry; as, " It happen- 
ed on a summer's day ;" " Who is it that calls on me?" 

2d, The state or condition of any person or thing ; as, " How is 
it with you ?" 

3d, The thing, whatever it be, that is the cause of any effect or 
event, or any person considered merely as a cause; as, " We 
heard her say, it was not he;" "The truth is, it was I that helped 
her." 

The exercise of reason appears as little in these 
sportsmen, as in the beasts whom they sometimes 
hunt, and by whom they are sometimes hunted. 

They which seek wisdom will certainly find her. 

The male amongst birds seems to discover no 
beauty, but in the colour of its species. 

Take handfuls of ashes of the furnace, and let 
Moses sprinkle it towards heaven, in the sight of 
Pharaoh ; and it shall become small dust. 

Rebecca took goodly raiment, which were with 
her in the house, and put them upon Jacob. 

The wheel killed another man, which is the sixth 
which have lost their lives, by this means. 

The fair sex, whose task is not to mingle in the 
labours of publick life, has its own part assigned it 
to act. 

The Hercules man of war foundered at sea ; she 
overset and lost most of her men. 

The mind of man cannot be long without some 
food to nourish the activity of his thoughts. 

What is the reason that our language is less re- 
fined than those of Italy, Spain, or France ? 

I do not think any one should incur censure for 
being tender of their reputation. 

Thou who has been a witness of the fact, can 
give an account of it. 

[Remark. What is sometimes applied, in a manner which ap 
pears to be exceptionable i as "A. fevers except what are called 



72 exercises. {Rule 5. 

nervous," &c. It would at least be better to say, " except those 
which are called nervous." 

In religious concerns, or what is conceived to be 
such, every man must stand or fall by the decision 
of the Great Judge. 

Something like what have been here premised, 
are the conjectures of Dryden.] 

Thou great First Cause, least understood ! 

Who all my sense confin'd 
To know but this, that thou art good, 

And that myself am blind : 
Yet gave me in this dark estate, &c. 

What art thou, speak, that, on designs unknown, 
While others sleep, thus range the camp alone ? 

Note 1. Personal pronouns being used to supply the place of 
the noun, are not employed in the same part of a sentence as the 
noun tvhich they represent ; for it would be improper to say, 
"The king he is just;" "I saw Iter the queen?" "The men they 
were there." 

Whoever entertains such an opinion, he judges 
erroneously. 

The cares of this world they often choke the 
growth of virtue. 

Disappointments and afflictions, however disa- 
greeable, they often improve us. 

Note 2. The pronoun that is frequently applied to persojis as 
joell as things ; but after an adjective in the superlative degree, 
and after the pronominal adjective same, it is generally used in 
preference to who or which ; as, "Charles XII. King of Sweden, 
was one of the greatest madmen that the world ever saw ;" "He is 
the same man tliat we saw before." 

Moses was the meekest man whom we read of in 
the Old Testament. 

Humility is one of the most amiable vir f ues 
which we can possess. 

They are the same persons who assisted us yes- 
terday. 

[Remark. There are cases wherein we cannot conveniently dis- 
pense with the relative that, as applied to persons; as First, after 



Rule b.) syntax. 73 

who the interrogative; "Who that has any sense of religion, 
would have argued thus ?" Secondly, when persons make but a 
part of the antecedent ; "The woman, and the estate, that became 
his portion, were rewards far beyond his desert." 

The men and things which he has studied have 
not improved his morals.] 

Note 3. The pronouns whichsoever, lohosoever, and the like, 
are elegantly divided by the interposition of the corresponding 
substantives; thus, " On which side soever the king cast his eyes." 

Howsoever beautiful they appear, they have no 
real merit. 

In whatsoever light we view him, his conduct 
will bear inspection. 

On whichsoever side they are contemplated, they 
appear to advantage. 

However much he might despise the maxims of 
the king's administration, he kept a total silence on 
that subject. 

Note 4. Many persons are apt, in conversation, to put the ob- 
jective case of the personal pronouns in the place of these and 
those ; as, " Give me them books," instead of " those books." 
It is better to say, " They that, or they who sow in tears sometimes 
reap in joy," than to say, " Those who," &c. 

Remark. It is not, however, always easy to say, whether a per- 
sonal pronoun or a demonstrative is preferable, in certain con- 
structions. " We are not unacquainted with the calumny of 
them [or those] who openly make use of the warmest professions." 

Which of them two persons has most distinguish- 
ed himself? 

None more impatiently suffer injuries, than those 
that are most forward in doing them, 

Note 5. The word what is sometimes improperly used for that; 
as, " They will never believe but what I have been entirely to 
blame." The word somewhat, in the following sentence is im- 
properly used. " These punishments seem to have been exercis- 
ed in somexohat an arbitrary manner; that is, in a manner which 
is in some respects arbitrary." 

He would not be persuaded but what I was 
greatly in fault. 

These commendations of his children, appear to 
G 



74 exercises. (Rule h 

have been made in somewhat an injudicious man 
ner. 

Note 6. The pronoun relative who should be confined to the 
proper names of persons, or the general terms, man, woman, &cc. 
except when a term directly and necessarily implies persons. It is 
incorrect to say, " The faction ivho ;" " France who ;" " The Court 
who; 1 ' " The family who" Sec. In the following, and similar sen- 
tences, who is admitted ; "The inhabitants with whom some cities 
abound ;" "None of the company whom he most affected," &c. 

He instructed and fed the crowds who surround- 
ed him. 

Sidney was one of the wisest and most active 
governours, which Ireland had enjoyed for several 
years. 

He was the ablest minister which James ever 



The court, who gives currency to manners, ought 
to be exemplary. 

I am happy in the friend which I have long 
proved. 

Note 7. The personal pronoun is improperly applied to chil- 
dren and to animals ; thus we say, " It is a lovely child." "That 
fowl which nature has taught to dip the wing in water." 

The child whom we have just seen, is whole- 
somely fed, and not injured by bandages or cloth- 
ing. 

He is like a beast of prey, who destroys without 

pity. 

Note 8. When the name of a person is used merely as a name, 
and it does not refer to the person, the pronoun which and not 
who should be used; as, "It is no wonder if such a man did not 
shine at the court of queen Elizabeth, which was but another 
name for prudence and economy." 

Which is also used to distinguish one person of two, or a par- 
ticular person among a number of others; as, " Which of the 
two," or, " Which of them is he or she ?" 

Having once disgusted him, he could never re- 
gain the favour of Nero, who was indeed another 
name for cruelty. 



Rute 6.; syntax. 75 

Flattery, whose nature is to deceive and betray, 
should be avoided as the poisonous adder. 
Who of those men came to his assistance ? 

Note 9. There should be no ambiguity in the use of the pro- 
noun relative ; as, when we say, " The disciples of Christ, whom 
we imitate." Is Christ or disciples the antecedent? 

The king dismissed his minister without any in- 
quiry ; who had never before committed so unjust 
an action. 

There are millions of people in the empire of 
China, whose support is derived almost entirely 
from riGe. 

Note 10. It is and it was, are often used in a plural construction; 
as, " // is a few great men who decide ;" " It is they that are the 
real authors ;" " It was the hereticks that first began to rail." 

Remark. This license in the construction of it is, (if it be prop- 
er to admit it at all,) has, however, been certainly abused in the 
following sentence, which is thereby made a very awkward one 
'* It is wonderful the very few accidents, whicn, in several years, 
happen from this practice." 

It is remarkable his continual endeavours to 
serve us, notwithstanding our ingratitude. 

It is indisputably true his assertion, though it is 
a paradox. 

Note 11. The interjections O! Oh! and Ah! require the objec- 
tive case of a pronoun in the first person after them ; as, "Ome! Oh 
me ! Ah me !" But the nominative case in the second person ; as, 
" O thou persecutor !" " Oh ye hypocrites !" " O thou, who dwell- 
est," &c. 

Ah ! unhappy thee, who art deaf to the calls of 
duty, and of honour. 

Oh ! happy we, surrounded with so many bless- 
ings. 

RULE VI. 

Part 1. The relative is the nominative case to the 
verb, when no nominative case comes between it and 
the verb ; as, " The master who taught us ;" " The 
trees which are planted." 



76 exercises. (Rule 6 

Part 2. When a nominative comes between the rel- 
ative and the verb, the relative is governed by some 
word in its own member of the sentence ; as, " He 
who preserves me, to whom I owe my being, whose 
I am, and whom I serve, is eternal." 

Jipp. 1. When both the antecedent and the relative become 
nominatives, each to different verbs, the relative is the 
nominative to the former, and the antecedent to the latter 
verb , as, " True philosophy, which is the ornament of 
our nature, consists more in the love of our duty, and 
the practice of virtue, than in great talents and exten- 
sive knowledge." 

App. 2. As the relative pronoun, when used interrog 
atively, refers to the subsequent word or phrase con- 
taining the answer to the question, that word or phrase 
may properly be termed the subsequent to the interrog- 
ative. 

App. 3. Pronouns are sometimes made to precede the 
things which they represent ; as, "If a man declares in 
autumn, when he is eating them, or in spring- when 
there are none, that he loves grapes ," &c. But this is a 
construction which is very seldom allowable. 

We are dependent on each other's assistance . 
whom is there that can subsist by himself? 

If he will not hear his best friend, whom shall 
be sent to admonish him ? 

They who much is given to, will have much to 
answer for. 

It is not to be expected that they, whom in ear- 
ly life, have been dark and deceitful, should after- 
wards become fair and ingenuous. 

They who have laboured to make us wise and 
good, are the persons who we ought to love and 
respect, and who we ought to be grateful to. 

The persons, who conscience and virtue support, 
may smile at the caprices of fortune. 

From the character of those who you associate 
with, your own will be estimated 



Rule 7.) syntax. 77 

That is the student who I gave the book to, and 
whom, I am persuaded, deserves it. 

Note 1. The noun or pronoun containing the answer, must be 
in the same case as thatiohich contains the question ; as, " Whose 
books are these ? They are John's." "Who gave them to him? 
We" " Of whom did you buy them? Of a bookseller ; him 
who lives at the Bible and Crown." 

Of whom were the articles bought ? Of a mer- 
cer ; he who resides near the mansion house. 

Was any person besides the mercer present ? 
Yes, both him and his clerk. 

Who was the money paid to ? To the mercer 
and his clerk. 

Who counted it ? Both the clerk and him. 

RULE VII. 

When the relative is preceded by two nominatives of 
different persons, the relative and verb may agree in 
person with either, according to the sense ; as, " I am 
the man who command you ;" or, " I am the man 
who commands you." 

App. When the relative and the verb have been determin- 
ed to agree with either of the preceding nominatives, that 
agreement must be preserved throughout the sentence ; as 
in the following instance : " I am the Lord that makcth 
all things : and stretcheth forth the heavens alone." lsa. 
xliv. 24. 

I acknowledge that I am the teacher, who adopt 
that sentiment, and maintains the propriety of such 
measures. 

Thou art a friend that hast often relieved me, 
and that hast not deserted me now in the time of 
peculiar need. 

I am the man who approves of wholesome dis- 
cipline, and who recommend it to others ; but I 
am not a person who promotes useless severity, or 
who object to mild and generous treatment. 

I perceive that thou art a pupil, who possesses 



78 exercises. (Rule 8. 

bright parts, but who has cultivated them but little. 

Thou art he who breathest on the earth with 
the breath of spring, and who covereth it with 
verdure and beauty. 

I am the Lord thy God, who teacheth thee to 
profit, and who lead thee by the way thou shouldst 

go- 

Thou art the Lord who did choose Abraham, 
and broughtest him forth out of Ur of the Chaldees. 

rule vin. 

Part 1. Every adjective, and every adjective pro- 
noun, belongs to a substantive expressed or understood ; 
as, u He is a good, as well as a wise man ;" " Few 
are happy /" that is, " persons ;" " This is a pleas- 
ant walk ;" that is, M this walk is," &c. 

Part 2. Adjective pronouns must agree, in number, 
with their substantives ; as, " This book, these 
books ; that sort, those sorts ; another road, other 
roads." 

App. An adjective pronoun, in the plural number, will 
sometimes properly associate with a singular noun ; as, 
" Our desire, your intention, their resignation." 

These kind of indulgences soften and injure the 
mind. 

Instead of improving yourselves, you have been 
playing this two hours. 

These sort of favours did real injury, under the 
appearance of kindness. 

The chasm made by the earthquake was twen- 
ty foot broad, and one hundred fathom in depth. 

How many a sorrow should we avoid, if we 
were not industrious to make them. 

He saw one or more persons enter the garden. 
1. ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

Note 1. The phrases this means and that means should be used 
only when they refer to what is singular; these means and those 



Rule 8.) syntax. 79 

means, when they respect plurals ; as, " He lived temperately 
and by this means preserved his health ;" " The scholars were at- 
tentive, industrious, and obedient to their tutors ; and by these 
means acquired knowledge." 

Charles was extravagant, and by this mean be- 
came poor and despicable. 

It was by that ungenerous mean that he obtained 
his end. 

Industry is the mean of obtaining competency. 

Though a promising measure, it is a mean which 
I cannot adopt. 

This person embraced every opportunity to dis- 
play his talents ; and by these means rendered 
himself ridiculous. 

Joseph was industrious, frugal, and discreet ; and 
by this means obtained property and reputation. 

Note 2. That is used in reference to the former of two persons 
or things, and this in reference to the latter ; as, "Self-love, which 
is the spring of action in the soul, is ruled by reason: but for that, 
man would be inactive ; and but for this, he would be active to 
no end." 

Religion raises men above themselves; irreligion 
sinks them beneath the brutes : that, binds them 
down to a poor pitiable speck of perishable earth ; 
this, opens for them a prospect to the skies. 

More rain falls in the first two summer months, 
than in the first two winter ones : but it makes a 
much greater show upon the earth in those than 
in these; because there is a much slower evapora- 
tion. 

Rex and Tyrannus are of very different charac- 
ters. The one rules his people by laws to which 
they consent ; the other, by his absolute will and 
power: this is called freedom, that, tyranny. 

Note 3. The distributive adjective pronouns, each, every, eitJio; 
agree with the nouns, pronouns, anil verbs, of tbe singular number 
only, except the plural noun convoy a collective idea ; as, "The 
king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah, sat each on his 



80 exercises. [Rule 8 

throne;" " Every tree is known by its fruit ;" "Either of the two 
is eligible ;" " Every six months."* 

Obs. Each signifies both of tbem taken distinctly or separately ; 
either properly signifies only the one or the other of them, taken 
disjunctively. 

Each of them, in their turn, receive the benefits 
to which they are entitled. 

My counsel to each of you is, that you should 
make it your endeavour to come to a friendly 
agreement. 

By discussing what relates to each particular, in 
their order, we shall better understand the subject 

Every person, whatever be their station, are 
bound by the duties of morality and religion. 

Every leaf, every twig, every drop of water, 
teem with life. 

Every man's heart or temper is productive of 
much inward joy or bitterness. 

Whatever he undertakes, either his pride or his 
folly disgust us. 

Every man and every woman were numbered. 

Neither of those men seem to have any idea, 
that their opinions may be ill-founded. 

When benignity and gentleness reign within, we 
are always least in hazard from without: every 
person, and every occurrence, are beheld in the 
most favourable light. 

[Remark. Either is often used improperly instead of each ; as, 
1 Nadab and Abihu, the sons of Aaron, took either of them his 
censer." 

On either side of the river was there the tree of 
life.] 

2. ADJECTIVES. 
Note 4. Part 1. Adjectives are sometimes improperly applied 
is adverbs; as, "Indifferent honest; excellent well; miserable 
poor ;" instead of " Indifferently honest ; excellently well ; mis- 
erably poor." 

* This note forms another exception to Rule II. 



RuleS.) SYNTAX. 81 

She reads proper, writes very neat, and compos- 
es accurate. 

He was extreme prodigal, and his property is 
now near exhausted. 

They generally succeeded ; for they lived con- 
formable to the rules of prudence. 

We may reason very clear, and exceeding strong, 
without knowing that there is such a thing as a 
syllogism. 

He had many virtues, and was exceeding beloved. 

The amputation was exceeding well performed, 
and saved the patient's life. 

He came agreeable to his promise, and conduct 
ed himself suitable to the occasion. 

He speaks very fluent, reads excellent, but does 
not think very coherent. 

He behaved himself submissive, and was exceed- 
ing careful not to give offence. 

They rejected the advice, and conducted them- 
selves exceedingly indiscreetly. 

He is a person of great abilities, and exceeding 
upright ; and is like to be a very useful member of 
the community. 

The conspiracy was the easier discovered, from 
its being known to many. 

Not being fully acquainted with the subject, he 
could affirm no stronger than he did. 

He was so deeply impressed with the subject 
that few could speak nobler upon it. 

We may credit his testimony, for he says ex- 
press, that he saw the transaction. 

Part 2. Adverbs are likewise improperly used as adjectives; 
•is, " The tutor addressed him in term? rather warm, out suitably 
to his offence ;" it should be, " suitable to his offence. " 

Use a little wine for thy stomach's sake, and 
thine often infirmities. 



82 exercises. [Rule 8 

From these favourable beginnings, we may hope 
for a soon and prosperous issue. 

He addressed several exhortations to them suit- 
able to their circumstances. 

Conformably to their vehemence of thought, 
was their vehemence of gesture. 

We should implant in the minds of youth, such 
seeds and principles of piety and virtue, as are 
likely to take soonest and deepest root. 

Part 3. The adjective pronoun such, is often misapplied; as, 
" He was such an extravagant young roan, that he spent his whole 
patrimony in a few years ;" it should be, " so extravagant a young 
man." 

Such an amiable disposition will secure univer- 
sal regard. 

Such distinguished virtues seldom occur. 

Note 5. Double comparatives and superlatives should be avoid- 
ed; such as, " A worser conduct;" " A more serener temper;" 
** The most straitest sect." 

'Tis more easier to build two chimneys than to 
maintain one. 

The tongue is like a race-horse ; which runs 
the faster the lesser weight it carries. 

The pleasures of the understanding are more 
preferable than those of the imagination, or of sense. 

The nightingale sings : hers is the most sweet- 
est voice in the grove. 

The Most Highest hath created us for his glory, 
and our own happiness. 

The Supreme Being is the most wisest, and most 
powerfulest, and the most best of beings 

Note 6. Adjectives that have in themselves a superlative sig- 
nification, do not properly admit of the comparative or superlative 
form; such as, "Chief, extreme, perfect, right, universal, su- 
preme," Sec. 



Ride 8.) syntax. 83 

Virtue confers the supremest dignity on man ; 
;md should be his chiefest desire. 

His assertion was more true than that of his op- 
ponent ; nay, the words of the latter were most 
untrue. 

His work is perfect ; his brother's more perfect ; 
and his father's the most perfect of all. 

He gave the fullest and most sincere proof of 
the truest friendship. 

Note 7. The degrees of comparison are often inaccurately ap- 
plied and constructed; thus, " This noble nation hath, of all oth- 
ers, admitted fewer corruptions ;" it should be, "This noble nation 
hath admitted fewer corruptions than any other." " The weakest 
of the two;" it should be, "The weaker of the two," because only 
two things are compared. "Covetousness, of all vices, enters 
the deepest into the soul ;" it should have been, " Most deeply." 

A talent of this kind would, perhaps, prove the 
likeliest of any other to succeed. 

He is the strongest of the two, but not the wisest. 

He spoke with so much propriety, that I under- 
stood him the best of all the others, who spoke on 
the subject. 

Eve was the fairest of all her daughters. 

Note 8. In some cases, adjectives should not be separated from 
their substantives, even by wu?-ds which modify their meaning 
and make but one sense with them; as, "A large enough number 
surely ;" it should be, " A number large enough." 

He spoke in a distinct enough manner to be 
heard by the whole assembly. 

Thomas is equipped with a new pair of shoes 
and a new pair of gloves : he is a servant of an old 
rich man. 

The two first in the row are cherry-trees, the 
two others are pear trees. 



84 exercises. {Rule 9. 

RULE IX. 

Part 1. The article a or an agrees ivith nouns in 
the singular number only, individually or collectively ; 
as, " A Christian, an infidel, a score, a thousand." 

Part 2. The definite article the may agree with 
nouns in the singular or 'plural number ; as, " The 
garden, the house, the stars." 

Part 3. The articles are often properly omitted : 
when used, they should be justly applied, according to 
their distinct nature ; as, " Gold is corrupting ; The 
sea is green ; A lion is bold." 

The fire, the air, the earth, and the water, are 
four elements of the philosophers. 

Reason was given to a man to control his pas- 
sions. 

We have within us an intelligent principle, dis- 
tinct from body and from matter. 

A man is the noblest work of creation. 

"Wisest and best men sometimes commit errours. 

Beware of drunkenness : it impairs understand- 
ing ; wastes an estate ; destroys a reputation ; con- 
sumes the body ; and renders the man of the bright- 
est parts the common jest of the meanest clown. 

He is a much better writer than a reader. 

The king has conferred on him the title of a 
duke. 

There are some evils of life, which equally affect 
prince and people. 

We must act our part with a constancy, though 
reward of our constancy be distant. 

We are placed here under a trial of our virtue. 

The virtues like his are not easily acquired. 
Such qualities honour the nature of man. 

Purity has its seat in the heart ; but extends its 



Rule 9.) syntax. 8F» 

influence over so much of outward conduct, as to 
form the great and material part of a character. 

The profligate man is seldom or never found to 
be the good husband, the good father, or the be- 
neficent neighbour. 

True charity is not the meteor, which occasion- 
ally glares ; but the luminary, which, in its orderly 
and regular course, dispenses benignant influence. 

.Vote 1. A nice distinction of the sense is sometimes made by 
the use or omission of the article a. If I say, " He behaved with 
a little reverence ;" my meaning is positive. If I say, " He be- 
haved with little reverence •," my meaning is negative. 

He has been much censured for conducting him- 
self with a little attention to his business. 

So bold a breach of order, called for little sever- 
ity in punishing the offender. 

His errour was accompanied with so little contri- 
tion and candid acknowledgment, that he found a 
few persons to intercede for him. 

There were so many mitigating circumstances 
attending his misconduct, particularly that of his 
open confession, that he found few friends who 
were disposed to interest themselves in his favour. 

As his misfortunes were the fruit of his own ob- 
stinacy, a few persons pitied him. 

Note 2. In general, it may be sufficient to prefx the article to 
the former of two words in the same construction; as, "There 
were many hours, both of the night and day." 

For the sake of emphasis, xve often repeat the article in a series 
of epithets. "He hoped that this title would secure him an am- 
ple and an independent authority." 

The fear of shame, and desire of approbation, 
prevent many bad actions. 

In this business he was influenced by a just and 
generous principle. 

He was fired with desire of doing something, 



«b exercises. (Rule 1U. 

though he knew not yet, with distinctness, either 
end or means. 

Note 3. In common conversation, and in familiar style, we fre- 
quently omit the articles, which might be inserted with propriety 
in writing, especially in a grave style. " At worst, time might 
be gained by this expedient ;" " At the worst," would have been 
better. " Give me here John Baptist's head ;" better, •' John the 
Baptist's head;" or, " The head of Johr the Baptist." 

At worst, I could but incur a gentle reprimand. 
At best, his gift was but a poor offering, when 
we consider his estate. 



rule x. 

One substantive governs another signifying a differ- 
ent thing, in the possessive or genitive case ; as, M My 
father's house ;" " Man's happiness ;" " Virtue's 
reward." 

App. 1. Substantives govern pronouns as well as nouns 
in the possessive case ; as, " Every tree is known by its 
fruit ;" " Goodness brings its reward;" " That desk is 
mine ;" " This composition is his. " 

App. 2. The pronoun his, when detached from the noun 
to which it relates, is to be considered not as a possessive 
pronoun, but as the genitive case of the personal pronoun , 
as, "This composition is his." "Whose book is that?" 
"His." 

Illustration. The difference between the adjective and 
personal pronouns will be seen in the following sentences : 
" Is it her or his honour that is tarnished ?" « It is not 
hers* but his." 

My Rncestors virtue is not mine. 

His brothers offence will not condemn him. 

I will not destroy the city for ten sake. 

Nevertheless, Asa his heart was perfect with the 
Lord. 

A mothers tenderness and a fathers care are 
natures gifts' for mans advantage. 



Rule 10.) syntax. 87 

A mans manner's frequently influence his for- 
tune. 

Wisdoms precepts' form the good mans interest 
and happiness. 

App. 3. When two or more nouns come together, or a 
noun and pronoun, and signify the same thing, they are 
said to be in apposition, and agree in case ; as, " Paul 
the apostle ;" " Georg-e, King- of Great Britain, elector 
of Hanover," &c. " Maria rejected Valerius, the man 
[him] whom she had rejected before." 

They slew Varus, he that was mentioned before. 
They slew Varus, who was him that I mention- 
ed before. 

App. 4. Nouns are not unfrequently set in apposition 
to sentences, or clauses of sentences ; as, " If a man had 
a positive idea of infinite, either duration or space, he 
could add two infinites tog-ether ; nay, make one infi- 
nite infinitely big-g-er than another ; absurdities too gross 
to be confuted." Here the absurdities are the whole 
preceding- propositions. 

JVbtel. Parti. When severalnouns come together inthe possess- 
ive case, the apostrophe with sis annexed to the last, and understood 
in the rest ; as, *' John and Eliza's books ;" " This was my father, 
mother, and uncle's advice." 

But if any words intervene, the sign of the possessive should 
be annexed to each; as, " They are John's as well as Eliza's books." 

Part 2. When any subject or subjects are considered as the 
common property of two or more persons, the sign of the possess- 
ive is affixed only to the noun of the last person; as, "This is 
Henry, "William, and Joseph's estate." 

Part 3. Butiohen several subjects are considered as belonging 
separately to distinct individuals, the names of the individuals have 
the sign of the possessive case annexed to each of them ; as, ■ Those 
are Henry's, William's, and Joseph's estates." 

Remark. It is, hoiocver, better to say, "It was the advice of my 
father, mother, and uncle ;" " This estate belongs in common tc 
Henry, William, and Joseph." 



88 exercises. [Rule 10. 

It was the men's, women's, and children's lot, to 
suffer great calamities. 

Peter's, John's, and Andrew's occupation, was 
that of fishermen. 

This measure gained the king, as well as the 
people's approbation. 

Not only the counsel's, and attorney's, but the 
judge's opinion also, favoured his cause. 

JVote 2. Part 1. In poetry, the additional s is frequently omit- 
ted, but the aposti-ophe retained ; as, " The wrath of Peleus' son." 
The following examples in prose are erroneous : " Moses' minis- 
ter ; " Phinehas' wife ;" " Festus came into Felix' room ;" it 
should have been, " Moses's, Phineas's, Felix's." 

Part 2. But when cases occur which would give too much of 
the hissing sound, or increase the difficulty of pronunciation, the 
omission of the apostrophick s takes place even in prose ; as, " For 
righteousness' sake ;" " For conscience' sake." 

And he cast himself down at Jesus feet. 
Moses rod was turned into a serpent. 
For Herodias sake, his brother Philips wife. 
If ye suffer for righteousness's sake, happy are ye. 
Ye should be subject for conscience's sake. 

JVote 3. Explanatory circumstances ought not to be used between 
the possessive case and the word which follows it ; as, " She be- 
gan to extol the farmer's, as she called him, excellent understand- 
ing," it ought to be, "The excellent understanding of the farmer, 
as she called him." 

Remark, ZVie word in the genitive case is frequently placed 
improperly ; as, "This fact appears from Dr. Pearson of Birming- 
nam's experiments ;" it should be, " From the experiments of 
Dr. Pearson of Birmingham." 

They very justly condemned the prodigal's, as 
he was called, senseless and extravagant conduct. 

They implicitly obeyed the protector's, as they 
called him, imperious mandates. 

JVote 4. Part 1. lllien terms signifying a name and an office 
arc connected, that which denotes the name of person should be pos- 
sessive ; as, " I left the parcel at Smith's the bookseller." 



i 



Rule 10.; syntax. 89 

Part 2. A phrase in which the words are so connected and de- 
pendent, as to admit of no pause before the conclusion, necessarily 
requires the genitive sign at or near the end of the phrase ; as, 
" Whose prerogative is it? It is the king of Great Britain's;" 
" That is the duke of Bridgewater's canal," &c. 

Part 3. When words in apposition follow each other in quick 
succession, the genitive sign should have a similar situation ; es- 
pecially if the noun which governs the genitive be expressed; as, 
" The emperor Leopold's ;" " Dionysius the tyrant's ;" " For David 
my servants sake ;" "Give me John the Baptist's head ;" "Paul 
the apostle's advice." 

Part 4. But when a pause is proper, and the governing noun 
not expressed; and when the latter part of the sentence is extend- 
ed ; it appears to be requisite that the sign should be applied to 
the first genitive, and understood to the other ; as, " I reside at 
Lord Stormont's, my old patron and benefactor ;" ? Whose glory 
did he emulate ? He emulated Caesar's, the greatest general of 
antiquity." 

I bought the knives at Johnson's, the cutler's. 

The silk was purchased at Brown's, the mercer's 
and haberdasher's. 

Lord Feversham the general's tent. 

This palace had been the grand sultan's Ma- 
homet's. 

I will not for David's thy father's sake. 

He took refuge at the governour, the king's 
representative's. 

Whose works are these ? They are Cicero, the 
most eloquent of men's. 

Note 5. The English genitive, or possessive case, has often an 
unpleasant sound, so that we daily make moreuse of the particle of 
to express the same relation; thus, instead of saying, " The army's 
name, the commons' vote, the lords' house ;" we say, »• The name 
of the^army, the vote of the commons, the house of lords." 

The world's government is not left to chance. 
She married my son's wife's brother. 
This is my wife's brother's partner's house. 
It was necessary to have both the physician's 
and the surgeon's advice. 

J4 



90 exercises. {Rule 10. 

Remark. The use of three substantives dependent on one an- 
other, and connected by the preposition of applied to each of them, 
is not to be recommended. 

The extent of the prerogative of the king of 
England, is sufficiently ascertained. 

Note 6. In some cases we use both the possessive termination 
and the preposition of ; as, " It is a discovery of Sir Isaac New- 
ton's." The word genius, or property, Sec. may be understood at 
the end of such phrases, and the noun or pronoun signifying the 
possessor, is governed in the possessive case, by the noun signify- 
ing the thing possessed. 

This picture of the king's does not much resem- 
ble him. 

These pictures of the king were sent to him 
from Italy. 

This estate of the corporation's is much encum- 
bered. 

That is the eldest son of the king of England's. 

Note 7. When an entire clause of a sentence, beginning with 
a participle of the present tense, is used as one name, or to ex- 
press one idea of circumstance, the noun on which it depends may 
be put in the possessive case ; thus, we say, " What is the reason 
of this person's dismissing of his servant so hastily ?" Just as we 
say, " What is the reason of this person's hasty dismission of his 
servant?" 

What can be the cause of the parliament neg 
iecting so important a business ? 

Much depends on this rule being observed. 

The time of William making the experiment, a\ 
length arrived. 

It is very probable that this assembly was call- 
ed, to clear some doubt which the king had, about 
the lawfulness of the Hollanders their throwing off 
the monarchy of Spain, and their withdrawing, en- 
tirely, their allegiance to that crown. 

If we alter the situation of any of the words, we 



Rule 11.) SYNTAX. 91 

shall presently be sensible of the melody suffering-. 
Such will ever be the effect of youth associating 
with vicious companions. 



Active verbs govern the objective case ; as, " Truth 
ennobles her ;" " She comforts me ;" " They sup- 
port us ;" " Virtue rewards her followers." 

App. 1. Verbs neuter or intransitive do not act upon, or 
govern, nouns and pronouns. " He sleeps ; they muse ;"&c. 
are not transitive, and therefore are not followed by an 
objective case specifying the object of an action. 

App. 2. In the phrases, "To dream a dream," "To 
live a virtuous life," « To run a race," " To walk the 
horse," " To dance the child," the verbs certainly as- 
sume a transitive form, and may not in these cases, be 
improperly denominated transitive verbs. 

App. 3. Part of a sentence, as well as a noun or pro- 
noun, may be said to be in the objective case, or to be put 
objectively, governed by the active verb ; as, " We some- 
times see virtue in distress : but we should consider how 
great will be her ultimate reward." 

Sentences or phrases under this circumstance, may 
be termed objective sentences or phrases. 

App. 4. Some verbs appear to govern two words in the 
objective case ; as, " The Author of my being- formed me 
man, and made me accountable to him." " They desir- 
ed me to call them brethren." " He seems to have made 
him what he was." 

They who opulence has made proud, and who 
luxury has corrupted, cannot relish the simple 
pleasures of nature. 

You have reason to dread his wrath, which one 
day will destroy ye both. 

Who have 1 reason to love so much as this friend 
of my youth. 

Ye, who were dead, hath he quickened. 



92 exercises. {Rule 11 

Who did they entertain so freely ? 
The man who he raised from obscurity, is dead. 
Ye only have I known of all the families of the 
earth. 

He and they we know, but who are you ? 

She that is idle and mischievous, reprove sharp- 

iy. 

Who did they send to him on so important an 
errand? 

That is the friend who you must receive cor- 
dially, and who you cannot esteem too highly. 

He invited my brother and I to see and examine 
his library. 

He who committed the offence, you should cor- 
rect, not I who am innocent. 

We should fear and obey the Author of our be- 
ing, even He who has power to reward or punish 
us for ever. 

They who he had most injured, he had the 
greatest reason to love. 

Note 1. Some writers use certain neuter verbs as if they were 
tmnsitive, improperly putting after them the objective case, as, 
" Repenting him of his design ; ' " The nearer his successes ap 
proacned him to the throne ; " The popular lords did not fail to 
enlarge themselves upon the subject ;" " Repenting of his design ; 
approached to the throne; enlarge upon the subject." 

Though he now takes pleasure in them, he will 
one day repent him of indulgences so unwarranta- 
ble. 

The nearer his virtues approached him to the 
great example before him, the humbler he grew. 

It will be very difficult to agree his conduct with 
the principles he professes. 

Note 2. Active verbs are sometimes as improperly made neuter ; 
a*, " I must premise with three circumstances ;" " Those that 
think to ingratiate with him by calumniating me ;" it should be, 
"premise three circumstances, ingratiate themselves." 



Rule 11.) syntax. 93 

To ingratiate with some by traducing others, 
marks a base and despicable mind. 

I shall premise with two or three general ob- 
servations. 

Note 3. Neuter verbs of motion and change, are varied like 
the active, and admit of the passive form, retaining still the neu- 
ter signification ; as, "I am come ; I was gone ; I am grown ■ 
I was fallen." The following examples should have an active, 
and not a passiveform : " We are infinitely swerved ; the whole 
obligation was also ceased ; the number was now amounted" Sec. 

If such maxims, and such practices prevail, 
what has become of decency and virtue ? 

I have come according to the time proposed ; but 
I have fallen upon an evil hour. 

The mighty rivals are now at length agreed. 

The influence of his corrupt example was then 
entirely ceased. 

He was entered into the connexion, before tht 
consequences were considered. 

Note 4. Part 1. The verb to be, and other intransitive verbs, 
through all their variations, may have the same case after them, 
as that which next precedes them; as, " / am he whom they invit- 
ed ;" " I believe it to have been them ,-" "He desired to be their 
king ;" " She walks a queen." 

Part 2. When the verb to be is understood, it has the same case 
before and after it as when it is expressed; as, "He seems the 
leader of the party;" "He shall continue steward;" "They ap- 
pointed me executor;" " I supposed him a man of learning ;" that 
is, " He seems to be the leader of the party," &c. 

Part 3. Passive verbs which signify naming and others of a 
similar nature, have the same case before and after them ; as, 
"He was called Csesar;" " She was named Penel'ope;" "Homer 
is styled the Prince of poets ;" "James was created a duke," &c. 

Part 4. The verbs, to Become, rounder, go, return, expire, ap- 
pear, die, live, look, grow, seem, roam, and others, are. of this na 
ture. 

Well may you be afraid ; it is him indeed. 
I would act the same part if 1 were him, or in 
his situation. 

Search the Scriptures ; for in them ye think ye 



94 exercises. [Rule 12. 

have eternal life, and they are them which testi- 
fy of me. 

Be composed : it is me : you have no cause for 
fear. 

I cannot tell who has befriended me, unless it is 
him from whom I have received many benefits. 

I know not whether it were them who conduct- 
ed the business; but 1 am certain it was not him. 

He so much resembled my brother, that, at first 
sight, I took it to be he. 

After all their professions, is it possible to be 
them? 

It could not have been her, for she always be- 
haves discreetly. 

If it was not him, who do you imagine it to have 
been ? 

Who do you think him to be ? 

Whom do the people say that we are ? 

Mote 5. The auxiliary let, governs the objective case ; as, •• Let 
him beware ;" " Let us judge candidly ;" " Let them not presume ;" 
" Let George study his lesson." 

Whatever others do, let thou and I act wisely. 
Let them and we unite to oppose this growing 
evil. 

RULE XII. 

One verb governs another that follows it, or depends 
upon it.in the infinitive mood ; as, " Cease to do evil ; 
learn to do well;" " We should be prepared to ren- 
der an account of our actions." 

App. 1. The infinitive is frequently governed by adjec- 
tives, substantives, and participles : as, " He is eager tc 
learn ;" " She is worthy to be loved ;" " They have a 
desire to improve ;" " Endeavouring- to persuade." 

App. 2. The infinitive sometimes follows the word as : 
thus, " An object so high as to be invisible ;" « A ques- 
tion so obscure as to perplex the understanding/' 



Rule 12.) syntax. 95 

App. 3. The infinitive occasionally follows than after a 
comparison ; as, " He desired nothing- more than to 
know his own imperfections." 

App. 4. The infinitive mood is often made absolute, or 
used independently on the rest of the sentence, supplying 
the place of the conjunction that, with the potential mood ; 
as, " To confess the truth, I was in fault ;" that is, 
" That I may confess," &c. 

App. 5. The verbs, Bid, dare, need, make, see, hear, 
feel, and also let, not used as an auxiliary ; and a few oth- 
ers, have, in the active form, the infinitive after them with- 
out the sign to before it ; as, " I bade him do it ;" " Ye 
dare not do it ;" " I saw him do it ;" " I heard him say 
it ;" " Thou lettest him go." 

It is better live on a little, than outlive a great 
deal. 

You ought not walk too hastily. 

I wish him not wrestle with his happiness. 

I need not to solicit him to do a kind action. 

I dare not to proceed so hastily, lest I should give 
offence. 

I have seen some young persons to conduct them- 
selves ver} r discreetly. 

Note 1. The particle to, the sign of the infinitive mood,is some- 
times improperly used; as, "I have observed some satirists to 
use," Sec. ; " To see so many to make so little conscience of so 
great a sin;" " I am not like other men, to envy the talents I can- 
not reach." 

It is a great support to virtue, when we see a 
good mind to maintain its patience and tranquillities, 
under injuries and affliction, and to cordially for- 
give its oppressors. 

It is the difference of their conduct, which makes 
us to approve the one, and to reject the other. 

We should not be like many persons, to depreci- 
ate the virtues we do not possess. 

To see young persons who are courted by health 



96 exercises. (Rule 13. 

and pleasure, to resist all the allurements of vice, 
and to steadily pursue virtue and knowledge, is 
cheering and delightful to every good mind. 

They acted with so much reserve, that some 
persons doubted them to be sincere. 

And the multitude wondered, when they saw the 
lame to walk, and the blind to see. 



In the use of words and phrases which, in point of 
time, relate to each other, a due regard to that relation 
should be observed. Instead of saying, " The Lord 
hath given, and the Lord hath taken away ;" we 
should say, " The Lord gave, and the Lord hfath 
taken away." Instead of, u I remember the family 
more than twenty years ;" it should be, " I have 
remembered the family more than twenty years." 

Obs. Whatever period the governing verb assumes, whether 
present, past, or future, the governed verb inthe infinitive always 
respects that period, and its time is calculated from it. 

The next new year's day I shall be at school 
three years. 

And he that was dead, sat up, and began to 
speak. 

I should be obliged to him, if he will gratify me 
in that particular. 

And the multitude wondered, when they saw the 
dumb to speak, the maimed to be whole, the lame 
walk, and the blind seeing. 

I have compassion on the multitude, because they 
continue with me now three days. 

In the treasury belonging to the Cathedral in 
this city, is preserved with the greatest veneration, 
for upwards of six hundred years, a dish which they 
pretend to be made of emerald. 



Rule 13.) syntax. 97 

The Court of Rome gladly laid hold on all the 
opportunities, which the imprudence, weakness, or 
necessities of princes, afford it, to extend its an 
thority. 

Fierce as he mcv'd his silver shafts resound. 

The} maintained that scripture conclusion, that 
all mankind rise from one head. 

John will earn his wages, when his service is 
completed. 

Ye will not come unto me that ye might have 
life. 

Be that as it will, he cannot justify his conduct. 

I have been at London a year, and seen the king 
last summer. 

After we visited London, we returned, content 
and thankful, to our retired and peaceful habita- 
tion. 

Note 1. All verbs expressive of hope, desire, intention, or com- 
mand, must invariably be followed by the present, and not the 
perfect of the infinitive. " The last week I intended to have writ- 
ten ;" it ought to be. " The last week I intended to write." 

Obs. When the action or event, signified by a verb in the in- 
finitive mood, is contemporary or future, with lespect to the verb 
to which it is chiefly related, the present of the infinitive is requir- 
ed : When it is not contemporary nor future, the perfect of the 
infinitive is necessary: thus, in recollecting the sight of a friend, 
sometime having intervened between the seeing and the rejoicing 
I should say, " I rejoiced to have seen my friend." If my joy and 
the presence of my friend were contemporary, I should say, " I 
rejoiced to see my friend." 

I purpose to go to London in a few months, and 
after I shall finish my business there, to proceed to 
America. 

These prosecutions of William seem to be the 
most iniquitous measures pursued by the court, dur- 
ing the time that the use of parliaments was sus- 
pended. 

I 



98 exercises. [Rule 13 

From the little conversation I had with him, he 
appeared to have been a man of letters. 

I always intended to have rewarded my son, ac- 
cording to his merit. 

It would, on reflection, have given me great sat- 
isfaction, to relieve him from that distressed situa- 
tion. 

It required so much care, that I thought I should 
have lost it before I reached home. 

We have done no more than it was our duty to 
have done. 

He would have assisted one of his friends, if he 
could do it without injuring the other ; but as that 
could not have been done, he avoided all interfer- 
ence. 

Must it not be expected, that he would have de- 
fended an authority, which had been so long exer- 
cised without controversy ? 

These enemies of Christianity were confounded, 
whilst they were expecting to have found an op- 
portunity to have betrayed its Author. 

His sea-sickness was so great, that I often feared 
he would have died before our arrival. 

If these persons had intended to deceive, they 
would have taken care to have avoided, what 
would expose them to the objections of their op- 
ponents. 

It was a pleasure to have received his approba- 
tion of my labours ; for which I cordially thanked 
him. 

It would have afforded me still greater pleasure 
to receive his approbation at an earlier period, 
but to receive it at all, reflected credit upon me. 

To be censured by him, would soon have pro* 
ed an insuperable discouragement. 



Rule 1 4.) syntax. 99 

Him portiori'd maids, apprentic'd orphans blest, 
The young who labour, and the old who rest. 

Obs. 2. In referring to declarations made by another person 
the present tense must be used, if the position is immutably the 
same at all times, or supposed to be so ; as, " The bishop declared 
that virtue is always advantageous." But if the assertion refer- 
red to something, that is not always the same, or supposed to be so, 
tlie past tense must be applied ; as, " George said that he was 
very happy." 

The doctor, in his lecture, said, that fever al- 
ways produced thirst. 

RULE XIV. 

Participles have the same government as the verbs 
have from which they are derived ; as, " I am weary 
with hearing him ;" " She is instructing us ;" " The 
tutor is admonishing Charles." 

App. 1. A participial or verbal noun, whether simple or 
compound, may be either in the nominative or objective 
case, and may have a verb and adjective referring to it ; 
as, " Reading- is useful ;" " He mentioned a boy's hav- 
mg been corrected for his faults ;" " The boy's having 
been corrected is shameful to him." 

App. 2. A participial noun, governed by a preposition, 
or used as a nominative, may govern the objective case ; 
as, " John was sent to prepare the way by preaching- re- 
pentance, and by instructing the people ;" " Making 
books is his amusement ;" " Her employment is drawing 
maps." 

App. 3. The active participle is frequently used witlh- 
out an obvious reference to any noun or pronoun; as, 
" Generally speaking, his conduct was very honourable ;" 
" Granting this to be true," &c. In such instances, a 
pronoun is to be understood. 

Esteeming theirselves wise, they became fools. 
Suspecting not only ye, but they also, I was stu- 
dious to avoid all intercourse. 

I could not avoid considering, in some degree. 



100 exercises. (Rule 14 

they as enemies to me; and he as a suspicious 
friend 

From having exposed hisself too freely in dif- 
ferent climates, he entirely lost his health. 

Note 1. When the article a, an, or the, precedes the participle, 
it becomes a substantive, and must have the preposition of after 
it ; as, " By the observing of the rules, you may avoid mistakes ; M 
" This was a betraying of the trust ;" " It is an overvaluing of 
ourselves." 

By observing of truth, you will command esteem, 
as well as secure peace. 

He prepared them for this event, by the sending 
to them proper information. 

A person may be great or rich by chance ; but 
cannot be wise or good, without the taking pains 
for it. 

Nothing could have made her so unhappy, as 
the marrying a man who possessed such principles. 

The changing times and seasons, the removing 
and setting up kings, belong to Providence alone. 

The middle station of life seems to be the most 
advantageously situated for gaining of wisdom. 
Poverty turns our thoughts too much upon the sup- 
plying our wants ; and riches, upon the enjoying 
our superfluities. 

Pliny, speaking of Cato the Censor's disapprov- 
ing the Grecian orators, expressed himself thus. 

Propriety of pronunciation is the giving to eve- 
ry word that sound, which the most polite usage of 
the language appropriates to it. 

The not attending to this rule, is the cause of a 
very common errour. 

This was in fact a converting the deposite to his 
own use. 

Note 2. When the pronoun precedes the participial noun, the 
preposition of should follow it ; as, " Much depends on their ob- 



Rule 14.) SYNTAX. 101 

serving of the rule, and errour will be the consequence of their 
neglecting of it." 

There will be no danger of their spoiling their 
faces, or of their gaining converts. 

For his avoiding that precipice, he is indebted to 
his friend's care. 

It was from our misunderstanding the directions, 
that we lost our way. 

In tracing of his history, we discover little that 
is worthy of imitation. 

By reading of books written by the best authors, 
his mind became highly improved. 

Note 3. The perfect participle and the imperfect tense, when 
different in form, must not be used indiscriminately ; as, it is 
frequently and erroneously said, " He begun," for " he began ;" 
M He run," for " he ran ;" " He drunk," for " he drank." 

By too eager pursuit, he run a great risk of be 
ing disappointed. 

He had not long enjoyed repose, before he be- 
gun to be weary of having nothing to do. 

He was greatly heated, and drunk with avidity. 

Though his conduct was, in some respects, ex- 
ceptionable, yet he dared not commit so great an 
offence, as that which was proposed to him. 

A second deluge learning thus o'er-run ; 
And the monks finish'd what the Goths begun. 

If some events had not fell out very unexpected- 
ly, I should have been present. 

He would have went with us, had he been in- 
vited. 

He returned the goods which he had stole, and 
made all the reparation in his power. 

They have chose the part of honour and virtue 

His vices have weakened his mind, and broke 
his health. 



102 exercises (Rule 15. 

He had mistook his true interest, and found him- 
self forsook by his former adherents. 

The bread that has been eat is soon forgot. 

No contentions have arose amongst them since 
their reconciliation. 

The cloth had no seam, but was wove through- 
out. 

The French language is spoke in every state 
in Europe. 

His resolution was too strong to be shook by 
slight opposition. 

He was not much restrained afterwards, having 
took improper liberties at first. 

He has not yet wore off the rough manners, which 
he brought with him. 

You who have forsook your friends, are entitled 
to no confidence. 

They who have bore a part in the labour, shall 
share the rewards. 

When the rules have been wantonly broke, there 
can be no plea for favour. 

He writes as the best authors would have wrote, 
had they writ on the same subject. 

He heapt up great riches, but past his time mis- 
erably. 

He talkt and stampt with such vehemence, that 
he was suspected to be insane. 



Adverbs, though they have no government of case, 
tense, 4*c require an appropriate situation in the sen- 
tence, viz. for the most part before adjectives, after verbs 
active or neuter, and frequently between the auxiliary 
and the verb ; as, M He made a very sensible dis- 
course ; he spoke unaffectedly and forcibly, and was 
attentively heard by the whole assembly." 



Rule 15.) syntax. 103 

He was pleasing not often, because he was vain. 

William nobly acted, though he was unsuccess- 
ful. 

We may happily live, though our possessions are 
small . 

From whence we may date likewise the period 
of this event. 

It cannot be impertinent or ridiculous therefore 
to remonstrate. 

He offered an apology, which being not admit 
ted, he became submissive. 

These things should be never separated. 

Unless he have more government of himself, he 
will be always discontented. 

Never sovereign was so much beloved by the 
people. 

He was determined to invite back the king, and 
to call together his friends. 

So well educated a boy gives great hopes to his 
friends. 

Not only he found her employed, but pleased and 
tranquil also. 

We always should prefer our duty to our pleas- 
ure. 

It is impossible continually to be at work. 

The heavenly bodies are in motion perpetually. 

Having not known, or having not considered, the 
measures proposed, he failed of success. 

My opinion was given on rather a cursory peru- 
sal of the book. 

It is too common with mankind, to be engrossed, 
and overcome totally, by present events. 

When the Romans were pressed with a foreign 
enemy, the women contributed all their rings and 
jewels voluntarily, to assist the government. 

Note 1. Part 1. The adverb never generally precedes the verb 
as, " I never was there ;" " He never comes at a proper time." 



104 exercises. (Rule 15 

It is placed indifferently, either before or after an auxiliary 
verb ; as, " He was never seen (or never was seen) to laugh from 
that time." 

Part 2. Ever is sometimes improperly used for never ; as, " I 
seldom or ever see him ;" it should be, " I seldom or never," JLc 

They could not persuade him, though they were 
never so eloquent. 

If some persons' opportunities were never so fa- 
vourable, they would be too indolent to improve 
them. 

Note 2. Part 1. The adverb of place where, is often improperly 
used instead of the pronoun relative and a preposition ; as, • They 
framed a protestation, ivhere they repeated all their former claims j 
that is, " in which they repeated." 

Part 2. The adverbs here, there, where, are often improperly 
applied to verbs signifying motion, instead of hither, thither, 
whither ; as, " He came here hastily ;" " They rode there with 
speed ;" " Where are you going f" They should be, " He came 
hither ," " They rode thither;" " Whither are you going?" 

He drew up a petition, where he too freely 
represented his own merits. 

His follies had reduced him to a situation where 
he had much to fear, and nothing to hope. 

It is reported that the prince will come here to- 
morrow. 

George is active ; he walked there in less than 
an hour. 

Where are you all going in such haste ? 

Whither have they been since they left the city ? 

JVote 3. Some adverbs are improperly used as substantives , 
as, "In 1687, he erected it into a community of regulars, since 
when, it has begun to increase ;" that is, " Since which tune." " It 
is worth their while ;" that is, " It deserves their time and pains." 
"To do a thing anyhow ,•" that is, " in any manner;" or, " some- 
how ;" that is, " in some manner." 

Charles left the seminary too early, since when 
he has made very little improvement. 

Nothing is better worth the while of young per- 
sons, than the acquisition of knowledge and virtue. 



Rule 16, 17.) syntax. 105 

RULE XVI. 

Two negatives, in English, destroy one another, or 
are equivalent to an affirmative ; as, " Nor did they 
not perceive him ;" that is, " they did perceive 
him." " His language, though inelegant, is not 
ungrammatical ;" that is, u it is grammatical." 

Neither riches nor honours, nor no such perish- 
ing goods, can satisfy the desires of an immortal 
spirit. 

Be honest, nor take no shape nor semblance of 
disguise. 

We need not, nor do not, confine his operations 
to narrow limits. 

I am resolved not to comply with the proposal, 
neither at present, nor at any other time. 

There cannot be nothing more insignificant than 
vanity. 

Nothing never affected her so much as this mis- 
conduct of her child. 

Do not interrupt me yourselves, nor let no one 
disturb my retirement. 

These people do not judge wisely, nor take no 
proper measures to effect their purpose. 

The measure is so exceptionable, that we can- 
not by no means permit it. 

I have received no information on the subject, 
neither from him nor from his friend. 

Precept nor discipline is not so forcible as exam- 
ple. 

The king nor the queen was not at all deceived 
in the business. 

RULE XVII. 

Prepositions govern the objective case ; as, M I ha\ C 
heard a good character of her ;'* " From him that 



106 exercises. [Rule 11 

is needy turn not away ;" " A word to the wise is 
sufficient for them;" "We may be good and hap- 
py without riches." 

App. 1. Participles are frequently used as prepositions; 
as, excepting, respecting, touching, concerning, according. 
" They were all in fault except or excepting him." 

App. 2. The prepositions to and for are often under- 
stood, chiejly before the pronouns ; as, " Give me the 
book ;" " Get me some paper ;" that is, " To me ; for 
me." " Wo is me ;" " He was banished England ;" that 
is, " To me ;" " From England." 

We are all accountable creatures, each for his- 
self. 

They willingly, and of theirselves, endeavoured 
to make up the difference. 

He laid the suspicion upon somebody, I know 
not who, in the company. 

I hope it is not I who he is displeased with. 

To poor we there is not much hope remaining. 

Does that boy know who he speaks to ? Who 
does he offer such language to ? 

It was not he that they were so angry with. 

What concord can subsist between those who 
commit crimes, and they who abhor them ? 

The person who I travelled with, has sold the 
horse which he rode on during our journey. 

It is not I he is engaged with. 

Who did he receive that intelligence from? 

JVbfe 1. The preposition is often ungracefully separated from 
the relative which it governs ; as, " Whom will you give it to?" 
instead of, " To whom will you give it ?" 

To have no one whom we heartily wish well to, 
and whom we are warmly concerned for, is a de- 
plorable state. 

He is a friend whom I am highly indebted to. 



Rule 17.) syntax. 107 

Note 2. Some writers inelegantly separate the preposition 
from the noun or pronoun which it governs, in order to connect 
different prepositions with the same word ; as, " To suppose the 
zodiack and planets to be efficient of, and antecedent to them- 
selves." 

Obs. In forms of law, where fulness and exactness of expres- 
sion must take place of every other consideration, this construction 
may be admitted. 

On these occasions, the pronoun is governed by, 
and consequently agrees with, the preceding word. 

They were refused entrance into, and forcibly 
driven from, the house. 

Note 3. Different relations, and different senses, must be ex- 
■pressed by different prepositions, though in conjunction with the 
same verb or adjective : Thus we say, "To converse with a per- 
son, upon a subject, in a house," &c. 

We are often disappointed of things, which, be 
fore possession, promised much enjoyment. 

I have frequently desired their company, but 
have always hitherto been disappointed in that 
pleasure. 

Note 4. An accurate and appropriate use of the preposition is 
of great importance. 

First — With respect to the pr eposition OF ; as, 
" He is resolved of going to the Persian court;" "on going," &c. 
" The rain hath been falling of a long time ;" " falling a long 
time." 

"He went out q/"an evening ;" " an evening." 

Second — With respect to the prepositions TO and FOR; as, 
" You have bestowed your favours to the most deserving per- 
sons ;" " upon the most deserving," &c. 

" He accused the ministers for betraying the Dutch ;" of hav- 
ing betrayed," &c. 

Third — With respect to the prepositions WITH, ON, and 
UPON; as, 

44 Reconciling himself with the king;" " to the king." 

"It is a use that perhaps I should not have thought on;' 
44 thought of" 

44 A great quantity may be taken from the heap, without making 
any sensible alteration upon it ;" " in it." 



108 exercises. [Rule 17 

Fourth— With respect to the prepositions IN, FROM, 
INTO, AFTER, BY, OUT OF, AT, &c; as, 

" They should be informed in some parts of his character ;" 
u about" or "concerning," &c. &c. 

She finds a difficulty of fixing her mind. 

Her sobriety is no derogation to her understand- 
ing. 

There was no water, and he died for thirst. 

We can fully confide on none but the truly good. 

I have no occasion of his services. 

Many have profited from good advice. 

Many ridiculous practices have been brought in 
vogue. 

The errour was occasioned by compliance to 
earnest entreaty. 

This is a principle in unison to our nature. 

We should entertain no prejudices to simple and 
rustick persons. 

They are at present resolved of doing their du 

That boy is known under the name of the Idler. 

Though conformable with custom, it is not war- 
rantable. 

This remark is founded in truth. 

His parents think on him, and his improvements, 
with pleasure and hope. 

His excuse was admitted of by his master. 

What went ye out for to see ? 

There appears to have been a million men 
brought into the field. 

His present was accepted of by his friends. 

More than a thousand of men were destroyed 

It is my request, that he will be particular in 
speaking to the following points. 

The Saxons reduced the greater part of Britaii 
to their own power. 



Rule 17.) syntax. 109 

He lives opposite the Royal Exchange. 

Their house is situated to the north-east side of 
the road. 

The performance was approved of by all who 
understood it. 

He was accused with having acted unfairly. 

She has an abhorrence to all deceitful conduct. 

They were some distance from home, when the 
incident happened. 

His deportment was adapted for conciliating re- 
gard. 

My father writes me very frequently. 

Their conduct was agreeable with their profes- 
sion. 

We went leisurely above stairs, and came has- 
tily below. We shall write up stairs this forenoon, 
and down stairs in the afternoon. 

The politeness of the world has the same resem- 
blance with benevolence, that the shadow has with 
the substance. 

He had a taste of such studies, and pursued them 
earnestly. 

When we have had a true taste for the pleas- 
ures of virtue, we can have no relish of those of 
vice. 

How happy is it to know how to live at times 
by one's self, to leave one's self in regret, to find 
one's self again with pleasure ! The world is then 
less necessary for us. 

Civility makes its way among every kind of'per- 



JVote 5. Part 1. The preposition to is used before nouns of 
place, when they follow verbs and participles of motion; as, "1 
went to London;" " I am going to town." 

Part 2. In is set before countries, cities, and large towns ; as, 
u He lives in France, in London, or in Birmingham." 

Part 3. At is generally used after the verb to be ; as, " I have 



110 exercises. (Rule \ 8 

been at London ;" and before villages, single houses, and cities 
which are in distant countries ; as, " He lives at Hackney ;" *• He 
resides at Montpelier." 

I have been to London, after having resided a 
year at France ; and I now live in Islington. 

They have just landed in Hull, and are going 
for Liverpool. They intend to reside some time 
at Ireland. 



RULE XVIII. 

Conjunctions connect the same moods and tenses oj 
verbs, and cases of nouns and pronouns ; as, u Can- 
dour is to be approved and practised ;" " If thou sin- 
cerely desire, and earnestly pursue virtue, she will 
assuredly be found by thee, and prove a rich re- 
ward ;" " The master taught her and me to write ;" 
u He and she were school-fellows." 

Professing regard, and to act differently, discov- 
er a base mind. 

Did he not tell me his fault, and entreated me 
to forgive him ? 

My brother and him are tolerable grammarians. 

If he understood the subject, and attends to it in- 
dustriously, he can scarcely fail of success. 

You and us enjoy many privileges. 

If a man have a hundred sheep, and one of them 
is gone astray, doth he not leave the ninety and 
nine, and goeth into the mountains, and seeketh 
that which is gone astray ? 

She and him are very unhappily connected. 

To be moderate in our views, and proceeding 
temperately in the pursuit of them, is the best way 
to ensure success. 

Between him and I there is some disparity of 
years; but none between him and she. 



Rule 19.) SYNTAX. Ill 

By forming themselves on fantastick models, and 
ready to vie with one another in the reigning fol- 
lies, the young begin with being ridiculous, and 
end with being vicious and immoral. 

JYote 1. Conjunctions are, indeed, frequently made to conned 
different moods and tenses of verbs ; but, in these instances, the 
nominative must generally, if not always, be repeated; as, "He 
lives temperately, and he should live temperately." 

We have met with many disappointments ; and, 
if life continue, shall probably meet with many 
more. 

Rank may confer influence, but will not necessa- 
rily produce virtue. 

He does not want courage, but is defective in 
sensibility. 

These people have indeed acquired great riches, 
but do not command esteem. 

Our season of improvement is short ; and, wheth- 
er used or not, will soon pass away. 

He might have been happy, and is now fully 
convinced of it. 

Learning strengthens the mind ; and, if properly 
applied, will improve our morals too. 

RULE XIX. 

Part 1. Some conjunctions require the indicative, 
some the subjunctive mood, after them. It is a gener 
al rule, that when something contingent or doubtful is 
implied, the subjunctive ought to be used ; as, " If I 
were to write, he would not regard it;" u He will 
not be pardoned, unless he repent" 

Part 2. Conjunctions that are of a positive and ab- 
solute nature, require the indicative mood. w As vir- 
tue advances, so vice recedes /" "He is healthy, be- 
cause he is temperate. 1 ' 



112 exercises. (Rule 19 

App. 1. The particle as, when it is connected with the 
pronoun such, has the force of a relative pronoun ; as, 
" Let such as presume to advise others, look well to their 
own conduct." 

App. 2. The conjunctions, if, though, unless, except, 
whether, &c. generally require the subjunctive mood af- 
ter them ; but when the sentence does not imply doubt, 
they admit of the indicative ; as, " Though he is poor, he 
is contented." 

If he acquires riches, they will corrupt his mind, 
and be useless to others. 

Though he urges me yet more earnestly, I shall 
not comply, unless he advances more forcible rea- 
sons. 

I shall walk in the fields to-day, unless it rains. 

As the governess were present, the children be- 
haved properly. 

She disapproved the measure, because it were 
very improper. 

Though he be high, he hath respect to the low- 

iy- 

Though he were her friend, he did not attempt 
to justify her conduct. 

Whether he improve or not, I cannot determine. 

Though the fact be extraordinary, it certainly 
did happen. 

Remember what thou wert, and be humble. 

O » that his heart was tender, and susceptible 
of the woes of others. 

Shall then this verse to future age pretend, 
Thou wert my guide, philosopher, and friend ? 

Note 1. Lest and that, annexed to a command preceding, neces- 
sarily require the subjunctive mood ; as, " Love not sleep, lest 
thou come to poverty ;" "Take heed thatihou speak not to Jacob." 

Despise not any condition, lest it happens to be 
your own. 



\ 



Rule 19.) syntax. 113 

• 

Let him that is sanguine, take heed lest he mis- 
carries. 

Take care that thou breakest not any of the es- 
tablished rules. 

If he does but intimate his desire, it will be 
sufficient to produce obedience. 

At the time of his return, if he is but expert in 
the business, he will find employment. 

If he do but speak to display his abilities, he is 
unworthy of attention. 

If he be but in health, I am content. 

If he does promise, he will certainly perform. 

Though he do praise her, it is only for her 
beauty. 

If thou dost not forgive, perhaps thou wilt not 
be forgiven. 

If thou do sincerely believe the truths of reli 
gion, act accordingly. 

Note 2. In some instances, the conjunction that, expressed or 
understood, seems to be improperly accompanied with the subjunc- 
tive mood ; as, " So much she dreaded his tyranny, that the fate 
of her friend she dare not lament." — "She dares not lament. 

His confused behaviour made it reasonable to 
suppose that he were guilty. 

He is so conscious of deserving the rebuke, that 
he dare not make any reply. 

His apology was so plausible, that many befriend- 
ed him, and thought he were innocent. 

Note 3. The same conjunction governing both the indicative 
and the subjunctive moods, m the same sentence, and in the same 
circumstances, seems to be a great impropriety ; as, "If there be 
but one body of legislators, it is no better than a tyranny ; if there 
are only two, there will want a casting voice." ** If a man have 
a hundred sheep, and one of them is gone astray," &c. 

If one man prefer a life of industry, it is because 
he has an idea of comfort in wealth ; if another 
K 



114 exercises. (Rule 19 

prefer a life*of gaiety, it is from a like idea con- 
cerning pleasure. 

No one engages in that business, unless he aim 
at reputation, or hopes for some singular advan 
tage. 

Though the design be laudable, and is favoura 
ble to our interest, it will involve much anxiety 
and labour. 

Note 4. An ellipsis, in the conjunctive form of words, 
often creates irregularities in the construction of sentences ; as, 
" We shall overtake him, though he run ,-" that is, " though he 
hould run." 

Contingency and futurity both concur in the right use of the 
present tense of the verb in the subjunctive mood; as, "If thou 
injure another, thou wilt injure thyself;" "If he continue impen- 
itent, he must suffer." 

Unless he learns faster, he will be no scholar. 

Though he falls, he shall not be utterly cast 
down. 

On condition that he comes, I will consent to stay. 

However that affair terminates, my conduct will 
be unimpeachable. 

If virtue rewards us not so soon as we desire, 
the payment will be made with interest. . 

Till repentance composes his mind, he will be 
a stranger to peace. 

Whether he confesses, or not, the truth will cer- 
tainly be discovered. 

If thou censurest uncharitably, thou wilt be en- 
titled to no favour. 

Though, at times, the ascent to the temple of 
virtue, appears steep and craggy, be not discour- 
aged. Persevere until thou gainest the summit: 
there, all is order, beauty, and pleasure. 

If Charlotte desire to gain esteem and love, she 
does not employ the proper means. 



Rule 19.) SYNTAX. lib 

Unless the accountant deceive me} my estate is 
considerably improved. 

Though self-government produce some uneasi- 
ness, it is light, when compared with the pain of 
vicious indulgence. 

Whether he think as he speaks, time will dis- 
cover. 

If thou censure uncharitably, thou deservest no 
favour. 

Though virtue appear severe, she is truly amia- 
ble. 

Though success be very doubtful, it is proper 
that he endeavours to succeed. 

Note 5. The auxiliary have, in the perfect tense of the subjunc- 
tive mood, is, by some writers, improperly used instead of hast 
and has ; as, •' If thou have determined, we must submit ;" " Un- 
less he have consented," &c. : they should be, '« hast determined, 
has consented." 

If thou have promised, be faithful to thy engage- 
ment. 

Though he have proved his right to submission, 
he is too generous to exact it. 

Unless he have improved, he is unfit for the of- 
fice. 

Note 6. The pluperfect and future tenses of the subjunctive 
are sometimes improperly expressed : thus, " If thou had applied 
thyself diligently, thou wouldst have reaped the advantage;" " Un- 
less thou shall speak the whole truth, we cannot determine ;" " If 
thou will undertake the business, there is little doubt of success." 
The auxiliaries hadst, shalt, and wilt, should have been used. 

If thou had succeeded, perhaps thou wouldst not 
be the happier for it. 

Unless thou shall see the propriety of the meas- 
ure, we shall not desire thy support. 

Though thou will not acknowledge, thou canst 
not deny the fact 



116 exercises. {Rule 10 

Note 7. The second person singular of the imperfect tense in 
the subjunctive mood, is sometimes wrongly used ; as, " If thou 
loved him truly, thou wouldst obey him ;" "Though thou did con- 
form, thou hast gained nothing by it;" ** lovedst, didst." 

If thou gave liberally, thou wilt receive a liber 
al reward. 

Though thou did injure him, he harbours no re- 
sentment. 

It would be well, if the report was only the mis- 
representation of her enemies. 

Was he ever so great and opulent, this conduct 
would debase him. 

Was I to enumerate all her virtues, it would 
look like flattery. 

Though 1 was perfect, yet would I not presume. 

Note 8. Part 1. The auxiliaries of the potential mood, when 
applied to the subjunctive, do not change the termination of the sec~ 
ond person singular. We properly say, " If thou mayst or canst 
go ;" " Though thou mightst live ;" " Unless thou couldst read ;" 
44 If thou wouldst learn ;" and not, 44 If thou may or can go," &c. 

Part 1. Some authors think, that when that expresses the mo- 
tive or end, the termination of these auxiliaries should be varied ; 
as, 4l I advise thee, that thou may beware ;" 44 He checked thee, 
that thou should not presume :" but there does not appear any 
ground for this exception. 

If thou may share in his labours, be thankful, and 
do it cheerfully. 

Unless thou can fairly support the cause, give it 
up honourably. 

Though thou might have foreseen the danger, 
thou couldst not have avoided it. 

If thou could convince him, he would not act 
accordingly. 

If thou would improve in knowledge, be dili- 
gent. 

Unless thou should make a timely retreat, the 
danger will be unavoidable 



Rule 19.) syntax. 117 

I have laboured and wearied myself, that thou 
may be at ease. 

He enlarged on those dangers, that thou should 
avoid them. 

Note 9. Some conjunctions have their corresponding conjunc • 
tions belonging to them, so that, in the subsequent member of the 
sentence, the latter answers to the former ; as, 
Part 1. Though — yet, Nevertheless ; as, " Though he 

was rich, yet for our sakes he became poor." 
Part 2. Whether — or ; as, " Whether he will go or not, I 

cannot tell." 
Part 3. Either — or ; as, " I will either send it, or bring it 

myself." 
Part 4. Neither — nor ; as, " Neither thou nor I am able to 

compass it." 
Part 5. As — AS : expressing a comparison of equality ; as, " She 

is as amiable as her sister." 
Part 6. As — so : expressing a comparison of equality 5 4< As the 

stars, so shall thy seed be." 
Part 7. As — so : expressing a comparison of quality ; as, " As 

the one dieth, so dieth the other." 
Part 8. So — AS : with a verb expressing a comparison of quality ; 

as, " To see thy glory, so as I have seen thee in the sanctu- 
ary." 
Part 9. So — AS : with a negative and an adjective expressing a 

comparison of quantity ; as, " Pompey was not so great a man 

as Cresar." 
Part 10. So — THAT: expressing a consequence ; as, "He was so 

fatigued, that he could scarcely move." 

Neither the cold or the fervid, but characters 
uniformly warm, are formed for friendship. 

They are both praise-worthy, and one is equally 
deserving as the other. 

He is not as diligent and learned as his brother. 

I will present it to him myself, or direct it to be 
given to him. 

Neither despise or oppose what thou dost not 
understand. 

The house is not as commodious as we expected 
it would be. 



118 exercises. {Rule A 9 

I must, however, be so candid to own I have 
been mistaken. 

There was something so amiable, and yet so 
piercing in his look, as affected me at once with 
love and terrour. 



• I gain'd a son ; 



And such a son, as all men hail'd me happy." 

' The dog in the manger would not eat the hay 
himself, nor suffer the ox to eat it. 

As far as I am able to judge, the book is well 
written. 

We should faithfully perform the trust commit 
ted to us, or ingenuously relinquish the charge. 

He is not as eminent, and as much esteemed as 
he thinks himself to be. 

The work is a dull performance ; and is nei- 
ther capable of pleasing the understanding, or the 
imagination. 

There is no condition so secure, as cannot admit 
of change. 

This is an event, which nobody presumes upon, 
or is so sanguine to hope for. 

We are generally pleased with any little accom- 
plishments of body or mind. 

Note 10. Conjunctions are often improperly used, both singly 
and in pairs. " The relations are so uncertain, as that they re- 
quire a great deal of examination ;" it should be, '* that they re- 
quire." "There was no man so sanguine, who did not apprehend 
some ill consequences ; H it ought to be, " so sanguine as not to 
apprehend." " This is no other but the gate of paradise ;" but 
should be than. 

Be ready to succour such persons who need thy 
assistance. 

The matter was no sooner proposed, but he pri- 
vately withdrew to consider it. 



Rule 20.) syntax. 119 

He has too much sense and prudence than to be- 
come a dupe to such artifices. 

It is not sufficient that our conduct, as far as it 
respects others,appears to be unexceptionable. 

The resolution was not the less fixed, that the 
secret was yet communicated to very few. 

He opposed the most remarkable corruptions of 
the church of Rome, so as that his doctrines were 
embraced by great numbers. 

He gained nothing further by his speech, but 
only to be commended for his eloquence. 

He has little more of the scholar besides the 
name. 

He has little of the scholar than the name. 

They had no sooner risen, but they applied 
themselves to their studies. 

From no other institution, besides the admirable 
one of juries, could so great a benefit be expected. 

Those savage people seemed to have no other 
element but war. 

Such men that act treacherously ought to be 
avoided. 

Germany ran the same risk as Italy had done . 

No errours are so trivial, but they deserve to 
be corrected. 



When the qualities of different things are compared, 
the latter noun or pronoun is not governed by the con- 
junction than or as, but agrees with the verb, or is 
governed by the verb or preposition, expressed or un- 
derstood ; as, " Thou art wiser than I ;" that is, 
u than I am." " They loved him more than me ;" 
that is, " more than they loved me." " The sen- 
timent is well expressed by Plato, but much better 
by Solomon than him ;" that is, " than by him." 



120 exercises. (Rule 20 

Remark. The word more, when it is used in a compar 
ison, is followed by the conjunction than. 

In some respects, we have had as many advan- 
tages as them ; but in the article of a good library 
they have had a greater privilege than us. 

The undertaking was much better executed by 
his brother than he. 

They are much greater gainers than me by this 
unexpected event. 

They know how to write as well as him ; but 
he is a much better grammarian than them. 

Though she is not so learned as him, she is as 
much beloved and respected. 

These people, though they possess more shining 
qualities, are not so proud as him, nor so vain as 
her. 

Note 1. By not attending 1 to this rule, many errours have been 
committed ; as, " Thou art a much greater loser than me by his 
death ;" " She suffers hourly more than me ;" that is, " than I." 

Who betrayed her companion ? Not me. 

Who revealed the secrets he ought to have con- 
cealed? Not him. 

Who related falsehoods to screen herself, and to 
bring an odium upon others ? Not me ; it was her. 

There is but one in fault, and that is me. 

Whether he will be learned or no, must depend 
on his application. 

[Exception to Rule XX. The relative who sometimes follows 
than in the objective case ; as, "Alfred, than whom a greater king 
never reigned," &c. " Be-el'ze-bub, than whom, Satan excepted, 
none higher sat," &c. The phrase than whom, is, however, avoid- 
ed by the best modern writers.] 

Charles XII. of Sweden, than who a more cour- 
ageous person never lived, appears to have been 
destitute of the tender sensibilities of nature. 

Salmasius (a more learned man than him has 



Rule 21.) syntax. 121 

seldom appeared) was not happy at the close of 
life. 



Part 1. To avoid disagreeable repetitions, and to ex- 
press our ideas in few words, an ellipsis, or omission of 
some words, is frequently admitted. Instead of saying 1 , 
w He was a learned man, he was a wise man, and 
he was a good man ;" we make use of the ellipsis, 
and say, " He was a learned, wise, and good man.'" 
Part 2. When the omission of words would obscure the 
sentence, weaken its force, or be attended with an impro- 
priety^ they must be expressed. In the sentence, " We 
are apt to love who love us ;" the word them should be 
supplied. " A beautiful field and trees," is not proper 
language. It should be, " Beautiful fields and trees ;" 
or, " A beautiful field and fine trees." 

I gladly shunned who gladly fled from me. 

And this is it men mean by distributive justice, 
and is properly termed equity. 

His honour, interest, religion, were all embark- 
ed in this undertaking. 

When so good a man as Socrates fell a victim to 
the madness of the people, truth, virtue, religion 
fell with him. 

The fear of death, nor hope of life, could make 
him submit to a dishonest action. 

An elegant house and furniture were, by this 
event, irrecoverably lost to the owner. 

Note 1. Part 1. The ellipsis of the article is thus used.- ' A 
man, woman, and child ;" that is, " a man, a woman, and a 
child." " The sun and moon ;" that is, " the sun and the moon.' 

Part 1. Peculiar emphasis upon the noun, requires the repeti- 
tion of the article ; as, in the following sentence : " Not only the 
year, but the day and the hour." 

Part 3. When a different form of the article is requisite, the ar- 
ticle is als: properly repeated; as, "a house and an orchard ;" 
instead of, a house and crchard." 

L 



122 exercises. {Rule 21 

These rules are addressed to none but the intel- 
ligent and the attentive. 

The gay and the pleasing are, sometimes, the 
most insidious, and the most dangerous compan- 
ions. 

Old age will prove a joyless and a dreary sea- 
son, if we arrive at it with an unimproved, or with 
a corrupted mind. 

The more I see of his conduct, I like him better. 

It is not only the duty, but interest of young per- 
sons, to be studious and diligent. 

Note 2. The noun is frequently omitted in the following man 
ner : "The laws of God and man;" that is, "the laws of God 
and the laws of man." Emphasis renders the ellipsis of the noun 
improper. 

These counsels were the dictates of virtue, and 
the dictates of true honour. 

Avarice and cunning may acquire an estate ; but 
avarice and cunning cannot gain friends. 

A taste for useful knowledge, will provide for us 
a great and noble entertainment, when others leave 
us 

Without firmness, nothing that is great can be 
undertaken ; that is difficult or hazardous, can be 
accomplished. 

The anxious man is the votary of riches; the 
negligent, of pleasure. 

Note 3. Part 1. The ellipsis of the adjective is used in the fol- 
lowing manner : " A delightful garden and orchard ;" that is, " a 
delightful garden and a delightful orchard." 

Part 2. The adjective ought to be quite as proper, when joined 
to the latter substantive as the former ; otherwise the ellipsis 
should not be admitted. The ellipsis is improperly applied to 
nouns of different numbers ; as, " A magnificent house and gar- 
dens ;" better, " a magnificent house, and fine gardens." 

His crimes had brought him into extreme distress 
and extreme perplexity. 



Rule 21.) syntax. 123 

He has an affectionate brother, and an affection- 
ate sister, and they live in great harmony. 

We must guard against too great severity, and 
facility of manners. 

We should often recollect what the wisest men 
have said and written, concerning human happi- 
ness and vanity. 

That species of commerce will produce great 
gain or loss. 

Many days, and even weeks, pass away unim- 
proved. 

This wonderful action struck the beholders with 
exceeding astonishment. 

The people of this country possess a healthy cli- 
mate and soil. 

They enjoy also a free constitution and laws. 

Note 4. Part 1. The following is the ellipsis of the pronoun : 
" I love and fear him ;" that is, " I love him, and I fear him." 
" This is the man they love ;" instead of, " this is the man whom 
they love :" " In the posture I lay ;" better, " the posture in lohich 
I lay." 

Part 2. The antecedent and the relative connect the parts of a 
sentence together ; and, to prevent obscurity and confusion, they 
should answer to each other with great exactness. " We speak 
that we do know and testify that we have seen." Here the 
ellipsis is manifestly improper, and ought to be supplied ; as, *♦ We 
speak that which we do know, aud testify that which we have 
seen." 

His reputation and his estate were both lost by 
gaming. 

This intelligence not only excited our hopes, 
but fears too. 

His conduct is not scandalous ; and that is the 
best can be said of it. 

This was the person whom calumny had greatly 
abused, and sustained the injustice with singular 
patience. 

He discovered some qualities in the youth, of a 



124 exercises. {Rule 21. 

disagreeable nature, and to him were wholly un- 
accountable. 

The captain had several men died in his ship, of 
the scurvy. 

He is not only sensible and learned, but is reli- 
gious too. 

The Chinese language contains an immense 
number of words ; and who would learn them must 
possess a great memory. 

By presumption and by vanity, we provoke en- 
mity, and we incur contempt. 

In the circumstances I was at that time, my 
troubles pressed heavily upon me. 

He had destroyed his constitution, by the very 
same errours that so many have been destroyed. 

Note 5. Part 1. The ellipsis of the verb is frequently used. 
" The man was old and crafty j" that is, " the man was old, and 
the man was crafty." 

Part 2. Do, did, have, had, shall, will, may, might, and the 
rest of the auxiliaries of the compound tenses, are frequently used 
alone, to spare the repetition of the verb ; as, " He regards his 
word, but thou dost not ;" i. e. " dost not regard it," &c. 

Part 3. The auxiliary verbs are often very properly omitted 
before the principal verb ; as, " I have seen and heard him fre- 
quently ;" not, " I have heard." " He will lose his estate, and incur 
reproach ;" not, " he will incur." But when any thing is em 
phatical, or when opposition is denoted, this ellipsis should be 
avoided ; as, " I have seen, and I have heard him too ;" " He was 
admired, but he was not beloved." 

He is temperate, he is disinterested, he is be- 
nevolent ; he is an ornament to his family, and a 
credit to his profession. 

Genuine virtue supposes our benevolence to be 
strengthened, and to be confirmed by principle. 

Perseverance in laudable pursuits, will reward 
all our toils, and will produce effects beyond our 
calculation. 

It is happy for us, when we can calmly and de- 



Knk 21.) SYNTAX. 125 

liberately look back on the past, and can quietly 
anticipate the future. 

The sacrifices of virtue will not only be reward- 
ed hereafter, but recompensed even in this life. 

All those possessed of any office, resigned their 
former commission. 

If young persons were determined to conduct 
themselves by the rules of virtue, not only would 
they escape innumerable dangers, but command re- 
spect from the licentious themselves. 

Charles was a man of learning, knowledge, and 
benevolence ; and, what is still more, a trueChristian. 

Note 6. The ellipsis of the adverb is used in the following man- 
ner : " He spoke and acted wisely ;" that is, " he spoke wisely 
and acted wisely." 

The temper of him who is always in the bustle 
of the world, will be often ruffled, and be often dis- 
turbed. 

We often commend imprudently as well as cen- 
sure imprudently. 

How a seed grows up into a tree, and the mind 
acts upon the body, are mysteries which we can- 
not explain. 

Verily, there is a reward for the righteous ! There 
is a God that judgeth in the earth. 

Note 7. The ellipsis of the preposition as well as of the verb, 
is seen in the following instances : *■ He went into the abbeys, 
halls, and publick buildings ;" that is, " he went into the abbeys 
he went into the halls, and he went into the publick buildings." 

Changes are almost continually taking place, in 
men and in manners, in opinions and in customs, in 
private fortunes and publick conduct. 

Averse either to contradict or blame, the too 
complaisant man goes along with the manners that 
prevail. 



126 exercises. (Rule 21. 

By this habitual indelicacy, the virgins smiled at 
what they blushed before. 

They are now reconciled to what they could not 
formerly be prompted, by any considerations. 

Censure is the tax which a man pays the pub- 
lick for being- eminent. 

Reflect on the state of human life, and the soci- 
ety of men, as mixed with good and with evil. 

Note 8. Part I. The ellipsis of the conjunction is as follows : 
** They confess the power, wisdom, goodness, and love of their 
Creator ;" i. e. " the power, and wisdom, and goodness, and love 
of," &c. 

Part 2. There is a very common ellipsis of the conjunction that ; 
as, " He told me he would proceed immediately;" instead of, "he 
told me that he would proceed immediately." 

Obs. This ellipsis is tolerable in conversation, and in epistolary 
writing; but it should be sparingly indulged in every other species 
of composition. 

In all stations and conditions, the important re- 
lations take place, of masters and servants, and hus- 
bands and wives, and parents and children, and 
brothers and friends, and citizens and subjects. 

Destitute of principle, he regarded neither his 
family, nor his friends, nor his reputation. 

Religious persons are often unjustly represented 
as persons of romantick character, visionary notions, 
unacquainted with the world, unfit to live in it. 

No rank, station, dignity of birth, possessions, 
exempt men from contributing their share to pub- 
lick utility. 

Note 9. The ellipsis of the interjection is not very common ; it. 
however, is sometimes used ; as, " Oh ! pity andsname !" thatis, 
" Oh pity ! Oh shame !" 

Oh, my father ! Oh, my friend ! how great has 
been my ingratitude ! 

Oh, piety ! virtue ! how insensible have I been 
to your charms ! 



Rule 22.) syntax. 127 

Note 10. The following examples are produced to show the im- 
propriety of ellipsis in some particular cases : " The land was 
always possessed, during pleasure, by those intrusted with the 
command ;" it should be, " those persons intrusted ;" or, " those 
who were intrusted." "If he had read further, he would have 
found several of his objections might have been spared ;" that is, 
"he would have found that several of his objections," Sec. "There 
is nothing men are more deficient in, than knowing their own 
characters ;" it ought to be, " nothing in which men;" and, " than 
in knowing." 

That is a property most men have, or at least 
may attain. 

Why do ye that, which is not lawful to do on the 
sabbath-days ? 

The showbread, which is not lawful to eat, but 
for the priests only. 

Most, if not all the royal family, had quitted the 
place. 

By these happy labours, they who sow and reap, 
will rejoice together. 



RULE XXII. 

All the parts of a sentence should correspond to each 
other : a regular and dependent construction should, 
throughout, be carefully preserved. The following" sen- 
tence is therefore inaccurate : " He was more belov- 
ed, but not so much admired, as Cinthio." It should 
be, " He was more beloved than Cinthio, but not 
so much admired." 

Several alterations and additions have been made 
to the work 

The first proposal was essentially different, and 
inferiour to the second. 

He is more bold and active, but not so wise and 
studious as his companion. 

Thou nearest the sound of the wind, but thou 



J 28 exercises. (Rule 22. 

canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it 
goeth. 

Neither has he, nor any other persons, suspect- 
ed so much dissimulation. 

The court of France, or England, was to have 
been the umpire. 

In the reign of Henry II. all foreign commodities 
were plenty in England. 

There is no talent so useful towards success in 
business, or which puts men more out of the reach 
of accidents, than that quality generally possessed 
by persons of cool temper, and is, in common lan- 
guage, called discretion. 

The first project was to shorten discourse, by 
cutting polysyllables into one. 

I shall do all I can, to persuade others to take the 
same measures for their cure which I have. 

The greatest masters of critical learning differ 
among one another. 

Micaiah said, If thou certainly return in peace, 
then hath not the Lord spoken by me. 

I do not suppose, that we Britons want a genius, 
more than the rest of our neighbours. 

The deaf man, whose ears were opened, and his 
tongue loosened, doubtless glorified the great Phy- 
sician. 

Groves, fields, and meadows, are, at any season 
of the year, pleasant to look upon ; but never so 
much as in the opening of the spring. 

The multitude rebuked them, because they 
should hold their peace. 

The intentions of some of these philosophers, 
nay, of many, might and probably were good. 

It is an unanswerable argument of a very refined 
age, the wonderful civilities that have passed be- 
tween the nation of authors, and that of readers. 



Rule 22.) syntax. 129 

It was an unsuccessful undertaking ; which, al- 
though it has failed, is no objection at all to an en- 
terprise so well concerted. 

The reward is his due, and it has already, or 
will hereafter, be given to him. 

By intercourse with wise and experienced per- 
sons, who know the world, we may improve and 
rub off the rust of a private and retired education. 

Sincerity is as valuable, and even more valuable, 
than knowledge. 

No person was ever so perplexed, or sustained 
the mortifications, as he has done to-day. 

The Romans gave, not only the freedom of the 
city, but capacity for employments, to several towns 
in Gaul, Spain, and Germany. 

Such writers have no other standard on which 
to form themselves, except what chances to be 
fashionable and popular. 

Whatever we do secretly, shall be displayed 
and heard in the clearest light. 

To the happiness of possessing a person of so un- 
common merit, Boethius soon had the satisfaction 
of obtaining the highest honour his country could 
bestow. 



0^7= The figures enclosed in parentheses, in the pro- 
miscuous exercises, refer the student to those Rules and 
Notes, in the Syntax of this volume, by which the er- 
rours, near or directly after which they stand, are to be 
corrected: thus, figure (4) denotes .Rw/e IV-figures (5/) 1) 
denote Rule V. Part 1 — figures (19 App. 2) denote Rule 
XIX. and Appendage Second of that rule — figures (21 ?i 
4) denote Rule XXI. and Note 4th of that rule — figures 
(8n4])2) denote Rule VIII. Note 4 and Part Second 
of that note — Rem. denotes Remark — Obs. Observation 
— ex. Exception — which may be found under the respec 
tiv r e Rules with which they are mentioned. 



130 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

CHAP. II. 

Containing instances of false Syntax, promiscuously 
disposed. 

SECT. 1. 

Though great has (2) been his disobedience and 
his (21 n 4) folly, yet ii he sincerely acknowledges 
(19 p 1) his misconduct, he will be forgiven. 

On these causes depend (3) all the happiness or 
misery, which exists (5 p 2) among men. 

The property of James, I mean his books and 
furniture, were (2 n 2) wholly destroyed. 

This prodigy of learning, this scholar, critick, 
and antiquarian, were (2 n 2 ex) entirely destitute 
of breeding and civility. 

That writer has given an account of the man- 
ner, in which Christianity has (13) formerly been 
propagated among the heathens. 

We adore the Divine Being, he (10 App 3) who 
is from eternity to eternity. 

Thou, Lord, who hath (7) permitted affliction to 
come upon us, shall (Note, page 139)-(6 App l)-(l) 
deliver us from it, in due time. 

In this place, there were (3) not only security, 
but an abundance of provisions. 

By these attainments are (1) the master honour- 
ed, and the scholars (21 p 2) encouraged. 

The sea appeared to be (22) more than usually 
(8 n 4 p 2) agitated. 

Not one in fifty of those who call themselves de- 
ists, understand (1 n 2) the nature of the religion 
(21 p 2) they reject. (5 p 1 & 2) 

Virtue and mutual confidence is (2 and 1 n 4) the 



Promiscuous. syntax. 131 

soul of friendship. Where these are wanting, dis- 
gust or hatred often follow (3) little differences. 

Time and chance happeneth (2) to all men ; but 
every person do (8 n 3) not consider (5 App 1) 
who govern (5 p 2) those powerful causes. 

The active mind of man never or seldom (15) 
rests satisfied with their (5 p 1) present condition, 
howsoever (5 n 3) prosperous. 

Habits must be acquired of temperance and of 
self-denial, that we may be able to resist pleasure, 
and to endure pain, when either of them interfere 
(8 w3) with our duty. 

The errour of resting wholly on faith, or (21 p 2) 
on works, is one of those seductions which most 
easily misleads (5 p 2) men; under the semblance 
of piety, on the one hand, and of virtue on the oth- 
er hand. (21 n 2) 

It was no exaggerated tale ; for she was really 
in that sad condition that (21 n 4 p 2) her friend 
(13) represented her. 

An army present (4) a painful sight to a feeling 
mind. 

The enemies who (6 p 2) we have most to fear, 
are those of our own hearts. 

Thou art the Messiah, the Son of God, who was 
to come into the world, and (7 App) hast (5 p 2) 
been so long promised and desired. 

Thomas (10) disposition is better than his broth- 
ers; (10 n 4 p 2) and he appears to be the happi- 
est (8 nl) man: but some degree of trouble is all 
mens (10) portion. 

Though remorse (15) sleep (19 App 2) some- 
times during prosperity, it will (15) awake sure I j 
in adversity. 

It is an invariable law to (17 n 4 ;; 3) our pres- 
ent condition, that every pleasure that are (5jp 2) 



132 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

pursued to excess, convert (8 n 3) themselves 
(8 n 3) into poison. 

If a man brings (19 p 1) into the solitary re- 
treat of age, a vacant, and unimproved mind, where 
no knowledge dawns, no ideas rise, (21 p 2) which 
(22) within itself has nothing to feed upon, many 
a heavy and many a comfortless day he must neces- 
sarily pass. . 

I cannot yield to such (8 n 4 p 3) dishonourable 
conduct, neither (16) at the present moment of diffi- 
culty, nor, (16) I trust, under no (16) circumstance 
whatever. 

Themistocles concealed the enterprises of Pau- 
sanias, either thinking (22)-(21 p 1) it base to be- 
tray the secrets trusted to his confidence, or (22) 
imagined it impossible for such ( 8 n 4 p 3) danger- 
ous and ill concerted schemes to take effect. 

Pericles gained such an ascendant over the minds 
of the Athenians, that he might (13) be said to at- 
tain (13) a monarchical power in Athens. 

Christ did applaud (13) the liberality of the 
poor widow, who (6 p 2) he had (13) seen casting 
her two mites in the treasury. 

A multiplicity of little kind offices, in persons 
frequently conversant with each other, is (1 n 4) 
the bands of society and of friendship. 

To do good to them that hate us, and, on no oc- 
casion, to seek revenge, is (1 n 1) the duty (2) of 
a Christian. 

If a man profess (19 App 2) a regard for the du- 
ties of religion, and neglect (18) that (8 p 2) of 
morality, that man's religion is vain. 

Affluence might (13) give us respect, in the eyes 
of the vulgar, but (18 n 1) will not recommend us to 
the wise and good. 

The polite, accomplished libertine, is but (19 n 



Promiscuous.) syntax. 13*3 

10) miserable amidst all his pleasures: the rude in- 
habitant of Lapland is happier than him. (20) 

The cheerful and the gay, when .warmed by 
pleasure and by mirth, lose that sobriety and that 
(21 p 1) self-denial, which is (5jp2) essential to 
the support of virtue. 

SECT. II. 

There were, (1 also \ n 4) in the metropolis, 
much to amuse them, as well as many things to ex- 
cite disgust. 

How much is (2) real virtue and merit exposed 
to suffer the hardships of a stormy life ! 

This is one of the duties which requires (5p 2) 
peculiar circumspection. 

More complete (8 n 5) happiness than that (21 n 
4 p 2) I have described, seldom falls to the lot of 
mortals. 

There are principles in man, which ever have, 
(13) and (21 p 2) ever will incline him to offend. 

Whence have there arose (14 n 3) such a great 
variety of opinions and tenets in religion ? 

Its stature is less than that of a man ; but its 
strength and agility (21 p 2)-(2) much greater. 

They (5 App l)-(ll) that honour me, them (21 
p l)-(22) will I honour. 

He summonses (1) me to attend, and I must sum- 
mons (1) the others. 

Then did the officer lay hold of him, and execut- 
ed (13) him immediately. 

Who is that (21 p 2) whom I saw you introduce, 
and present him (21 p 1) to the duke ? 

I offer observations that (21 n 4 p 2) a long and 
chequered pilgrimage have (1) enabled me to make 
on man. 

Every church and sect of people have (0 n :}) 



134 exercises. (Promiscuous 

a set of opinions peculiar to themselves. (8 n 3) 

May (1) thou as well as me, (20) be meek, pa- 
tient, and forgiving. 

These men were under high obligations to have 
adhered (13, 06s)-(13, n 1 Obs 1) to their friend in 
every situation of life. 

After 1 visited (13) Europe, I returned to Amer- 
ica. 

Their example, their influence, their fortune, 
every talent thej r possess, dispenses (2 and 3 n 2 
with 8 n 3) blessings on all around them. 

When a string of such sentences succeed (2 n 2) 
one another, (22) the effect is disagreeable. 

[ have lately been (13) in (17 n 5 p 3) Gibral- 
tar, and have seen (13) the commander-in-chief. 

Propriety of pronunciation, is (22) the (14 App 2) 
giving to every word the (9 p 3) sound which the 
politest* usage of the language appropriates to it 

The book is printed very neat, (8 n 4) and on a 
fine wove (14 w 3) paper. 

The fables of the ancients are many (22) of them 
highly instructive. 

He resembles one of those solitary animals, that has 
(5 p 2) been forced from its forest (5 p 1) to grati 
fy human curiosity. 

There is not, (16) nor ought not (16) to be, such 
a thing as constructive treason. 

He is a (8 n 4 p 1) new created knight, and his 
dignity sits awkward (8 n 4 p 1) on him. 

Hatred or revenge (3) are things deserving of 
(22) censure, wherever they are (5 p 2) found to 
exist. 

If you please to employ your thoughts on that 
subject, you would (13) easily conceive our miser- 
able condition. 

* See comparison of Dissyllables, Alger s Murray, page 21. 



Promiscuous.) syntax 135 

His speech contains one of the grossest and in- 
famousest* calumnies which ever was uttered. 

A too great (9 p 3) variety of studies dissipate 
(2 n 2) and weaken (18) the mind. 

Those (22) two authors have each of (8 n 3) 
them their merit. 

James was resolved to not (15) indulge himself 
in such (8 n 4 p 3) a cruel (9 p 3) amusement. 

The not attending (22) to this rule, is the source 
of a very common errour. 

Calumny and detraction are sparks, which if you 
do not blow, (21 p 2) they (5 n 1) will go out of 
themselves. 

Clelia is a vain woman, whom (6 Jlpp 1) if we 
do not flatter, (21 p 2) she (5 n 1) will be disgusted. 

That celebrated work was (13) nearly ten years 
published, before its importance was at all under- 
stood. 

Ambition is so insatiable that (19 n 10) it will 
make any sacrifices to attain its objects. 

A great mass of rocks thrown together by the 
hand of nature, with wildness and confusion, strike 
(2 n 2) the mind with more grandeur, than if they 
(22) were adjusted (13) to one another with the 
accuratest* symmetry 

SECT. III. 

He showed a spirit of forgiveness, and a magna- 
nimity, that does (5 jo 2) honour to human nature. 

They (11) that honour me, 1 will honour; and 
them (6 p 1) that despise me, (1 n'2) shall be light- 
ly esteemed. 

Reason's whole pleasure, all the joys of sense, 

Lies (2) in three words, health, peace, and competence 

* See Note, page 1:14. 



136 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

Having thus began (14 n 3) to throw off the re- 
straints of reason, he was soon hurried into deplo- 
rable excesses. 

These arts have enlightened, (21 p 2) and (18 
n 1) will enlighten, every person who shall atten- 
tively study them. 

When we succeed in our plans, it is not (15) to 
be attributed always to ourselves : the aid of oth- 
ers often promote (2 n 2) the end, and claim (18) 
our acknowledgment. 

Their intentions were good ; but wanting pru- 
dence, they mist* the mark for (17 n 3, 4) which 
they aimed. 

I have not, nor (18 n 1) shall not (16) consent to 
a proposal so unjust. 

We have subjected ourselves to much expense, 
that thou may (19 n 8 p 2) be well educated. 

This treaty was made at (10 n 5) earl Moreton 
the governour's castle. 

Be especially careful, that thou givest (19 n 1) 
no offence to the aged or helpless. 

The business was no sooner opened, but (19 n 10) 
it was cordially acquiesced in. 

As to (22) his general conduct, he deserved pun- 
ishment as much, (19 n 9 p 5) or more than (19 n 
10) his companion. He left a son of a singular 
character, and behaved so ill that he was put in 
prison. 

If he does (19 p 1) but approve my endeavours, 
it will be an ample reward. 

1 beg the favour of your (22) acceptance of a 
copy of a view of the manufactories of (17 n 5 p 2) 
the West Riding of the county of York. (22) 

* Some verbs are irregular in familiar writing or discourse, and 
which are improperly terminated by t, instead of ed ; as, learnt, 
spelt, spilt, &c. These should be avoided in every sort of compo- 



Promiscuous.*) syntax. 137 

I intended (13) to have written (13 n 1) the let- 
ter, before he urged me to it; and, therefore, he 
has not all the merit of it. 

All the power of ridicule, aided by the desertion 
of friends, and the diminution of his estate, were 
(2 n 2) not able to shake his principles. 

In his conduct was treachery, and in his words, 
(21 p 2) faithless professions. 

Though the measure be (19 Jlpp 2) mysterious, 
it is worthy of attention. 

Be solicitous to aid such deserving persons, (19 
App 1) who appear to be destitute of friends. 

Ignorance, or the want of light, produce (3) sen- 
sensuality, covetousness, and those violent contests 
with others about trifles, which occasions (5p2) so 
much misery and (21 n 3 p 2) crimes in the world. 

He will one day reap the reward of his labour, 
if he is (19 p 1) diligent and attentive. Till that 
period comes, (19 p 1) let him be contented and 
patient. 

To the resolutions which we have, (15) upon 
due consideration, once adopted as rules of con- 
duct, let us (15) adhere firmly. 

He has little more of the great man besides (20, 
Rem) the title. 

Though he was (19 p 1) my superiour in knowl- 
edge, he would not (15) have thence a right to 
impose his sentiments. 

That picture of the emperor's, (10 n 5) is a very 
exact resemblance of him. 

How happy are the viriuous, who can rest on 
(17 n 3, 4) the protection of the (9 w 1) powerful 
arm, who {b p 1) made the earth and the heavens! 

Prosperity and adversity maybe (15) improved 
equally; both the one and the other proceeds (J) 
from the same Author. 
M 



138 exercises. {Promiscuous. 

He acted conformable (8 n 4 p 1 ) with ( 1 7 n 3, 4 ) 
his instructions, and cannot be (15) censured just- 

The orators did not forget to enlarge themselves 
(11 n 1) on so popular a subject. 

The language of Divine Providence to all (22 
with 8 n 3) human agents, is, " Hitherto shalt thou 
come, and no further." 

Idle persons imagine, (21 n 8 Obs) howsoever 
(5 n 3) deficient they be (19 n 2) in point of duty, 
they (15) consult at least their own satisfaction. 

Good as the cause is, it is one from which num- 
bers are (11 n 3) deserted. 

The man is prudent which (5p 1) speaks little. 

SECT. IV. 

He acted independent (8 n 4p 1) of foreign assist- 
ance. 

Every thing that we here enjoy, change, (8 n 3) 
decay, and come to an end. All float (4) on the 
surface of the (9 p 3 with 22) river, which (22)- 
( 1 5) is running to (11 n 3, 4) a boundless ocean, with 
a swift current. 

The winter has not been as (19 n 10) severe as 
we expected it to have been. (13 n 1) 

Temperance, more than medicines, are (20 with 
1 n 4) the proper means of curing many diseases. 

They understand the practical part better than 
him; (20 with 21 p 2) but he is much better ac- 
quainted with the theory than them. (20 with 21 
p2) 

When we have once drawn the line, by (17 n 3, 
4) intelligence and precision, between our duty 
and sin, the (9 p 3 with 21 n 4 p 2) line we ought 
on no occasion to transgress. 



Promiscuous.) syntax. 139 

All those (22 with 5 n 4) distinguished by extraor- 
dinary talents, have extraordinary duties to per- 
form. 

No person could speak stronger (8 n 4) on this 
subject, nor (16) behave nobler, (8 n 4) than our 
young advocate for the cause of toleration. 

His conduct was so provoking, that many will 
condemn him, and a (9 n 1) few will pity him. 

The peoples (10) happiness is the statesmans 
(10) honour. 

We are in a perilous situation. On one (9 n 2 
p 2) side, and (21 p 2) the other, dangers meet us ; 
and each (8w3 06s) extreme shall* be pernicious 
to virtue. 

Several pictures of the Sardinian king (10 n 6) 
were transmitted to France. 

When I last saw him, he had (11 n 3) grown 
considerably. 

If we consult (19 n 9 p 3) the improvement of 
(9 p 3) mind, or the health of (9 p 3) body, it is 
well known (21 n 8 p 2 Obs) exercise is the great 
instrument for (17 n 4) promoting both. 

If it were them (\\nAp 1) who acted so ungrate- 
fully, they are doubly in fault. 

Whether virtue promotes (19 p 1) our interest 
or no, (8 n 4) we must adhere to her dictates. 

We should be studious to avoid too much indul- 
gence, as well as (21 p 2) restraint, in our manage- 
ment of children. 

* Will, in the first person singular and plural, intimates resolu 
tion and promising; in the second person and third only fore- 
tels ; as, " I will reward the good, and will punish the wicked." 

Shall, on the contrary, in the first person, simply foretels; in 
the second person and third, promises, commands, or threatens; 
as, " I shall go abroad ;" " We shall dine at home ;" " Thou shalt, 
or you shall, inherit the land." — The Foreigner who, as it i- sai , 
fell into the Thames, and cried out; "I will be drowned, ntbod* 
shall help me;" made a sad misapplication of these auxiliaries 



140 exercises. [Promiscuous 

No human happiness is so complete, (8 n 6) as 
does not contain (12 App 2) some imperfection. 

His father cannot hope for this success, unless 
his son gives (19 p 1) better proofs of genius, or 
applies (18) himself with indefatigable labour. 

The house framed a remonstrance, where (16 
n 2 p 1) they spoke with great freedom of the king's 
prerogative. 

The conduct which has been mentioned, is one 
of those artifices which (15) seduces (5 p 1, 2) men 
most easily, under appearance of benevolence. 

This is the person (17 & n 1) who we are so 
much obliged to, and (17 & n 1) who we expected 
to have seen, (13 n 1) when the favour was confer 
red. 

He is a person of great property, but (18 n 1) 
does not possess the esteem of his neighbours. 

They were solicitous to ingratiate (11 n 2) with 
those, who (6p 2 & 11) it was dishonourable to fa- 
vour. 

The great diversity which takes place among 
men, is not owing to a distinction that nature (13) 
made in their original powers, as (19 n 9 p 9) much 
as to the superiour diligence, with which some have 
improved those (8 n 2) powers beyond others. 

While we are unoccupied in (17 n 3, 4) what is 
good, evil is (15) at hand continually. 

Not a creature is there (15&22) that moves, 
nor a vegetable that grows, but what, (5 p 2) 
when minutely examined, furnished (13) materials 
of pious admiration. 

What can be the reason of the committee (10)- 
(14 App 1) having delayed this business? 

I know not whether Charles was the author, but 
I understood it to be he. (11 n 4) 

A good and well-cultivated mind, is far more 



Promiscuous.) syntax. 141 

preferable (8 n 6) than (19 n 10 with 17 n 4) rank 
or riches. 

Charity to the poor, when (15) it is governed 
by knowledge and prudence, there are no persons 
who will not (21 & 22) admit it to be a virtue. 

His greatest concern, and highest enjoyment, 
were (In 1 n 4) to be approved in the sight of 
his Creator. 

Let us not set our hearts on such a (8 n 4 p 3) mu- 
table, such an (8 n 4 p 3) unsatisfying (9 p 3) 
world. 



SECT. V. 

Shall you attain success, without that prepa- 
ration, and escape dangers without that precaution, 
which is (5 p 1 p 2) required of others? 

When we see bad men to be (21 p 1) honoured 
and prosperous in the world, it is some discourage- 
ment to virtue. 

The furniture was all purchased at Wentwortlrs 
the joiner's. (10 n 4 p 1) 

Every member of the body, every bone, joint, 
and muscle, lie (8 n 3) exposed to many disorders ; 
and the greatest prudence or precaution, or the 
deepest skill of the physician, are (3) not sufficient 
to prevent them. 

It is right (8 n 4) said, that though faith justify 
(19 App 2) us, yet works must justify our faith. 

If an academy is (19 p 1) established for the 
cultivation of our language, let them (22) stop the 
license of translators, whose idleness and ignorance, 
if it (5 p 1) be suffered to proceed, will reduce us 
to babble a dialect of French. 

It is of great consequence that a teacher firmly 



142 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

believes, (13) both the truth and (21 n \p 2) im- 
portance of those principles which he inculcates 
upon (17 n 4) others : and that (22) he not only 
speculatively believes (13) them, but has (18) a 
lively and serious feeling- of them. 

It is not the uttering, or the hearing (14 n 1) 
certain words, that constitute (3) the worship of 
the Almighty. It is the heart that praises, or 
prays. If the heart accompany (19 App 2) not 
the words that are spoken, we offer a (9 p 3) sac- 
rifice of fools. 

Neither flatter or (19 n 9 p 4) contemn the rich 
or the great. 

He has travelled much, and passed through 
many stormy seas and (17n3&,2in3jo2) lands. 

You must be sensible that there is, and can be 
no other person but (19 n 10) me, (20) who could 
give the information desired. 

To be patient, resigned, and thankful, under af- 
flictions and disappointments, demonstrate (1 n 4) 
genuine piety. 

Alvarez was a man of corrupt principles, and of 
detestable conduct ; and, what is still worse, (1 n 2) 
gloried in his shame. 

As soon as the sense of a Supreme Being is lost, 
so soon the great check is taken off which keep 
(5 p 2) under restraint the passions of men. Mean 
desires, (21 p 2) low pleasures, takes (2) place of 
the greater and the nobler sentiments which reason 
and religion inspires. (2) 

We should be careful not to follow the example 
of many persons, to (12 n 1) censure the opinions, 
manners, and customs of others, merely because 
they are foreign to us. (5p 1) 

Steady application, as well as genius and abili- 
ties, are (2 n 2) necessary to produce eminence. 



SYNTAX. 1 43 

There is, (1) in that seminary, several students 
(21 p 2) considerably skilled in mathematical 
knowledge. 

If Providence clothe (19 Jipp 2) the grass of the 
field, and shelters and adorns the flowers that ev- 
ery where grows (5 p 2) wild amongst it, will he 
not (15) clothe and protect his servants and chil- 
dren much more ? 

We are too often hurried with (17 n 4) the vio- 
lence of passion, or with (22) the allurements of 
pleasure. 

High hopes, and florid views, is a great enemy 
(2) to tranquillity. 

Year after year steal (1) something from us ; 
till the decaying fabrick totters (19 p 1) of itself, 
and crumbles (18) at length into dust. 

1 intended (13) to have finished (13 n 1) the let- 
ter before the bearer called, that he might not 
have been (13) detained; but 1 was prevented by 
company. 

George is the most learned and accomplished of 
all the other (8 n 7) students, that belong to the 
seminary. 

This excellent and well written treatise, with 
others that might be mentioned, were (2 n 2) the 
foundation of his love of study. 

There can be no doubt but (19 n 10) that the 
pleasures of the mind excel those of sense. 

SECT. VI. 

The grand temple consisted of one great, (8 p 
2) and several smaller edifices. 

Many would (15) exchange gladly their honours, 
beauty, and riches, for that more quiet and hum- 
bler (8 n 7) station, (17 n 1) which you are now dis- 
satisfied with. 



144 exercises. {Promiscuous: 

Though the scene was a very affecting one, 
Louis showed a (9 n 1) little emotion on the occa- 
sion. 

The climate of England is not so pleasant as 
those (8 p 2) of France, Spain, or Italy. 

Much of the good and evil that happens (5 p 1 
p 2) to us in this world, are (2 n 2) owing to appar- 
ently undesigned and fortuitous events : but it is 
the Supreme Being which (5 p 1) secretly directs 
and regulates all things. 

To despise others on account of their poverty, 
or to value ourselves for our wealth, are disposi- 
tions (3) highly culpable. 

This task was the easier (8 n 4 p 1) performed, 
from the cheerfulness with which he engaged in it 

She lamented the unhappy fate of Lucretia, 
who (22) seemed to her another name (22) for 
chastity. 

He has not yet cast off all the (9 p 3) regard 
for decency ; and this is the most (5 n 2) can be 
advanced in his favour. 

The girls (10) school was better (15) conduct- 
ed formerly than the boys. 

The disappointments he has met with, or the 
loss of his much-loved friend, has (3 n 2) occasion- 
ed a (9 p 3) total derangement of his mental 
powers. 

The concourse of people were (4) so great, 
that with difficulty we passed (22) through them. 

All the women, children, and treasure, which 
(5 n 2, Rem) remained in the city, fell under the 
victor's power. 

They have already made great progress in their 
studies, and, if attention and diligence continues, 
(19/>l)-(18ni) will soon fulfil the expectations 
Df their friends. 



Promiscuous.") syntax. 145 

It (5 n 1) is amazing (22) his propensity to this 
vice, agains* every principle of interest and hon- 
our. 

These (8 p 2) kind of vices, though they inhabit 
(5 p 2) the upper circles of life, are (2 n 2) not 
less pernicious, than those (5 p 1)-(21 p 2) we 
meet with amongst the lowest of men. 

He acted agreeable (8 n 4 p 1) to the dictates 
of prudence, though he were (19 p 1) in a situa- 
tion exceeding (8 n 4 p 1) delicate. 

If I had known the distress of my friend, it would 
be (13) my duty to have relieved (13, Obs) him; 
and it would always have yielded me pleasure to 
grant (13 n 1 Obs 1) him that relief. 

They admired the countryman's, as they called 
him, (10 n 3) candour and uprightness. 

The new set of (8 n 8) curtains did not corre- 
spond to the old (8 n 8) pair of blinds. 

The tutor commends him for being more studi- 
ous than any other (8 n'7) pupils of the school. 

Two principles in human nature reign ; 

Self-love to urge, and reason to restrain : 

Nor that (8 n 2) a good, nor this (8 n 2) a bad we cali ; 

Each works its end, to move or govern all. 

Temperance and exercise, howsoever little 
(5 n 3) they may be regarded, they are the best 
means of preserving health. 

He has greatly blessed me; yes, even I, (10 
App 3) who, loaded with kindness,' -"hath (5 p 2) 
not been sufficiently grateful. 

No persons feel (15) the distresses of others, so 
much as them (20) that have experienced distress 
themselves. 

N 



146 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

SECT. VII. 

Constantinople was the point, in which was (2) 
concentrated the learning and science of the world. 

Disgrace not your station, by that grossness of 
sensuality, that levity of dissipation, or that inso- 
lence of rank, which bespeak (3) a little mind. 

A circle, a square, a triangle, or a hexagon ; 
please (3) the eye by their (5 p 1) regularity, as 
(9n 1) beautiful figures. (3) 

His conduct was equally unjust as (19 n 10) dis- 
honorable. (Or 19 n 9 p 5) 

Though, at first, he begun (14 n 3) to defend 
himself, yet, when the proofs appeared against him, 
he dared (14 n 3) not any longer to (12 App 5) 
contend. 

Many persons will not believe but (19 n 10) what 
(5 n 5) they are free from (22) prejudices. 

The pleasure or pain of one passion, differ (3) 
from those (8 p 2) of another. 

The rise and fall of the tides, in this place, makes 
(2) a difference of about twelve feet. 

Five and seven make twelve, and one makes 
(18) thirteen. 

He did not know who (6 p 2) to suspect. 

I had (13) intended yesterday to have walked 
(13 n 1) out, but I have been (13) again disap- 
pointed. 

The court of Spain, who (5 n 6) gave the order, 
were (4) not aware of the consequence. 

If the acquisitions (21 p 2) he has made, and (5 
App 4)-(21 p 2) qualified him to be a useful mem- 
ber of society, should have been (13) misapplied, 
he will be highly culpable. 

There was much spoke and wrote on each side 
of the question ; but I have chose ( 14 n 3) to sus- 
pend my decision. 



Promiscuous.) syntax. 1 47 

Was (1) there no bad men in the world, who 
(12 App 1) vex and distress the good, they (8 n 2) 
might appear in the light of harmless innocence ; 
but (21 p 2) could have no opportunity for (17 n 
4) displaying fidelity and magnanimity, patience 
and fortitude. 

The most ignorant, and the most savage tribes 
of men, when they have (13) looked round on the 
earth, and on (21 n 7) the heavens, could not avoid 
ascribing their origin to some invisible, designing 
cause, and felt (18) a propensity to adore their 
Creator. 

Let us not forget, that something more than gen- 
tleness and modesty, something more than compla- 
cency of temper and affability of manners, are (2 
n 2) requisite to form a worthy man, or a true 
Christian. 

One of the first, and the most common extreme 
(8 n 7) in moral conduct, is (21 p 2) placing all 
virtue (19 n 9 p 3) in justice, (21 p 2) or in gener- 
osity. 

It is an inflexible regard to principle, which has 
ever marked the characters of them (5»4 Rem) 
who (13 & 15) distinguished themselves eminently 
in publick life ; who (7 App) patronised the cause 
of justice against powerful oppressors ; (5 App 4) in 
critical times, have supported the falling rights and 
liberties of men ; and (21 p 2) reflected honour on 
their nation and country. 

When it is with regard to trifles, that diversity 
or contrariety of opinions show themselves, (3) it 
is childish in the last degree, if this becomes (19 p 
1) the ground of estranged affection. When, from 
such a cause, there arise (2 n 2) any breach of 
friendship, human weakness is discovered then (22) 
in a mortifying light. In matters of serious mo 



148 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

ment, the sentiments of the best and worthiest 
might (13) vary from that (8 p 2) of their friends, 
according as their lines of life diverge, or as their 
temper, and habits of thought, presents (3 n 2) ob- 
jects under different points of view. But with 
candid and libeial minds, unity of affection still 
will (15) be preserved. 

Desires and wishes are the first spring (2) of ac- 
tion. When they become exorbitant, the whole 
of the character is like (8 n 4 p 1) to be tainted. 
If we should (19 p 1) suffer our fancies, (22) tc 
create to themselves worlds of ideal happiness, 
if we should (19 p 1) feed our imagination with 
plans of opulence and of (21 n 7) splendour ; if we 
should (19 /> 1) fix to our wishes certain stages of 
a (9 n 1) high advancement, or certain degrees of 
an (9 7i 1 ) uncommon reputation, as the sole station 

S22) of our felicity ; the assured consequence shall 
note page 139) be, that we will (note page 139) be- 
come unhappy under (17 n 4) our present state; 
that we shall be (21 p 1) unfit for acting the part, 
and for discharging the duties that belong to it; 
and (21 p 1) we shall discompose the peace and 
order of our minds, and shall foment many hurtful 
passions. 

Maria always appears amiably. She never 
speaks severe or contemptuous.* (8 n 4 p 2, 1) 

* Young persons who study grammar, find it difficult to decide, 
in particular constructions, whether an adjective, or an adverb, 
ought to be used. A few observations on Uiis point may serve to 
inform their judgment, and direct their determination. They 
should carefully attend to the definitions of the adjective and the 
adverb ; and consider whether, in the case in question, qudiiiy or 
manner, is indicated. In the former case, an adjective is proper, 
in the latter, an adverb. A number of examples will illustrate 
this direction, and prove useful on other occasions. 

She looks cold — She looks coldly on him. 

He feels warm — He feels warmly the insult offered to him. 



Promiscuous.} syntax. 149 

He became sincere and virtuous — He became sincerely virtu- 
ous. 

She lives free from care — He lives freely at another's expense 

Harriet always appears neat — She dresses neatly. 

Charles has grown great by his wisdom — He has grown greatly 
in reputation. 

They now appear happy — They now appear happily in earnest 

The statement seems exact — The statement seems exactly in 
point. 

The verb to be, in all its moods and tenses, generally requires 
the word immediately connected with it to be an adjective, not an 
adverb ; and, consequently, when this verb can be substituted for 
any other, without varying the sense or the construction, that other 
verb must also be connected with an adjective. The following 
sentences elucidate these observations: " This is agreeable to our 
interest: That behaviour was not suitable to his station; Rules 

is 
should be conformable to sense :*' " The rose smells sweet: How 

is is 

sweet the hay smells ! How delightful the country appears ! How 

are are 

pleasant the fields look! The clouds look dark: How black the 
was is were 

sky looked ! The apple tastes sour ; How bitter the plums tasted ! 

is 
He feels happy" In all these sentences, we can, with perfect pro- 
priety, substitute some tenses of the verb to be for the other verbs. 
But in the following sentences, we cannot do this : " The dog 
smells disagreeably ; George feels exquisitely ; How pleasantly 
she looks at us 1" 

The directions contained in this note are offered as useful, not 
as complete and unexceptionable. Anom'alies in language every 
where encounter us; but we must not reject rules, because they 
are attended with exceptions. 



PAUT IV. 

EXERCISES IN PUNCTUATION. 



Punctuation is the art of dividing a written com- 
position into sentences, or parts of sentences, by 
points or stops, for the purpose of marking the 
different pauses, which the sense and an accurate 
pronunciation require. 

The Comma represents the shortest pause ; the 
Semicolon, a pause double that of the comma ; the 
Colon, double that of the semicolon ; and the Peri- 
od, double that of the colon. 

The precise quantity or duration of each pause, cannot be de- 
fined; for it varies with the time of the whole. The same com- 
position may be rehearsed in a quicker or a slower time ; but the 
proportion between the pauses should be ever invariable. 

COMMA. 

The Comma usually separates those parts of a 
sentence, which, though very closely connected in 
sense and construction, require a pause between 
them. 



CHAP. I. 

Sentences which require the application of the Comma, 
disposed under the particular Pmles. 

rule 1. 

(a) With respect to a simple sentence, the several words of 
which it consists have so near a relation to each other, tliat, in 
general, no points are requisite, except a full stop at the end of it , 
as, " The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom." " Every 
part of matter swarms with living creatures. " 



Punctuation. 15J 

(a 2) A simple sentence, however, when it is a long 1 one, and 
the nominative case is accompanied with inseparable adjuncts 
may admit of a pause immediately before the verb ; as, " The good 
taste of the present age, has not allowed us to neglect the cultiva- 
tion of the English language :" "To be totally indifferent to praise 
or censure, is a real defect in character." 

The tear of repentance brings its own relief. 

Manhood is disgraced by the consequences of 
neglected youth. 

Idleness is the great fomenter of all corruptions 
in the human heart. 

It is honourable to be a friend to the unfortunate. 

All finery is a sign of littleness. 

Slovenliness and indelicacy of character com- 
monly go hand in hand. 

The friend of order has made half his way to 
virtue. 

Too many of the pretended friendships of youth 
are mere combinations in pleasure. 

The indulgence of harsh dispositions is the in- 
troduction to future misery. 

The intermixture of evil in human society serves 
to exercise the suffering graces and virtues of the 
good. 

RULE II. 

(6) When the connexion of the different parts of a simple sen- 
tence, is interrupted by an imperfect phrase, a comma is usually 
introduced before the beginning, and at the end of this phrase ; 
as, " I remember, with gratitude, his goodness to me ;" " His work 
is, in many respects, very imperfect. It is, therefore, not much 
approved." 

(6 2) But when these interruptions are slight and unimportant, 
the commais better omitted ; as, " Flattery is certainly pernicious ;" 
"There is surely a pleasure in beneficence." 

Gentleness is in truth the great avenue to mutu- 
al enjoyment. 

Charity like the sun brightens all its objects. 

The tutor by instruction and discipline lays the 
foundation of the pupil's future honour. 



1 52 EXERCISES. 

Trials in this stage of being are the lot of man. 
No assumed behaviour can always hide the 
real character. 

The best men often experience disappointments. 
Advice should be seasonably administered. 



(c) When two or more nouns occur in the same construction, 
they are parted by a comma ; as, " Reason, virtue, answer one great 
aim;" "The husband, wife, and children, suffered extremely;''* 
44 They took away their furniture, clothes, and stock in trade ;" 
"He is alternately supported by his father, his uncle, and his elder 
brother." 

(c 2) From this rule there is mostly an exception, with regard 
to two nouns closely connected by a conjunction ; as, " Virtue and 
vice form a strong contrast to each other ;" " Lib'ertines call reli- 
gion bigotry or superstition," "There is a natural difference be- 
tween merit and demerit, virtue and vice, wisdom and folly." 

(c 3) But if the parts connected are not shoi-t, a comma maybe 
inserted, though the conjunction is expressed; as, "Romances 
may be said to be miserable rhapsodies, or dangerous incentives 
to evil ;" " Intemperance destroys the strength of our bodies, and 
the vigour of our minds." 

Self-conceit presumption and obstinacy blast the 
prospect of many a youth. 

In our health life possessions connexions pleas- 
ures there are causes of decay imperceptibly work- 
ing. 

Discomposed thoughts agitated passions and a 
ruffled temper poison every pleasure of life. 

Vicissitudes of good and evil of trials and conso- 
lations fill up the life of man. 

Health and peace a moderate fortune and a {ew 
friends sum up all the undoubted articles of tem- 
poral felicity. 

We have no reason to complain of the lot of 
man or the world's mutability. 

* As a considerable pause in pronunciation, is necessary between 
the last noun and the verb, a comma should be inserted to denote 
it. But as no pause is allowable between the last adjective and 
the noun, under Rule IV. the comma is there properly omitted. 



punctuation. 153 



(d) Two or more adjectives belonging to the same substantive, 
are likewise separated by commas ; as, "Plain, honest truth, wants 
no artificial covering ;" " David was a brave, wise, and pious man ;" 
44 A woman, gentle, sensible, well-educated, and religious ;" " The 
most innocent pleasures are the sweetest, the most rational, the 
most affecting, and the most lasting." 

(d 2) But two adjectives, immediately connected by a conjunc- 
tion, are not separated by a comma ; as, "True worth is modest 
and retired;' "Truth is fair and artless, simple and sincere, uni- 
form and consistent." " We must be wise or foolish; there is no 
medium." 

An idle trifling society is near akin to such as is 
corrupting. 

Conscious guilt renders us mean-spirited timorous 
and base. 

An upright mind will never be at a loss to dis- 
cern what is just and true lovely honest and of good 
report. 

The vicious man is often looking round him 
with anxious and fearful circumspection. 

True friendship will at all times avoid a care- 
less or rough behaviour. 

Time brings a gentle and powerful opiate to all 
misfortunes. 



(e) Two or more verbs, having the same nominative case, and 
immediately following one another, are also separated by commas; 
as, "Virtue supports in adversity, moderates in prosperity:" " In 
a letter, we may advise, exhort, comfort, request, and discuss." 

(e 2) Two verbs immediately connected by a conjunction, are 
an exception to the above rule; as, "The study of natural History 
expands and elevates the mind ;" " Whether we eat or drink, la- 
bour or sleep, we should be moderate." 

(e 3) Two or more participles are subject to a similar rule, and 
exception; as, "A man, fearing, serving/ and loving his Creator;** 
" He was happy in being loved, esteemed, and respected;" " By 
being admired and flattered, we are often corrupted.' 1 

The man of virtue and honour will be trusted 
relied upon and esteemed. 



154 EXERCISER 

Deliberate slowly execute promptly. 

A true friend unbosoms freely advises justly as- 
sists readily adventures boldly takes all patiently 
defends resolutely and continues a friend unchange- 
ably. 

Sensuality contaminates the body depresses the 
understanding deadens the moral feelings of the 
heart and degrades man from his rank in the ere 
ation. 

Idleness brings forward and nourishes many bad 
passions. 

We must stand or fall by our own conduct and 
character. 

The man of order catches and arrests the hours 
as they fly. 

The great business of life is to be employed in 
doing justly loving mercy and walking humbly with 
our Creator. 

RULE VI. 

(f) Two or more adverbs immediately succeeding one another^ 
must be separated by commas ; as, " We are fearfully, wonder- 
fully framed ;" "Success generally depends on acting prudently, 
steadily, and vigorously, in what we undertake." 

(,/'2) But when two adverbs are joined by a conjunction, thty 
are not parted by the comma ; as, " Some men sin deliberately 
and presumptuously ;" " There is no middle state ; we must live 
virtuously or viciously." 

This unhappy person had often been seriously 
affectionately admonished but in vain. 

To live soberly righteously and piously compre- 
hends the whole of our duty. 

When thy friend is calumniated openly and bold 
ly espouse his cause. 

Benefits should be long and gratefully remem- 
oered. 

RULE VII 

(g) When participles are followed by something that depends 



PUNCTUATION. 1 55 

unthem, they are generally separated from the rest of the sentence 
by a comma ; as, " The king, approving the plan, put it in execu- 
tion ;" " His talents, Jormedfor great enterprises, could not fail 
of rendering him conspicuous ;" «• All mankind compose one fam- 
ily, assembled under the eye of one common Father." 

True gentleness is native feeling heightened and 
improved by principle. 

The path of piety and virtue pursued with a 
firm and constant spirit will assuredly lead to hap- 
piness. 

Human affairs are in continual motion and fluc- 
tuation altering their appearance every moment 
and passing into some new forms. 

What can he said to alarm those of their dan- 
ger who intoxicated with pleasures become giddy 
and insolent ; win flattered by the illusions of pros- 
perity make light of every serious admonition 
which their friends and the changes of the world 
give them? 

RULE VIII. 

(h) When a conjunction is divided by a phrase or sentence 
from the verb to which it belongs, such intervening phrase has 
usually a comma at each extremity ; as, " The} set out early, and, 
before the close of the day, arrived at the destined place." 

If from any internal cause a man's peace of mind 
be disturbed in vain we load him with riches or 
honours. 

Gentleness delights above all things to alleviate 
distress; and if it cannot dry up the falling tear to 
sooth at least the grieving heart. 

Wherever Christianity prevails it has discour- 
aged and in some degree abolished slavery. 

We may rest assured that hy the steady pursuit 
of virtue we shall obtain and enjoy it. 

RULE IX. 
(t) Expressions in a direct address, are separated from the 



156 EXERCISES. 

rest of the sentence by commas ; as, " My son, give me thy heart;'' 
" I am obliged to you, my friends, for your many favours." 

Continue my dear children to make virtue your 
principal study. 

To you my worthy benefactors am I indebted 
under Providence for all I enjoy. 

Canst thou expect thou betrayer of innocence to 
escape the hand of vengeance ? 

Come then companion of my toils let us take 
fresh courage persevere and hope to the end. 



(j) The case absolute, and the infinitive mood absolute, are sep- 
arated by commas from the body oj the sentence ; as, "His father 
dying, he succeeded to the estate ;" " At length, their ministry 
performed, and race well run, they left the world in peace ;" "To 
confess the truth, I was much in fault." 

Peace of mind being secured we may smile at 
misfortunes. 

Virtue abandoned and conscience reproaching 
us we become terrified with imaginary evils. 

Charles having been deprived of the help of tu- 
tors his studies became totally neglected. 

To prevent further altercation I submitted to 
the terms proposed. 

To enjoy present pleasure he sacrificed his fu- 
ture ease and reputation. 

To say the least they have betrayed great want 
of prudence. 



(k) Nouns in apposition, that is, nouns added to other nouns 
in the same case, by way of explication or illustration, when ac- 
companied with adjuncts, are set off by commas ,• as, "Paul, the 
apostle of the Gentiles, was eminent for his zeal and knowledge ;' 
" The butterfly, child of the summer, flutters in the sun." 

(k 2) But if such nouns are single, or only form a proper 
name, they are not divided ; as, " Paul the apostle ;" " The ein- 
perour Antonius wrote an excellent book.' 



PUNCTUATION. 157 

Hope the balm of life sooths us under every mis- 
fortune. 

Content the offspring of virtue dwells both in 
retirement and in the active scenes of life. 

Confucius the great Chinese philosopher was 
eminently good as well as wise. 

The patriarch Joseph is an illustrious example 
f chastity resignation and filial affection. 

RULE XII. 

(Z) Simple members of sentences connected by comparatives, are 
for the most part distinguished by a comma ; as, " As the hart 
panteth after the water brooks, so doth my soul pant after thee ;" 
"Better is a dinner of herbs with love, than a stalled ox and ha- 
tred with it." 

(1 2) If the members in comparative sentences are short, the 
comma is, in general, better omitted; as, "How much better is it 
to get wisdom than gold'" " Mankind act oftener from caprice 
than reason." 

Nothing is so opposite to the true enjoyment of 
life as the relaxed and feeble state of an indolent 
mind. 

The more a man speaks of himself the less he 
likes to hear another talked of. 

Nothing more strongly inculcates resignation 
than the experience of our own inability to guide 
ourselves. 

The friendships of the world can subsist no longer 
than interest cements them. 

Expect no more from the world than it is able 
to afford you. 

RULE XIII. 

(m) When words are placed in opposition to each other, or 
wtih some marked variety, they require to be distinguished by a 
comma; as, 

" Tho' deep, yet clear; tho' gentle, yet not dull ; 
Strong, without rage; without o'erflowing, full." 



158 EXERCISES. 

' Good men, in this frail, imperfect state, are often found, not 
only in union with, but in opposition to, the views and conduct 
of one another." 

(»i2) Sometimes when the word with which the last preposition 
agrees, is single, it is better to omit the comma before it; as, 
" .Many states were in alliance with, and under the protection of% 
Rome." 

(«*3) The same rule and restriction must be applied when two 
or more nouns refer to the same preposition; as, "He was com- 
posed both under the threatening, and at the approach, of a cruel 
and lingering death; " " He was not only the king, but the father 
of 'his people." 

He who is a stranger to industry may possess but 
he cannot enjoy. 

Contrition though it may melt ought not to sink 
or overpower the heart of a Christian. 

The goods of this world were given to man for 
his occasional refreshment not for his chief felicity. 

It is the province of superiours to direct of inferi- 
o'srs to obey ; of the learned to be instructive of the 
ignorant to be docile; of the old to be communi- 
cative of the young to be attentive and diligent. 

Though unavoidable calamities make a part yet 
they make not the chief part of the vexations and 
sorrows that distress human life. 

An inquisitive and meddling spirit often inter- 
rupts the good order and breaks the peace of soci- 
ety. 



(n) A remarkable expression, or a short observation, somewhat 
in the manner of a quotation, may be properly marked with a 
comma ; as, "It hurts a man's pride to say, I do not know ;" "Plu- 
tarch calls lying, the vice of slaves." 

Vice is not of such a nature that we can say to 
it u Hitherto shalt thou come and no further." 

One of the noblest of the Chi istian virtues is " to 
love our enemies. 1 ' 

Manv too confidently say to themselves " My 



PUNCTUATION. 159 

mountain stands strong and it shall never be re- 
moved." 

We are strictly enjoined " not to follow a mul- 
titude to do evil." 

RULE xv. 

(o) Relative pronouns are connective words, and generally ad- 
mit a comma before them ; as, " He preaches sublimely, who lives 
a sober, righteous, and pious life; " "There is no charm in the 
female sex, tchich can supply the place of virtue." 

(02) But when two members, or phrases, are closely connected 
by a relative, restraining the general notion of the antecedent to a 
particular sense, the comma should be omitted; as, " Self-denial is 
the sacrifice which virtue must make;" "A man who is of a 
detracting spirit, will misconstrue the most innocent words that 
can be put together." In the latter example, the assertion is not 
of " man in general," but of " a man who is of a detracting 
spirit; " and therefore they should not be separated. 

(03) The fifteenth rule applies equally to cases in which the rel- 
ative is not expressed, but understood; as, "It was from piety, 
warm, and unaffected, that bis morals derived strength." " This 
sentiment, habitual and strong, influenced his whole conduct." 
In both of these examples, the relative and verb which was, are 
understood. 

The gentle mind is like the smooth stream which 
reflects every object in its just proportion and in 
its fairest colours. 

Beware of those rash and dangerous connexions 
which may afterwards load you with dishonour. 

Blind must that man be who discerns not the 
striking marks of a divine government exercised 
over the world. 

It is labour only which gives the relish to pleas- 
ure. 

In that unaffected civility which springs from a 
gentle mind there is an incomparable charm. 

They who raise envy will easily incur censure. 

Many of the evils which occasion our complaints 
of the world are wholly imaginary. 



160 EXERCISES. 

He who is good before invisible witnesses is em- 
inently so before the visible. 

His conduct so disinterested and generous was 
universally approved. 

RULE XVI. 

(p) A simple member of a sentence, contained within another, 
or following another, must be distinguished by the comma; as, 
'To improve time, whilst we are blessed with health, will smooth 
the bed of sickness." " Very often, while we are complaining ol 
the vanity, and the evils of human life, we make that vanity, and 
we increase those evils." 

(p 2) If hoioever, the members succeeding each other, are very 
closely connected, the comma is unnecessary ; as, " Revelation tells 
us how we may attain happiness." 

(p 3) When a verb in the infinitive mood, follows its govern- 
ing verb, with several words between them, those words should 
generally have a comma at the end of them ; as, "It ill becomes 
good and wise men, to oppose and degrade one another." 

(p 4) Several verbs in the infinitive mood, having a common 
dependence, and succeeding one another, are also divided by com- 
mas ; as, " To relieve the indigent, to comfort the afflicted, to pro- 
tect the innocent, to reward the deserving, are humane and noble 
employments." 

The fumes which arise from a heart boiling with 
violent passions never fail to darken and trouble 
the understanding. 

If we delay till to-morrow what ought to be done 
to-day we overcharge the morrow with a burden 
which belongs not to it. 

By whatever means we may at first attract the 
attention we can hold the esteem and secure the 
hearts of others only by amiable dispositions and 
the accomplishments of the mind. 

If the mind sow not corn it will plant thistles. 

One day is sufficient to scatter our prosperity and 
bring it to nought. 

Graceful in youth are the tears of sympathy and 
the heart that melts at the tale of wo. 

The ever active and restless power of though! 



PUNCTUATION. 161 

if not employed about what is good will naturally 
and unavoidably engender evil. 

He who formed the heart certainly knows what 
passes within it. 

To be humble and modest in opinion to be vigi- 
lant and attentive in conduct to distrust fair appear- 
ances and to restrain rash desires are instructions 
which the darkness of our present state should 
strongly inculcate 

RULE xvn. 

(9) When the verb to be is followed by a verb in the infinitive 
mood, which, by transposition, might be made the nominative case 
to it, the former is generally separated from the latter verb, by a 
comma ; as, " The most obvious remedy is, to withdraw from all 
associations with bad men." " The first and most obvious reme- 
dy against the infection, is, to withdraw from all associations with 
bad men." 

The greatest misery is to be condemned by our 
own hearts. 

The greatest misery that we can endure is to be 
condemned by our own hearts. 

Charles's highest enjoyment was to relieve the 
distressed and to do good. 

The highest enjoyment that Charles ever expe- 
rienced was to relieve the distressed and to do 
good. 

RULE XVIII. 

(r) When adjuncts or circumstances are of importance, and 
often when the natural order of them is inverted, they may be set 
off by commas ; as, '* Virtue must be formed and supported, not 
by unfrequent acts, but by daily and repeated exertions." " Vices, 
like shadows, towards the evening of life, grow great nnd mon- 
strous." " Our interests are interwoven by threads innumera- 
ble ;" " By threads innumerable, our interests are interwoven." 

If opulence increases our gratifications it increas- 
es in the same proportion our desires and do. 
mands. 





162 EXhRllKUS. 

He whose wishes respecting the possessions ot 
this world are the most reasonable and bounded is 
likely to lead the safest and for that reason the 
most desirable life. 

By aspiring too high we frequently miss the 
happiness which by a less ambitious aim we might 
have gained. 

By proper management we prolong our time , 
we live more in a few years than others do in 
many. 

In your most secret actions suppose that you 
have all the world for witnesses. 

In youth the habits of industry are most easily 
acquired. 

What is the right path few take the trouble of 
inquiring. 

RULE XIX. 

(s) Where a verb is understood, a comma may often be prop- 
erly introduced. This is a general rule, which, besides compris- 
ing some of the preceding rules, xoill apply to many cases not 
determined by any of them ; as, " From law arises security; from 
security, curiosity; from curiosity, knowledge." In this example, 
the verb " arises" is understood before "curiosity" and "knowl- 
edge;" at which words a considerable pause is necessary. 

Providence never intended that any state here 
should be either completely happy or entirely mis- 
erable. 

As a companion he was severe and satirical ; as 
a friend captious and dangerous ; in his domestick 
sphere harsh jealous and irascible. 

If the Spring put forth no blossoms in Summer 
there will be no beauty and in Autumn no fruit So 
if youth be trilled away without improvement man- 
hood will be contemptible and old age miserable. 

RULE xx. 
(f\ The words nay, so, hence, again, fist, secondly, formerly 



PUNCTUATION. . 1 63 

now, lastly, once more, above all, on the contrary, in the next 
vlace, in short, and all other words and phrases of the same kind, 
must generally be separated from the context by a comma , as, 
" Remember thy best and first friend ; formerly, the supporter of 
thy infancy, and the guide of thy childhood ; now, the guardian 
of thy youth, and the hope of thy coming years." "He feared 
want, hence, he over-vahi?d riches." "This conduct may heal 
the difference, nay, it may constantly prevent any in future." 
" Finally, I shall only repeat what has been often justly said." 
" If the spring put forth no blossoms, in summer there will be no 
Deauty, and in autumn, no fruit; so, if youth be trifled away with- 
out improvement, riper years may be contemptible, and old age 
miserable." 

Be assured then that order frugality and econo- 
my are the necessary supports of every personal 
and private virtue. 

I proceed secondly to point out the proper state 
of our temper with respect to one another. 

Here every thing is in stir and fluctuation : there 
all is serene steady and orderly. 

I shall make some observations first on the ex- 
ternal and next on the internal condition of man. 

Sometimes timidity and false shame prevent our 
opposing vicious customs ; frequently expectation 
and interest impel us strongly to comply. 

fj^p* In many of the foregoing rules and examples, great re- 
gard must be paid to the length of the clauses, and the proportion 
which they bear to one another. 



CHAP. II. 

SEMICOLON. 

The Semicolon is used for dividing a compound 
sentence into two or more parts, not so closely 
connected as those which are separated by a com- 
ma, nor yet so little dependent on each other, ;>s 
those which are distinguished by a colon. 



164 EXERCISES. 

(u) The semicolon is sometimes used, when the preceding mem* 
ber of the sentence does not of itself give a complete sense, but de- 
pends on the following clause :("2) and sometimes when the sense of 
that member would be complete without the concluding one; asin 
the following instances : " As the desire of approbation, when it 
works according to reason, improves the amiable part of our spe- 
cies in every thing that is laudable ; so nothing is more destruc- 
tive to them, when it is governed by vanity and folly." 

" Experience teaches us, that an entire retreat from worldly af 
fairs, is not what religion requires; nor does it even enjoin a 
long retreat from them." 

" Straws swim upon the surface ; but pearls lie at the bottom." 

" Philosophers assert, that Nature is unlimited in her operations ; 
that she has inexhaustible treasures in reserve; that knowledge 
will always be progressive ; and that all future generations will 
continue to make discoveries, of which we have not the least 
idea." 



Sentences requiring the insertion of the Semicolon and 
Comma. 

That darkness of character where we can see 
no heart those foldings of art through which no 
native affection is allowed to penetrate present an 
object unamiable in every season of life but par- 
ticularly odious in youth. 

To give an early preference to honour above 
gain when they stand in competition to despise ev- 
ery advantage which cannot be attained without 
dishonest arts to brook no meanness and to stoop 
to no dissimulation are the indications of a great 
mind the presages of future eminence and useful- 
ness in life. 

As there is a worldly happiness which God per- 
ceives to be no other than disguised misery as 
there are wordly honours which in his estimation 
are reproach so there is a worldly wisdom which 
in his sight is foolishness. 

The passions are the chief destroyers of our 
peace the storms and tempests of the moral world. 



PUNCTUATION. 165 

Heaven is the region of gentleness and friend 
ship hell of fierceness and animosity. 

The path of truth is a plain and a safe path that 
of falsehood is a perplexing maze. 

Modesty is one of the chief ornaments of youth 
and it has ever been esteemed a presage of rising 
merit. 

Life with a swift though insensible course glides 
away and like a river which undermines its banks 
gradually impairs our state. 

The violent spirit like troubled waters ren- 
ders back the images of things distorted and broken 
and communicates to them all that disordered mo- 
tion which arises solely from its own agitation. 

Levity is frequently the forced production of 
folly or vice cheerfulness is the natural offspring of 
wisdom and virtue only. 

Persons who live according to order may be 
compared to the celestial bodies which move in 
regular courses and by stated laws whose influence 
is beneficent whose operations are quiet and tran- 
quil. 



CHAP. III. 



The Colon is used to divide a sentence into two 
or more parts, less connected than those which are 
separated by a semicolon ; but not so independent 
as separate distinct sentences. 

The Colon may be properly applied in the three following eases: 
(u) When a member of a se7itence is complete in itself, but 
followed by some supplemental remark, or further illustration of 
the subject ; as, " Nature felt her inability to extricate herself 
from the consequences of guilt: the gospel reveals the plan of Di- 
vine interposition and aid." " Nature confessed some atonement 



166 exercises. {Colon. 

to be necessary the gospel discovers that the necessary atone- 
ment is made." 

(v 2.) When several semicolons have preceded, and a still great- 
er pause is necessary, in order to mark the connecting or conclud- 
ing sentiment: as, "A divine legislator uttering his voice from 
heaven; an almighty governour, stretching forth his arm to punish 
or reward ; informing us of perpetual rest prepared hereafter for 
the righteous, and of indignation and wrath awaiting the wicked 
these are the considerations which overawe the world, which sup- 
port integrity, and check guilt." 

(v 3.) The Colon is commonly used when an example, a quotation, 
or a speech is introduced : as, " The Scriptures give us an amia- 
ble representation of the Deity, in these words : ' God is love.' " 
" He was often heard 10 say : ' I have done with the world, and I 
am willing to leave it.' " 

(» 4.) The propriety of using a colon, or semicolon, is sometime 
determined by a conjunction's being expressed, or not expressed 
as. " Do not natter yourselves with the hope of perfect happiness 
there is no such thing in the world." " Do not flatter yourselves 
with the hope of perfect happiness ; for there is no such thing in 
the world." 

The three great enemies to tranquillity are vice 
superstition and idleness vice which poisons and 
disturbs the mind with bad passions superstition 
which fills it with imaginary terrours idleness which 
loads it with tediousness and disgust. 

To sail on the tranquil surface of an unruffled 
lake and to steer a safe course through a troubled 
and stormy ocean require different talents and 
alas human life oftener resembles the stormy 
ocean than the unruffled lake. 

When we look forward to the year which is be 
ginning what do we behold there All my breth- 
ren is a blank to our view a dark unknown presents 
itself. 

Happy would the poor man think himself if he 
could enter on all the treasures of the rich and 
happy for a short time he might be but before he 
had long contemplated and admired his state his 
possessions would seem to lessen and his cares would 
grow. 



PUNCTUATION. 1 67 

By doing or at least endeavouring to do our du- 
ty to God and man by acquiring an humble trust in 
the mercy and favour of God through Jesus Christ 
by cultivating our minds and properly employing 
our time and thoughts by governing our passions 
and our temper by correcting all unreasonable ex- 
pectations from the world and from men and in the 
midst of worldly business habituating ourselves to 
calm retreat and serious recollection by such means 
as these it may be hoped that through the Divine 
blessing our days shall flow in a stream as unruffled 
as the human state admits. 

A metaphor is a comparison expressed in an 
abridged form but without any of the words that 
denote comparison as " To the upright there aris- 
eth light in darkness." 

All our conduct towards men should be influenc- 
ed by this important precept " Do unto others as 
you would that others should do unto you." 

Philip III. king of Spain when he drew near the 
end of his days seriously reflecting on his past life 
and greatly affected with the remembrance of his 
mispent time expressed his deep regret in these 
terms " Ah ! how happy would it have been for 
me had I spent in retirement these twenty-three 
years that I have possessed my kingdom." 

Often is the smile of gaiety assumed whilst the 
heart aches within though folly may laugh guilt 
will sting. 

There is no mortal truly wise and restless at 
once wisdom is the repose of minds. 

VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVWWVWWWWWWWWWWWWUVWVWVVWIi 

CHAP. IV. 

PERIOD. 

When a sentence is complete and independent, 



168 EXERCISES. 

and not connected in construction with the follow 
ing sentence, it is marked with a period. 

(w) Some sentences are independent of each other, both in their 
sense and construction ; as, " Fear God. Honour the king. 
Have charity towards all men." Others are independent only in 
their grammatical construction ; as, " The Supreme Being changes 
not, either in his desire to promote our happiness, or id the plan 
of his administration. One light always shines upon us from above. 
One clear and direct path is always pointed out to man." 

The period should be used after every abbreviated word ; as, 
- M. S. P. S. N. B. A. D. O. S. N. S." Sec. 

Sentences which require the insertion of the Period, 

The absence of Evil is a real Good Peace Qui- 
et exemption from pain should be a continual feast 

Worldly happiness ever tends to destroy itself 
by corrupting the heart It fosters the loose and 
the Violent passions It engenders noxious habits 
and taints the mind with false Delicacy which 
makes it feel a Thousand unreal Evils 

Feeding the hungry clothing the Naked com- 
forting the afflicted yield more pleasure than we 
receive from those actions which respect only Our- 
selves Benevolence may in this view be termed 
the most refined self-love 

The Resources of Virtue remain entire when 
the Days of trouble come They remain with us in 
Sickness as in Health in Poverty as in the midst of 

* As every learner is supposed to know, that the first woid in 
a sentence must have a capital letter, there would be little exer- 
cise of his judgment, in applying the period, if no words were dis- 
tinguished by capital letters, but such as propriety required. The 
compiler has, therefore, in this and the following chapters, affixed 
capitals to many words, which should properly begin with small 
letters. This method, besides the use chiefly intended, will also 
serve to exercise the student in the proper application of capital 
letters. 



PUNCTUATION. 169 

Riches in our dark and solitary Hours no less than 
when surrounded with friends and cheerful Society 
The mind of a good man is a kingdom to him and 
he can always enjoy it 

We ruin the Happiness of life when we attempt 
to raise it too high A tolerable and comfortable 
State is all that we can propose to ourselves 
on Earth Peace and Contentment not Bliss nor 
Transport are the full Portion of Man Perfect joy 
is reserved for Heaven 

If we look around us we shall perceive that the 
Whole Universe is full of Active Powers Action is 
indeed the Genius of Nature by Motion and exer- 
tion the System of Being is preserved in vigour 
By its different parts always acting in Subordination 
one to another the Perfection of the Whole is car- 
ried on The Heavenly Bodies perpetually revolve . 
Day and Night incessantly repeat their appointed 
course Continual operations are going on in the 
Earth and in the waters Nothing stands still 

Constantine the Great was advanced to the sole 
Dominion of the Roman World A D 325 and soon 
after openly confessed the Christian Faith 

The Letter concludes with this Remarkable 
Postscript "PS Though I am innocent of the 
Charge and have been bitterly persecuted yet I 
cordially forgive my Enemies and Persecutors" 

The last Edition of that valuable Work was care- 
fully compared with the Original M S 



CHAP. V. 

Sentences requiring the application of the Dash; 
of the Notes of Interrogation and Exclamation ; and 
of the Parenthetical characters. 



1 70 EXERCISES. 

(x) Denotes the Interrogative point ? 
(x 2) " the Exclamation point ! 
M u the Parenthesis ( ) 
(z) " a Quotation " " 
(z 2) u a Dash or Break — making or length- 
ening a pause. 

Beauty and Strength combined with Virtue and 
Piety how lovely in the sight of men how pleasing 
to Heaven peculiarly pleasing because with every 
Temptation to deviate they voluntarily walk in the 
Path of Duty 

Something there is more needful than expense 
And something previous e'en to taste 'tis sense 

" I'll live to-morrow" will a wise man say 
To-morrow is too late then live to-day 

Gripus has long been ardently endeavouring t3 
fill his Chest and lo it is now full is he happy and 
does he use it Does he gratefully think of the Giver 
of all good Things Does he distribute to the Poor 
Alas these Interests have no Place in his breast 

What is there in all the pomp of the world the 
Enjoyments of Luxury the Gratification of Passion 
comparable to the tranquil Delight of a good Con- 
science 

To lie down on the Pillow after a Day spent in 
Temperance in beneficence and in piety how sweet 
is it 

We wait till to-morrow to be Happy Alas Why 
not to-day Shall we be younger Are we sure we 
shall be healthier Will our passions become feebler 
and our love of the world less 

What shadow can be more vain than the life of 
a great Part of Mankind Of all that eager and bust- 
ling Crowd Which we behold on Earth how few 
discover the path of true Happiness How few can we 



PUNCTUATION. 171 

find whose Activity has not been misemployed and 
whose Course terminates not in Confessions of Dis- 
appointments 

On the one Hand are the Divine Approbation 
and immortal Honour on the other remember and 
beware are the stings of Conscience and endless 
Infamy 

As in riper Years all unseasonable Returns to the 
Levity of Youth ought to be avoided an Admonition 
which equally belongs to both the Sexes still more 
are we to guard against those intemperate Indul- 
gences of Pleasure to which the young are unhap- 
pily prone 

The bliss of man could pride that blessing find 
Is not to act or think beyond mankind 
Or why so long in fife if long can be 
Lent Aeaven a parent to the poor and me 

CHAP. VI. 

Promiscuous examples of defective Punctuation. 
SECT. I. 

EXAMPLES IN PROSE.* 

When Socrates was asked n what man ap- 
proached the nearest to perfect happiness p he an- 
swered v 3 That Man who has the fewest Wants 

She who studies her Glass o 2 neglects her 
Heart 

Between Passion c 2 and Lying p there is not a 
Finger's breadth 

The freer we feel ourselves in the Presence of 
others b the more free are they v he who is free 
o 2 makes free 

Addison has remarked b with equal b Piety and 

* The notes in these Examples refer the Student to the Rulet 
in Punctuation. 



172 EXERCISES. 

Truth that the Creation is a perpetual Feast to the 
Mind of a good Man 

He who shuts out all evasion when he promises 
a 2 loves truth 

The laurels of the Warriour are dyed in Blood u 2 
and bedewed with the Tears of the Widow and the 
Orphan 

Between Fame and true Honour r a Distinction is 
to be made w The former is a loud and noisy Ap- 
plause v the latter s a more silent and internal Hom- 
age w Fame floats on the Breath of the Multitude 
v Honour rests on the Judgment of the Thinking w 
Fame may give praise p while it withholds Esteem 
v true Honour implies Esteem mingled with re 
spect w The one regards Particular distinguished 
Talents v the other looks up to the whole character. 

There is a certain species of religion (p)-(y) if 
we can give it that Name o which is placed whol- 
ly in Speculation and Belief u 2 in the Regularity 
of external Homage u or in fiery Zeal about con- 
tested Opinions 

Xenophanes o who was reproached with being 
timorous o because he would not venture his Money 
in a Game at Dice p made this manly and sensible 
Reply i)3I confess I am exceedingly timorous v 4 
for I dare not commit an evil Action 

He loves nobly o I speak of Friendship (p)-(y) 
who is not jealous p when he has Partners of love 

Our happiness consists in the pursuit / much 
more than in the Attainment m 3 of any Tempo- 
ral Good 

Let me repeat it u He only is Great who has the 
Habits of Greatness 

Prosopopoeia c 3 or Personification c* is a Rhe- 
torical Figure by which we attribute Life and Action 
to inanimate objects v 3 as (t)-(z) the Ground 



PUNCTUATION. 173 

thirsts for Rain u 2 (z) the Earth smiles with Plenty 

The proper and rational Conduct of Men b with 
Regard to Futurity b is regulated by two Consider- 
ations v First t that much of What it contains o 2 
must remain to us absolutely Unknown u Next t 
that there are also Some Events in it o which may 
be certainly known and foreseen 

The Gardens of the World produce d only decid- 
uous flowers w Perennial ones must be sought a in 
the Delightful Regions Above w Roses without 
Thorns are the Growth of Paradise alone a 

How many Rules and Maxims of Life might be 
spared p could we fix a principle of Virtue within 
u 2 and inscribe the living Sentiment of the love 
of God in the affections x 2 He who loves right- 
eousness o 2 is Master of all the distinctions in 
Morality 

He who o 2 from the Benignity of his Nature 6 
erected this World for the abode of Men u He who 
furnished it so richly for our accommodation o 3 
and stored it with so much Beauty for our Enter- 
tainment u He who p since first we entered into 
Life p hath followed us with such a Variety of 
Mercies v 2 this Amiable and Beneficent Being c 2* 
surely can have no pleasure in our Disappointment 
and distress w He knows our Frame u 2 he re- 
members we are dust u 2 and looks to frail Man p 
we are assured p with such Pity as a Father bear- 
eth to his children 

One of the first Lessons b both of Religion and 
of Wisdom 6 is q to moderate our Expectations and 
hopes it 2 and not to set forth on the Voyage of 
Life / like Men who expect to be always carried 
forward with a favourable Gale w Let us be satis- 
fied if the path we tread be easy and smooth p 
though it be not strewed with Flowers 



174 EXERCISES. 

Providence never intended p that the Art of liv- 
ing happily in this World a 2 should depend on 
that deep Penetration c that acute sagacity c and 
those Refinements of Thought o which few possess 
w It has dealt more graciously with us u and made 
happiness depend on Uprightness of Intention p 
much more than on Extent of Capacity 

Most of our Passions a flatter us in their Rise w But 
their Beginnings are treacherous u 2 their Growth 
is imperceptible u 2 and the Evils which they car- 
ry in their Train o 2 lie concealed p until their 
Dominion is established w What Solomon says of 
one of them a2 holds true of them all n (z) that their 
Beginning is as when one letteth out Water w It is- 
sues from a small Chink o which once might have 
been easily stopped u 2 but being neglected j it is 
soon widened by the Stream u 2 till the Bank is at 
last totally thrown down p and the Flood is at Lib- 
erty to deluge the whole plain 

Prosperity debilitates m instead of strengthening 
the Mind w Its most common effect is q to create 
an extreme sensibility to the slightest Wound w It 
foments impatient Desires u 2 and raises Expecta- 
tions o 2 which no success can satisfy w It fosters 
a false Delicacy o which sickens in the midst of In- 
dulgence w By repeated Gratification r it blunts 
the feelings of Men to what is pleasing u 2 and 
leaves them unhappily acute to whatever is unea- 
sy w Hence t the Gale o 2 which another would 
scarcely feel a 2 is q to the prosperous^a rudeTem- 
pest w Hence t the Rose-Leaf doubled below them 
on the Couch p as it is told of the effeminate Syb- 
arite p breaks their Rest w Hence t the Disre- 
spect shown by Mordecai a 2 preyed with such Vi 
olence on the Heart of Haman 

a Anxiety is the Poison of Human Life w It is the 



Promiscuous.) punctuation. 175 

Parent of Many Sins p and of more Miseries w In 
a World where every thing is so doubtful u where 
we may succeed in our Wish e and be miserable u 
where we may be disappointed e and be blessed 
in the Disappointment u what mean this restless 
Stir and Commotion of Mind x Can our Solicitude 
alter the Course m 3 or unravel the Intricacy m 3 of 
Human Events x Can our Curiosity pierce through 
the Cloud o which the Supreme Being hath made 
impenetrable to Mortal E} r e 

No situation is so remote p and no Station so un- 
favourable I as to preclude access to the happiness 
of a future State vo A Road is opened by the Di- 
vine Spirit to those blissful Habitations p from all 
Corners of the Earth p and from all Conditions of 
Human Life u 2 from the peopled City p and from 
the solitary Desert u 2 from the Cottages of the 
Poor p and from the Palaces of Kings u 2 from the 
Dwellings of ignorance and Simplicity p and from 
the Regions of Science and Improvement 

The Scenes o 2 which present themselves r at our 
entering upon the World r are commonly flattering 
w Whatever they be in themselves p the lively 
Spirits of the young gild every opening Prospect w 
The Field of Hope appears to stretch wide before 
them w Pleasure seems to put forth its Blossoms on 
every Side w Impelled by Desire p forward they 
rush with inconsiderate Ardour u 2 prompt to de- 
cide p 4 and to choose u averse to hesitate p 4 or 
to Inquire u credulous r because untaught by Ex- 
perience u rash r because unacquainted with Dan- 
ger u headstrong r because unsubdued by Disap- 
pointment w Hence arise the Perils to which they 
are exposed u 2 and which r too often r from Want 
of Attention to faithful Admonition r precipitate 
them into Ruin irretrievable w 



176 exercises. (Promiscuous 

By the unhappy Excesses of Irregular Pleasure 
in Youth r how many amiable Dispositions are cor 
rupted or destroyed x 2 How many rising Capaci- 
ties and Powers are suppressed a; 2 How many flat- 
tering Hopes of Parents and Friends' are totally ex- 
tinguished x 2 Who but must drop a Tear over Hu- 
man Nature p when he beholds that Morning which 
arose so bright g overcast with such untimely Dark- 
ness u 2 that Sweetness of Temper which once en- 
gaged many Hearts s that Modesty which was so 
prepossessing s those Abilities which promised 
extensive Usefulness g all sacrificed at the Shrine 
of low Sensuality v 2 and one who was formed for 
passing through Life r in the midst of Publick Es- 
teem g cut off by his Vices at the Beginning of his 
Course u or sunk b for the whole of it b into Insig- 
nificance and Contempt x These i O sinful Pleas- 
ure^ are thy Trophies w It is thus that g co-ope- 
rating with the Foe of God and Man r thou degrad- 
est Human Honour e and blastest the opening 
Prospects of Human Felicity w 

SECT. II. 

EXAMPLES IN POETRY. 

Where s thy true treasure x Gold says n not in me (v)-(c) 

And {n)-[z) not in me n the Diamond w Gold is poor w 

The scenes of business tell us z 2 what are men u 2 

The scenes of pleasure z 2 what is all beside w 

Wo then apart j if wo apart can he 

From mortal man (p)-{y) and fortune at our nodj 

The gay c rich great triumphant and august 

What are they x The most happy p strange to saya;2-(y 

Convince me most of human misery w 

All this dread order break z 2 for whom x for thee x 

Vile worm [x 2)-(z 2) O madness x 2 pride x 2 impiety x 2 

Man r like the genrous vine r supported lives u 2 

The strength he gains a 2 is from th embrace he gives w 



Promiscuous.) punctuation. 177 

Know n nature s children all divide her care v 

The fur that warms a monarch o 2 warm d a bear w 

While man exclaims {n)-{z) see all thing's for my use x 2 

See man for mine n replies a pamper d goose w 

And just as short of reason he must fall o 

Who thinks all made for one m not one for all w 

Th Almighty b from his throne 6 on earth surveys 

Nought greater than an honest d humble heart v 

An humble heart his residence o 3 pronounc d 

His second seat w 

Bliss there is none r but unprecarious bliss w 

That is the gem v sell all e and purchase that w 

Why go a begging to contingencies x 

Not gain d with ease o 3 nor safely lov d if gain d w 

There is a time p when toil must be preferrdp 
Or joy 6 by mistim d fondness b is undone w 
A man of pleasure is a man of pains w 

Thus nature gives us y let it check our pride 

The virtue nearest to our vice allied w 

See the sole bliss Heavn could on all bestow x'L 

Which who but feels can taste m but thinks can know v 

Yet poor with fortune m and with learning blind m 

The bad must miss u the good untaught will find ic 

Whatever is a 2 is right w This world p lis true p 
Was made for Caesar (m)-(z 2) but for Titus too w 
And which more blest x who chain d his country s Say t 
Or he whose virtue sigh d to lose a day x 

The first sure symptom of a mind in health a 2 
Is rest of heart c and pleasure felt at homew 

True happiness resides in things unseen w 

No smiles of fortune ever bless the bad u 2 

Nor can her frowns rob innocence of joy w 

Oh the dark days of vanity x 2 while here m 

How tasteless x 2 and how terrible 7>i when gone x 2 

Gone x they ne er go v when past m they haunt us still vu 

Father of light and life x 2 Thou good supreme x2 
O teach me what is good x 2 Teach me thyself x 2 
Save me from folly c vanity c and vice c 
From ev ry low pursuit u 2 and feed my soul 



178 exercises. {Promiscuous 

With knowledge c conscious peace c and virtue pure c 
Sacred d substantial d never fading bliss x 2 

If I am right p thy grace impart p 

Still- in the right to stay v 
If I am wrong p O teach my heart 

To find that better way w 
Save me alike from foolish pride c 3 

Or impious discontent p 
At aught thy wisdom has deny d c 3 
Or aught thy goodness lent w 
O lost to virtue p lost to manly thought p 
Lost to the noble sallies of the soul o 
Who think it solitude to be alone x 2 
Communion sweet k communion large and high k 
Our reason k guardian angel k and our God w 
Then nearest these p when others most remote u 2 
And all b ere long 6 shall be remote r but these w 

Benevolence. 
God loves from whole to parts u 2 but human soul 
Must rise from individual to the whole w 
Self-love but serves the virtuous mind to wake I 
As the small pebble stirs the peaceful lake v 
The centre movdj a circle straight succeeds u 2 
Another still s and still another spreads w 
Friend c parent c neighbour c first it will embrace u 2 
His country next u 2 and next s all human race v 2 
Wide d and more wide th o erflowings of the mind a 2 
Take ev ry creature in m of ev ry kind to 
Earth smiles around r with boundless bounty blest u 2 
And Heavn beholds its image in his breast w 

Happiness. 

Know then this truth {n)-(y) enough for man to know k 

z Virtue alone is happiness below v 

The only point where human bliss stands still e 

And tastes the good without the fall to ill u 2 

Where only merit constant pay receives e 

Is blest in what it takes c and what it gives u 2 

The joy unequal! d m if its end it gain p 

And if it lose m attended with no pain v 



Promiscuous.) punctuation. . 179 

Without satiety m though e er so blest u 2 

And but more relish d as the more distress d v 2 

The broadest mirth unfeeling- folly wears o 3 

Less pleasing- far than virtue s very tears w 

Good b from each object 6 from each place acquir d«2 

For ever exercis d m yet never tir d w 2 

Never elated p while one man s oppress d «2 

Never dejected p while another s blest v 2 

And where no want9 s no wishes can remain u 2 

Since but to wish more virtue q is to gain w 

Gratitude. 

When all thy mercies i O my God x 2 

My rising soul surveys r 
Transported with the view g I m lost 

In wonder c love c and praise w 

Oh how shall words b with equal warmth b 

The gratitude declare o 
That glows within my ravish d heart x 

But thou canst read it there w 

Thy providence my life sustain d e 

And all my wants redress d p 
When in the silent womb I lay e 

And hung upon the breast w 

To all my weak complaints and cries r 

Thy mercy lent an ear p 
Ere yet my feeble thoughts had learnt 

To form themselves in pray r w 

Unnumber d comforts to my soul 

Thy tender care bestow d p 
Before my infant heart conceivd 

From whom those comforts flow d w 

When in the slipp ry paths of youth b 

With heedless steps l> 1 ran p 
Thine arm o 3 unseen convey d me safe e 

And led me up to man w 

Through hidden dangers t foils c and death r 

It gently clear d my way u 2 
And through the pleasing snarer of vice o 3 

More to he fear d than they w 



180 exercises. [Promiscuous 

When worn with sickness p oft hast thou y 

With health renew d my face u 2 
And^when in sin and sorrow sunk p 

Reviv d my soul with grace w 
Thy bounteous hand 6 with worldly bliss b 

Has made my cup run o er u 2 
And h in a kind and faithful friend h 

Has doubled all my store w 
Ten thousand thousand precious gifts 

My daily thanks employ u 2 
Nor is the least k a cheerful heart o 

That tastes those gifts with joy w 
Through ev ry period of my life r 

Thy goodness 1 11 pursue «2 
And h after death r in distant worlds h 

The glorious theme renew w 
When nature fails p and day and night 

Divide thy works no more p 
My ever grateful heart i O Lord x 2 

Thy mercy shall adore w 
Through all eternity r to thee 

A joyful song 111 raise u 2 
For O x 2 eternity s too short 

To utter all thy praise w 

The Voyage of Life. 
Self flatter d d unexperienced d high in hope d 
When young b v, ith sanguine cheer c and streamers gay T 
We cut our cable e launch into the world e 
And fondly dream each wind and star our friend j 
All in some darling enterprise embark d w 
But where is he can fathom its event x 
Amid a multitude of artless hands r 
y Ruin s sure perquisite k her lawful prize (p)-{y) 
Some steer aright v but the black blast blows hard e 
And puffs them wide of hope w With hearts of proof r 
Full against wind and tideg* some win their way u 2 
And when strong effort has deserv d the port e 
And tugg d it into view p tis won x 2 tis lost #2 
Though strong their oar m still stronger is their fate v 
They strike u 2 and while they triumph p they expire w 



Perspicuity.) perspicuity, &c. 181 

In stress of weather r most s some sink outright to 
O er them p and o er their names r the billows close v 
To morrow knows not they were ever born w 
Others o 3 a short memorial leave behind r 
Like a flag- floating r when the bark s ingulf d u 2 
It floats a moment e and is seen no more v 2 
One Cassar lives u 2 a thousand are forgot w 
How few o 3 favor d by ev ry element o 3 
With swelling sails make good the promis d port r 
With all their wishes freighted x 2 Yet ev n these g 
Freighted with all their wishes p soon complain w 
o 3 Free from misfortune m not from nature free m 
They still are men u 2 and when is man secure x 
As fatal time I as storm w The rush of years 
Beats down their strength u 2 their numberless escapes 
In ruin end v and t now t their proud success 
But plants new terrours on the victors brow w 
What pains toquit the world just made their own x 2 
Their nests so deeply down d e and built so high [x2)-[z 2) 
Too low they build o who build beneath the stars w 



PART V. 

Containing rules, observations, and Exercises, for assisting 
young persons to write with perspicuity and accuracy, which 
should be studied after they have acquired a competent knoivl- 
edge of English Grammar. 



PERSPICUITY 

[s the fundamental quality of style : a quality so essential in every 
kind of writing, that for the want of it nothing can atone. It i9 
not to be considered as merely a sort of negative virtue, or free- 
dom from defect. It has higher merit : it is a degree of positive 
beauty. We are pleased with an author, and consider him as 
deserving praise, who trees us from all fatigue of searching for 
his meaning ; who carries us through Ins subject without any 
embarrassment or confusion; whose style flows always like a 
limpid stream, through which we see to the very bottom. 

The study of perspicuity and accuracy of expression consists 
of two parts: and requires attention, first, to Single Words and 
Phrases ; and then, to the Construction of Seiitences. 



182 exercises. (Purity 

PART I. 

Of Perspicuity and Accuracy of Expression, until respect to 
Single Words and Phrases. 

These qualities of style, considered with regard to words and 
phrases, require the following properties: purity, propriety, 
and precision. 

CHAPTER I. 

OF PURITY. 

Purity of style consists in the use of such words, and such 
constructions, as belong to the idiom of the language which we: 
speak; in opposition to words and phrases that are taken from 
other languages, or that are ungrammatical, obsolete, new-coined, 
or used without proper authority. 

(1.) All such words and phrases as the following, should be 
avoided: Quoth he; I wist not; erewhile; behest; selfsame; deli- 
catesse, for delicacy ; politesse, for politeness ; hauteur, for haugh- 
tiness; incumberment, connexity, martyrised, for encumbrance, 
connexion, martyred. 

The introduction of foreign and learned words, unless where 
necessity requires them, should never be admitted into our compo- 
sition. In general, a plain, native style, is not only more intel- 
ligible to all readers, but by a proper management of words, it 
can be made as strong and expressive as Latinised English, or 
any foreign idioms. 

We should be employed dailily in doing good. 

It irks me to see so perverse a disposition. 

I wot not who has done this thing. 

He is no way thy inferiour ; and, in this instance, 
is no ways to blame. 

The assistance was welcome and timelily afford- 
ed. 

For want of employment, he stroamed idly about 
the fields. 

We ought to live soberly, righteously, and godlily 
in the world. 

He was long indisposed, and at length died of 
the hyp. 

That word follows the general rule, and takes 
the penult accent. 



Purity.) perspicuity, &,c. 183 

He was an extra genius, and attracted much at- 
tention. 

The hauteur of Florio was very disgracious, and 
disgusted both his friends and strangers. 

He charged me with want of resolution, in the 
which he was greatly mistaken. 

They have manifested great candidness in all 
the transaction. 

The naturalness of the thought greatly recom- 
mended it. 

The importance, as well as the authenticalness 
of the books, has been clearly displayed. 

It is difficult to discover the spirit and intendment 
of some laws. 

The disposition which he exhibited, was both 
unnatural and incomfortable. 

His natural severity rendered him a very im- 
popular speaker. 

The disquietness of his mind, made his station 
and wealth far from being enviable. 

I received the gift with pleasure, but I shall 
now gladlier resign it. 

These are the things highliest important to the 
growing age. 

It grieveth me to look over so many blank leaves, 
in the book of my life. 

It repenteth me that I have so long walked in the 
paths of folly. 

Methinks I am not mistaken in an opinion, which 
I have so well considered. 

They thought it an important subject, and the 
question was strenuously debated pro and con. 

Thy speech bewrayelh thee ; for thou art a 
Galilean. 

Let us not give too hasty credit to stories which 
may injure our neighbour : penulventure they are 
the offspring of calamity, or misapprehension. 



IL;4 exkrcjsks. [Propriety, 

The gardens were void of simplicity and elegance, 
and exhibited much that was glaring and bizarre. 

CHAPTER II. 

OF PROPRIETY. 

Propriety of language is the selection of such words as the best 
usage has appropriated to those ideas, which we intend to express 
by them; in opposition to low expressions, and to words and 
phrases which would be less significant of the ideas that we mean 
to convey. Style may be pure, that is, it may be strictly English, 
without Scotticisms or Gallicisms, or ungrammatical, irregular ex- 
pressions of any kind, and may, nevertheless, be deficient in pro- 
priety : for the words may be ill chosen, not adapted to the sub- 
ject, nor fully expressive of the author's sense. 

SECT. I. 

(2.) Avoid low expressions : such as, " Topsy turvy, burly 
burly, pellmell ; having a month's mind for a thing; currying 
favour with a person; dancing attendance on the great," &c. 

"Meantime the Britons, left to shift for themselves, were forced 
to call in the Saxons for their defence." The phrase " left to 
shift for themselves " is rather a low phrase, and too much in the 
familiar style to be proper in a grave treatise. 

I had as lief do it myself, as persuade another to 
do it. 

Of the justness of his measures he convinced his 
opponent by dint of argument. 

He is not a whit better than those whom he so 
liberally condemns. 

He stands upon security, and will not liberate 
him till it be obtained. 

The meaning of the phrase, as I take it, is very 
different from the common acceptation. 

The favourable moment should be embraced , 
for he does not hold long in one mind. 

He exposed himself so much amongst the people, 
that he had like to have gotten one or two broken 
heads. 

He was very dexterous in smelling out the views 
and designs of others. 



Propriety.') perspicuity, &c. 185 

If his education was but a little taken care of, he 
might be very useful amongst his neighbours. 

He might have perceived, with half an eye, the 
difficulties to which his conduct exposed him. 

If I happen to have a little leisure upon my hands 
to-morrow, I intend to pay them a short visit. 

This performance is much at one with the other. 

The scene was new, and he was seized with 
wonderment at all he saw. 

SECT. II. 

(3.) Supply words that are wanting. " Arbitrary power I look 
upon as a greater evil than anarchy itself, as much as a savage is 
a happier state of life than a slave at the oar:" it should have 
been, " as much as the state of a savage is happier than that of a 
slave at the oar." " He has not treated this subject liberally, by 
the views of others as well as his own;" "By adverting to the 
views of others," would have been better. " This generous ac- 
tion greatly increased his former services ;" it should have been, 
" greatly increased the merit of his former services." " By 
the pleasures of the imagination or fancy (which I shall use pro- 
miscuously) I here mean," &c. This passage ought to have had 
the word " terms" supplied, which would have made it correct : 
"terms which I shall use promiscuously." 

The repetition of articles and prepositions is proper, when we 
intend to point out the objects of which we speak, as distinguish- 
ed from each other, or in contrast ; and when we wish that the 
reader's attention should rest on that distinction ; as, " Our sight 
is at once the most delightful, and the most useful of all our senses.' 

Let us consider the works of nature and art, with 
proper attention. 

He is engaged in a treatise on the interests oi 
the soul and body. 

Some productions of nature rise in value, ac- 
cording as they more or less resemble those of art. 
The Latin tongue, in its purity, was never in this 
island. 

For some centuries, there was a constant inter- 
course between France and England, by the do- 
minions we possessed there, and the conquests we 
made. 

0. 



186 exercises. (Propriety. 

He is impressed with a true sense of that func- 
tion, when chosen from a regard to the interests 
of piety and virtue. 

The wise and foolish, the virtuous and the vile, 
the learned and ignorant, the temperate and prof- 
ligate, must often, like the wheat and tares, he 
blended together. 

SECT. III. 

(4.) In the same sentence, be careful not to use the same word 
too frequently, nor in different senses. " One may have an air 
which proceeds from a just sufficiency and knowledge of the matter 
before him, which may naturally produce some motions of his 
head and body, which might become the bench better than the 
bar." 

The pronoun which is here thrice used, in such a manner as to 
throw obscurity over the sentence. 

" Gregory favoured the undertaking, for no other reason than 
this, tnat the manager, in countenance, favoured his friend." It 
should have been, " resembled his friend." 

" Cnarity expands our hearts in love to God and man : it is by 
the virtue of charity that the rich are blessed, and the poor sup- 
plied." In this sentence, the word " charity" is improperly used 
in two different senses ; for the highest benevolence, and for alms- 
giving. 

An eloquent speaker may give more, but cannot 
give more convincing arguments, than this plain 
man offered. 

They # were persons of very moderate intellects, 
even before they were impaired by their passions. 

True wit is nature dressed to advantage ; and yet 
some works have more wit than does them good. 

The sharks, who prey upon the inadvertency ol 
young heirs, are more pardonable than those, who 
trespass upon the good opinion of those, who treat 
them with great confidence and respect. 

Honour teaches us properly to respect ourselves, 
and to violate no right or privilege of our neigh- 
bour: it leads us to support the feeble, to relieve 
the distressed, and to scorn to be sroverned by de- 



ty.) perspicuity, &c. 187 

grading" and injurious passions: and yet we see 
honour is the motive which urges the destroyer to 
take the life of his friend. 

He will be always with you, to support and com- 
fort you, and in some measure to succeed your la- 
bours ; and he will also be with all his faithful 
ministers, who shall succeed you in his service. 

SECT. IV. 

(5.) Avoid the injudicious use of technical terms.* To inform 
those who do not understand sea-phrases, that " We tacked to the 
larboard, and stood off to sea," would be expressing ourselves 
very obscurely. Technical phrases not being in current use, but 
only the peculiar dialect of a particular class, we should never 
use them but when we know they will be understood. 

Most of our hands were asleep in their births, 
when the vessel shipped a sea, that carried away 
our pinnace and binnacle. Our dead-lights were 
in, or we should have filled. The mainmast was 
so sprung, that we were obliged to fish it, and bear 
away for Lisbon. 

The book is very- neatly printed : the scale- 
boarding is ample and regular, and the register 
exact. 

SECT. V. 

(6.) Avoid equivocal or ambiguous words. The following 
sentences are exceptionable in this respect. "As for such ani- 
mals as are mortal or noxious, we have a right to destroy them." 
" I long since learned to like nothing but what you do." " He 
aimed at nothing less than the crown," may denote either, " Noth- 
ing was less aimed at by him than the crown," or " Nothing in- 
feriour to the crown could satisfy his ambition." " / will have 

* The examples under this section, and perhaps a few others in 
different parts of the book, may be too difficult for learners to cor- 
rect without assistance; but as some illustration of the rules to 
which they relate, was requisite, they could not properly be omit- 
ted. By an attentive perusal of them, and a subsequent applica- 
tion to the Teacher, or to the Key, the scholar will perceive the 
nature of the rule, and the mode in which similar errours may be 
rectified. 



188 , exercises. (Propriety. 

mercy, and not sacrifice." The first part of this sentence denotes, 
"I will exercise mercy ;" whereas it is in this place employed to 
signify, " I require others to exercise it." The translation should 
therefore have been accommodated to these different meanings. 
"They were both much more ancient among the Persians, than 
Zoroaster or Zerdusht." The or in this sentence is equivocal. 
It serves either as a copulative to synonymous words, or as a dis- 
junctive'of different things. If, therefore, the student should not 
know that Zoroaster and Zerdusht mean the same person, he will 
mistake the sense. "The rising tomb a lofty column bore:" 
" And thus the son the fervent sire addrest." Did the tomb 
bear the column, or the column the tomb ? Did the son address the 
sire, or the sire the son ? 

When our friendship is considered, how is it pos- 
sible that I should not grieve for his loss ? 

The eagle killed the hen, and eat her in her 
own nest. 

It may be justly said, that no laws are better 
than the English. 

The pretenders to polish and refine the English 
language, have chiefly multiplied abuses and ab- 
surdities. 

The English adventurers.^ instead of reclaiming 
the natives from their uncultivated manners, were 
gradually assimilated to the ancient inhabitants, and 
degenerated from the customs of their own nation. 

It has been said, that not only Jesuits can equiv- 
ocate. 

You will not think that these people, when in- 
jured, have the least right to our protection. 

Solomon the son of David, who built the temple 
of Jerusalem, was the richest monarch that reign- 
ed over the Jewish people. 

Solomon the son of David, who was persecuted 
by Saul, was the richest monarch of the Jews. 

It is certain that all words which are signs of com- 
plex ideas, may furnish matter of mistake and cavil. 

Lisias promised to his father, never to abandon 
his friends. 



Propiiely.) perspicuity, &c. 189 

The Divine Being- heapeth favours on his ser- 
vants, ever liberal and faithful. 

Every well instructed scribe, is like a house- 
holder, who bringeth out of his treasure things 
new and old. 

He was willing to spend a hundred or two pounds 
rather than be enslaved. 

Dryden makes a very handsome observation, on 
Ovid's writing a letter from Dido to iEne'as, in the 
following words. 

Imprudent associations disqualify us for the in- 
struction or reproof of others. 

SECT. VI. 

(7.) Avoid unintelligible and inconsistent words or phrases. 
** I have observed," says Steele, " that the superiority among thesr 
coffeehouse politicians, proceeds from an opinion of gallantry and 
fashion." This sentence, considered in itself, evidently conveys 
no meaning. First, it is not said whose opinion, their own, or 
that of others: Secondly, it is not said what opinion, or of what 
sort, favourable or unfavourable, true or false, but in general, " an 
opinion of gallantry and fashion," which contains no definite ex- 
pression of any meaning. With the joint assistance of the con- 
text, reflection, and conjecture, we shall perhaps conclude that 
the author intended to say, " That the rank among these poli- 
ticians was determined by the opinion generally entertained of the 
rank, in point of gallantry and fashion, that each of them had at 
tained." 

I seldom see a noble building, or any great piece 
of magnificence and pomp, but I think, how little- 
is all this to satisfy the ambition, or to fill the idea, 
of an immortal soul ! 

A poet, speaking of the universal deluge, says; 

Yet when that flood in its own depth was drown'd, 
It left behind it false and slipp'ry ground. 

The author of the Spectator says, that a man is 
not qualified for a bust, who has not a good deal of 
wit and vivacity, even in the ridiculous side of his 
character. 



190 exercises. (Propriety. 

And Be-zal e-el made the laver of brass, and the 
foot of it of brass, of the looking-glasses of the 
women. 

And,in the lowest deep, a lower deep 
Still threat'ning to devour me, opens wide. 

SECT. VII. 

(8.) The 7th and last rule for preserving propriety in our 
words and phrases, is, to avoid all those which are not adapted to 
the ideas we mean to communicate ; or which are less significant 
than others, of those ideas. " He feels any sorrow thaL can ar- 
rive at man;" better "happen to man." " The conscience of ap- 
proving one's self a benefactor, is the best recompense for being 
so ;" it should have been " consciousness." He firmly believed 
the divine precept, " There is not a sparrow falls to the ground," 
&c. It should have been " doctrine." 

" It is but opening the eye, and the scene enters." A scene 
cannot be said to enter : an actor enters ; but a scene appears or 
presents itself. 

"We immediately assent to the beauty of an object, without 
inquiring into the causes of it:" it is proper to say, that we assent 
to the truth of a proposition ; but it cannot so well be said, that 
we assent to the beauty of an object. Acknowledge would have 
expressed the sense with propriety. 

No less than two hundred scholars have been 
educated in that school. 

The attempt, however laudable, was found to 
be impracticable. 

He is our mutual benefactor, and deserves our 
respect and obedience. 

Vivacity is often promoted, by presenting a sen- 
sible object to the mind, instead of an intelligible 
one. 

They broke down the banks, and the country 
was soon overflown. 

The garment was decently formed, and sown 
very neatly. 

The house is a cold one, for it has a north ex- 
position. 

The proposition for each of us to relinquish 



(Propriety. perspicuity, &c. 191 

something, was complied with, and produced a 
cordial reconcilement. 

Though learn'd, well bred ; and though well bred, sincere ; 
Modestly bold, and humanly severe. 

A fop is a risible character, in every one's view 
but his own. 

An action that excites laughter, without any mix- 
ture of contempt, may be called a ridiculous action. 

It is difficult for him to speak three sentences 
together. 

By this expression, I do not intend what some 
persons annex to it. 

The negligence of timely precaution was the 
cause of this great loss. 

All the sophism which has been employed, can- 
not obscure so plain a truth. 

Disputing should always be so managed, as to 
remember that the only end of it is truth. 

My friend was so ill that he could not set up at 
all, but was obliged to lay continually in bed. 

A certain prince, it is said, when he invaded the 
Egyptians, placed, in the front of his army, a num- 
ber of cats and other animals, which were worship- 
ped by those people. A reverence for these phan- 
toms, made the Egyptians lie down their arms, and 
become an easy conquest. 

The presence of the Deity, and the interest such 
an august cause is supposed to take in our concerns, 
is a source of consolation. 

And when they had kindled a fire in the midst 
of the hall, and were set down together, Peter set 
down among them. 

By the slavish disposition of the senate and peo- 
ple of Rome, under the emperours, the wit and elo- 
quence of the age were wholly turned into pane 
gyrick. 



1 92 exercises. (Propriety. 

The refreshment came in seasonably, oefore they 
were laid down to rest. 

We speak that we do know, and testify that we 
have seen. 

They shall flee as the eagle that hasteth to eat 

The wicked fly when no man pursueth : but the 
righteous are bold as a lion. 

A creature of a more exalted kind 

Was wanting yet, and then was man design'd. 

He died with violence ; for he was killed by a 
sword. 

He had scarcely taken the medicine, than he 
began to feel himself relieved. 

No place and no object appear to him void of 
beauty. 

When we fall into a person's conversation, the 
first thing we should consider, is, the intention of it. 

Galileo discovered the telescope ; Hervey in- 
vented the circulation of the blood. 

Philip found an obstacle to the managing of the 
Athenians, from the nature of their dispositions ; 
but the eloquence of Demosthenes was the greatest 
difficulty in his designs. 

A hermit is rigorous in his life ; a judge, austere 
in his sentences. 

A candid man avows his mistake, and is forgiven ; 
a patriot acknowledges his opposition to a bad min- 
ister, and is applauded. 

We have enlarged our family and expenses ; and 
increased our garden and fruit orchard. 

By proper reflection, we may be taught to mend 
what is erroneous and defective. 

The good man is not overcome by disappoint- 
ment, when that which is mortal passes away ; when 
that which is mutable, dies ; and when that which 
he knew to be transient, begins to change. 



Precision.) perspicuity, &c. 193 

CHAPTER III. 

OF PRECISION. 

Precision is the third requisite of perspicuity with respect to 
words and phrases. 

(§)Itsignijies retrenching superfluities, and pruning the expres 
sion, so as to exhibit neither more nor less than an exact copy of 
the person's idea luho uses it. 

The words used to express ideas maybe faulty in three respects. 
1st, They may not express the idea which the author intends, but 
some other which only resembles it; secondly, They may express 
that idea, but not fully and completely; thirdly, They may ex- 
press it, together with something more than is intended. Preci- 
sion stands opposed to these three faults, but chiefly to the last. 
Propriety implies a freedom from the two former faults. The 
words which are used may be proper; that is, they may express 
the idea intended, and they may express it fully; but to be precise, 
signifies that they express that idea and no more. 

(1 J.) The great source of a loose style in opposition to preci- 
sion, is the injudicious use of the words termed synonymous. 
They are called synonymous, because they agree in expressing 
one principal idea; but, for the most part, if not always, they ex- 
press it with some diversity in the circumstances. 

The following instances show a difference in the meaning of 
words reputed synonymous, and point out the use of attending, 
with care and strictness, to the exact import of words. 

Custom, habit. — Custom, respects the action ; habit, the actor. 
By custom, we mean the frequent repetition of the same act; by 
habit, the effect which that repetition produces on the mind or 
body. By the custom of walking often in the streets, one acquires 
a habit of idleness. 

Pride, vanity. — Pride, makes us esteem ourselves; vanity.makes 
us desire the esteem of others. It is just to say, that a man is too 
proud to be vain. 

Haughtiness, disdain. — Haughtiness, is founded on the high 
opinion we entertain of ourselves; disdain, on the low opinion we 
have &f others. 

Only, alone. — Only, imports that there is no other of the same 
kind ; alone, imports being accompanied by no other. An only 
child, is one that has neither brother nor sister ; a child alone, is 
one who is left by itself. There is a difference, therefore, in pre- 
cise language, between these two phrases : " Virtue only makes us 
happy;" and "Virtue alone makes us happy." 

Wisdom, prudence. — Wisdom, leads us to speak and act what 
is most proper. Prudence, prevents our speaking or acting im- 
properly. 

Entire, complete. — A thing is entire, by wanting none uf its 
parts : complete, by wanting none of the appendages that belong 

R 



194 exercises. {Precision 

to it. A man may have an entire house to himself, and yet not 
have one complete apartment. 

Surprised, astonished, amazed, confounded. — I am surprised 
with what is new or unexpected ; I am astonished at what is vast 
or great ; lam amazed at what is incomprehensible; 1 am con- 
founded by what is shocking or terrible. 

Tranquillity, peace, calm. — Tranquillity, respects a situation 
free from trouble, considered in itself; peace, the same situation 
with respect to any causes that might interrupt it; calm, with 
regard to a disturbed situation going before or following it- A 
good man enjoys tranquillity, in himself; peace, with others; and 
calm, after the storm. 

While we are attending to precision, we must be on our guard, 
lest, from the desire of pruning too closely, we retrench all co- 
piousness. To unite copiousness and precision, to be full and 
easy, and at the same time correct and exact in the choice of 
every word, is,no doubt,one of the highest and most difficult at- 
tainments in writing. 

This great politician desisted from, and renounc- 
ed his designs, when he found them impracticable. 

He was of so high and independent a spirit, that 
he abhorred and detested being in debt. 

Though raised to an exalted station, she was a 
pattern of piety, virtue, and religion. 

The human body may be divided into the head, 
trunk, limbs, and vitals. 

His end soon approached ; and he died with great 
courage and fortitude. 

He was a man of so much pride and vanity, that 
he despised the sentiments of others. 

Poverty induces and cherishes dependence ; and 
dependence strengthens and increases corruption. 

This man, on all occasions, treated his inferiour* 
with great haughtiness and disdain. 

There can be no regularity or order in the life 
and conduct of that man, who does not give and 
allot a due share of his time, to retirement and 
reflection. 

Such equivocal and ambiguous expressions, mark 
a formed intention to deceive and abuse us. 



Clearness.) perspicuit\, &c. 195 

His cheerf ll, happy temper, remote from dis- 
content, keeps up a kind of daylight in his mind, 
excludes every gloomy prospect, and fills it with a 
steady and perpetual serenity. 

PART II. 

Of Perspicuity and Accuracy of Expression, with respect to the 
Construction of Sentences. 

Sentences, in general, should neither be very long, nor very 
short: long ones require close attention to make us clearly per- 
ceive the connexion of the several parts ; and short ones are apt 
to break the sense, and weaken the connexion of thought. Yet 
occasionally they may both be used with force and propriety. 

A train of sentences, constructed in the same manner, and with 
the same number of members, should never be allowed to succeed 
one another. A long succession of either long or short sentences 
should also be avoided ; for the ear tires of either of them when 
too long continued. 

Whereas, by a proper mixture of long and short periods and of 
periods variously constructed, not only the ear is gratified ; but 
animation and force are given to our style. 

We now proceed to consider the things most essential to an ac- 
curate and a perfect sentence. They appear to be the four follow- 
ing : 1. CLEARNESS. 2. UNITY. 3. STRENGTH. 4. A JU- 
DICIOUS USE OF THE FIGURES OF SPEECH. 

CHAPTER I. 

OF THE CLEARNESS OF A SENTENCE. 

Purity, propriety, and precision, in words and phrases separately 
considered, have already been explained, and shown to be neces- 
sary to perspicuous and accurate writing. The just relation of 
sentences, and the parts of sentences, to one another, and the due 
arrangement of the whole, are the subjects which remain to be 
discussed. 

The first requisite of a perfect sentence is clearness. 

Wbatever leaves the mind in any sort of suspense as to the 
meaning, ought to be avoided. Obscurity arises from two causes; 
either from a wrong choice of words, or a wrong arrangement of 
them. The choice of words and phrases, as far as regards perspi- 
cuity, has been already considered. The disposition of them 
comes now under consideration. 

The first thing to be studied here, is grammatical propriety. But 
as the grammar of our language is comparatively not extensive, 
there may he an obscure order of words, where there is no trans- 



196 exercises. (Clearness. 

gression of any grammatical rule. The relations of words, or 
members of a period, are, with us, ascertained only by the posi- 
tion in which they stand. 

(11.) Hence a capital rule in the arrangement of sentences is, 
that the words or members, most clearly related, should be placed 
in the sentence as near to each other as possible, so as to make 
their mutual relation clearly appear. It will be proper to produce 
some instances, in order to show the importance of this rule. 

SECT. I. 

(12.) In the position of adverbs. " The Romans understooa 
liberty, ai least, as well as we." These words are capable of two 
different senses, according as the emphasis, in reading them, is 
laid upon liberty, or upon at least. The words should have been 
thus arranged : "The Romans understood liberty as well, at least, 
as we." 

Hence the impossibility appears, that an under- 
taking managed so, should prove successful. 

May not we here say with the poet, that " virtue 
is its own reward?" 

Had he died before, would not then this art have 
been wholly unknown ? 

Not to exasperate him, I only spoke a very few 
words. 

The works of art receive a great advantage, from 
the resemblance which they have to those of na- 
ture; because here the similitude is not only pleas- 
ant, but the pattern is perfect. 

It may be proper to give some account of those 
practices, anciently used on such occasions, and 
only discontinued through the neglect and degeik- 
eracy of later times. 

Sixtus the fourth was, if I mistake not, a great 
collector of books at least. 

If Louis XIV. was not the greatest king, he wn« 
the best actor of majesty, at least, that ever tille. 
a throne. 

These forms of conversation, by degrees, multi 
plied and grew troublesome. 

Nor does this false modesty expose us only t« 



Clearness.) perspicuity, &c. 197 

such actions as are indiscreet, but very often to 
such as are highly criminal. 

By greatness, I do not only mean the bulk of any 
single object, but the largeness of a whole view. 

I was engaged formerly in that business, but I 
never shall be again concerned in it. 

We do those things frequently, which we repent 
of afterwards. 

By doing the same thing, it often becomes habit- 
ual. 

Most nations, not even excepting the Jews, were 
prone to idolatry. 

Raised to greatness without merit, he employed 
his power for the gratification solely of his passions. 
SECT. II. 

(13.) In the position of circumstances, and of particular, 
members. 

An author, in his dissertation on parties, thus expresses him- 
self: " Are these designs which any man, who is born a Briton, 
in any circumstances, in any situation, ought to be ashamed or 
afraid to avow?" Here we are left at a loss, whether thest 
words, " in any circumstances, in any situation," are connected 
with " a man born in Britain, in any circumstances or situation," 
or with that man's "avowing his designs in any circumstances ci 
situation into which he may be brought." As it is probable thai 
the latter was intended, the arrangement ought to have been con- 
ducted thus : " Are these designs which any man, who is born a 
Briton, ought to be ashamed or afraid, in any situation, in any cir- 
cumstances, to avow?" 

(14.) It is a rule, too, never to crowd many circumstances to- 
gether, but rather to intersperse them in different parts of the sen- 
tence, joined with the principal words on which they depend. For 
instance: "What 1 had the opportunity of mentioning to my 
friend, some time ago, in conversation, was not a new thought." 
These two circumstances, "some time ago,'" and "in conversation," 
which are here put together, would have had a better effect dis- 
joined, thus : "What I bad the opportunity, sometime ago, of 
mentioning to my friend in conversation, was not a new thought. 1 

(15.) Words expressing tilings connected in (he thought, 
ought to be placed as near together as possible, even when th> it- 
separation would convey no ambiguity. This will be seen in the 
following passages from Addison. " For the Fnglish are natural- 



198 exerctses. [Clearness 

ly fanciful, and very often disposed, by that gloominess and melan- 
choly of temper which are so frequent in our nation, to many 
wild notions and extravagancies, to which others are not so lia- 
ble." Here the veil) or assertion is, by a pretty long circumstance, 
separated from the subject to which it refer?. This might have 
been easily prevented, by placing the circumstance before the 
verb, thus : '• For the English are naturally fanciful, and b) that 
gloominess and melancholy of temper which are so frequent in our 
nation, are often disposed to many wild notions," Arc. 

(16.) From these examples, the following observations v. i] re- 
cur: that a circumstance ought never to be placed between turn 
capital members of a period; but either between the parts <>t iue 
member to which it belongs, or in such a manner as mill eonfint it 
toils proper member. When the sense admits it, the sooner a cir- 
cumstance is introduced, generally speaking, the better, that the 
more important and significant wor<;s may possess the last place, 
quite disencumbered. The following sentence is, in this respect, 
faulty. "The Emperour was so intent on the establishment ni his 
absolute power in Hungary, that he exposed the empire doubly to 
desolation and ruin for the sake of it." Better thus: "That, for 
the sake of it, he exposed the empire doubly to desolation and ruin." 

(17.) This appears to be a proper place to observe, that u-hen 
different things have an obvious relation to each other, in resj>cct 
to the order of nature or time, that order should be regarded, in 
assigning them their places in the sentence; unless the scope of 
the passages require it to be varied. The conclusion of the fol- 
lowing lines is inaccurate in this respect : "But still there will be 
such a mixture of delight, as is proportioned to the degree in 
which any one of these qualifications is most conspicuous and ]>;<'- 
vailing." The order in which the two last words are placed, 
should have been reversed, and made to stand, prevailing and 
conspicuous. — They are conspicuous, because they prevail. 

The embarrassments of the artificers, rendered 
the progress very slow of the work. 

He found the place replete with wonders, of 
which he proposed to solace himself with the con- 
templation, if he should never be able to accom- 
plish his flight. 

They are now engaged in a study, ot which they 
have long wished to know the usefulness. 

This was an undertaking, which, in the execu- 
tion, proved as impracticable, as had turned out 
every other of their pernicious, yet abortive 
schemes. 



Clearness.) perspicuity, &c. 199 

He thought that the pres'byters would soon be- 
come more dangerous to the magistrates, than had 
ever been the prelatical clergy. 

Frederick, seeing it was impossible to trust, with 
safety, his life in their hands, was obliged to take 
the Mahometans for his guard. 

The emperour refused to convert, at once, the 
truce into a definitive treaty. 

However, the miserable remains were, in the 
night, taken down. 

I have settled the meaning of those pleasures of 
the imagination, which are the subject of my pres- 
ent undertaking, by way of introduction, in this 
paper ; and endeavoured to recommend the pursuit 
of those pleasures to my readers, by several con- 
siderations : I shall examine the several sources 
from whence these pleasures are derived, in my 
next paper. 

Sir Francis Bacon, in his Essay upon Health, has 
not thought it improper to prescribe to his reader 
a poem, or a prospect, where he particularly dis- 
suades him from knotty and subtle disquisitions; 
and advises him to pursue studies that fill the mind 
with splendid and illustrious objects, as history, 
poetry, and contemplations of nature. 

If the English reader would see the notion ex- 
plained at large, he may find it in Locke's Essay 
on the Human Understanding. 

Fields of corn form a pleasant prospect ; and if 
the walks were a little taken care of that lie be- 
tween them, they would display neatness, regulari- 
ty, and elegance. 

Though religion will indeed bring us under some 
restraints, they are very tolerable, and not only so, 
but desirable on the who!; 1 . 

1 have confined myself to those methods for the 
advancement of piety, which are in the power of 



200 exercises. (Clearness 

a prince, limited like ours, by a strict execution of 
the laws. 

This morning, when one of the gay females was 
looking over some hoods and ribands, brought by 
hor tirewoman, with great care and diligence, I 
employed no less in examining the box which con- 
tained them. 

Since it is necessary that there should be a per- 
petual intercourse of buying and selling, and deal- 
ing upon credit, where fraud is permitted or 
connived at, or has no law to punish it, the honest 
dealer is often undone, and the knave gets the ad- 
vantage. 

Though energetick brevity is not adapted alike to 
every subject, we ought to avoid its contrary, on 
every occasion, a languid redundancy of words. It 
is proper to be copious sometimes, but never to be 
verbose. 

A monarchy, limited like ours, may be placed, 
for aught I know, as it has jpen often represented, 
just in the middle point, from whence a deviation 
leads, on the one hand, to tyranny, and, on the 
other, to anarchy. 

Having already shown how the fancy is affected 
by the works of nature, and afterwards considered, 
in general, both the works of nature and of art, 
how they mutually assist and complete each other, 
in forming such scenes and prospects as are most 
apt to delight the mind of the beholders; I shall in 
this paper throw some reflections, &x. 

Let but one great, brave, disinterested, active 
man arise, and he will be received, venerated, and 
followed 

Ambition creates seditions, wars, discords, ha- 
tred, and shyness. 

The scribes made it their profession to teach and 
to study the law of Moses. 



Clearness.) perspicuity, &c. 201 

Sloth pours upon us a deluge of crimes and evils, 
and saps the foundation of every virtue. 

The ancient laws of Rome were so far from suf- 
fering" a Roman citizen to be put to death, that they 
would not allow him to be bound, or even to be 
whipped. 

His labours to acquire knowledge have been 
productive of great satisfaction and success. 

He was a man of the greatest prudence, virtue, 
justice, and modesty. 

His favour or disapprobation was governed by the 
failure or success ot an enterprise. 

He did every thing in his power to serve his 
benefactor ; and had a grateful sense of the bene- 
fits received. 

Many persons give evident proof, that either 
they do not feel the power of the principles of re- 
ligion, or that they do not believe them. 

As the guilt of an officer will be greater than 
that of a common servant, if he prove negligent; 
so the reward of his fidelity will proportionably be 
greater. 

The comfort annexed to goodness is the pious 
man's strength. It inspires his zeal. It attaches 
his heart to religion. It accelerates his progress ; 
iind supports his constancy. 

SECT. III. 

(18.) In the disposition of the relative pronouns, who, which, 
what, whose- and of all those particles which express the connexion 
of the parti of speech with one another. 

A small errour in the position of these words may cloud the 
meaning of the whole sentence ; and even where the meaning is 
intelligible, we always find something awkward and disjointed in 
the structure of the sentence, when these relatives are out ol' their 
proper place. "This kind of wit'' says an author, " was very 
much in vogue among our countrymen, about an age nrtwo ago; 
mho did not practise it for any oblique reason, but purely for the 
sake of being witty." We arc at no loss about the meaning here ; 



202 exercises. (Clearness. 

but the construction would evidently be mended by disposing the 
circumstance, " about an age or two ago," in such a manner as not 
to separate the relative who from its antecedent our countrymen, 
in this way : " About an age or two ago, this kind of wit was very 
much in vogue among our countrymen, who did not practise it,' 
Sec. 

(19.) With regard to relatives, it may be further observed, that 
obscurity often arises from the too frequent repetition of them, 
particularly of the pronouns who and they, and them and theirs, 
when we have occasion to refer to different persons ; as in the 
following sentence of Tillotson. " Men look with an evil eye 
upon the good that is in others, and think that their reputation 
obscures them, and their commendable qualities stand in tlitir 
liaht; and therefore they do what they can to cast a cloud over 
them, that the bright shining of </ie/rvi)tuesmay not obscure them.'" 
This is altogether careless writing. When we find these personal 
pronouns crowding too fast upon us, we have often no method 
left, but to throw the whole sentence into some other form, which 
may avoid those frequent references to persons who have before 
been mentioned. 

These are the master's rules, who must be obey- 
ed. 

They attacked Northumberland - ^ house, whom 
they put to death. 

He laboured to involve his minister in ruin, wbc 
had been the author of it. 

It is true what he says, but it is not applicable to 
the point. 

The French marched precipitately as to an as- 
sured victory; whereas the English advanced very 
slowly, and discharged such flights of arrows, as did 
great execution. When they drew near the arch- 
ers, perceiving that they were out of breath, they 
charged them with great vigour. 

He was taking a view, from a window, of the 
cathe'dral in Litchfield, where a party of the royal- 
ists had fortified themselves. 

We no where meet with a more splendid or 
pleasing show in nature, than what appears in the 
heavens at the rising and sotting of the sun, which 
is wholly made up of those different stains of light. 



Unity.) perspicuity, &c. 1'03 

that show themselves in clouds of a different situa- 
tion. 

There will be found a round million of creatures 
in human figure, throughout this kingdom, Avhose 
whole subsistence, &c. 

It is the custom of the Mahometans, if they see 
any printed or written paper upon the ground, to 
take it up, and lay it aside carefully, as not knowing 
but it may contain some piece of their Alcoran. 

The laws of nature are, truly, what lord Bacon 
styles his aphorisms, laws of laws. Civil laws are 
always imperfect, and often false deductions from 
them, or applications of them ; nay, they stand, in 
many instances, in direct opposition to them. 

It has not a word, says Pope, but what the author 
religiously thinks in it. 

Many act so directly contrary to this method, 
that, from a habit of saving time and paper, which 
they acquired at the university, they write in so 
diminutive a manner, that they can hardly read 
what they have written. 

Thus I have fairly given you my own opinion, 
as well as that of a great majority of both houses 
here, relating to this weighty affair; upon which 
I am confident you may securely reckon. 

If v r e trace a youth from the earliest period of 
life, who has been well educated, we shall perceive 
the wisdom of the maxims here recommended. 

CHAPTER II. 

OP THE UNITY OF A SENTENCE. 

The second requisite of a perfect sentence, is its Unity. 

In every composition, there is always some connecting principle 
among the parts. Some one object must reign and be predominant. 
But most of all, in a single sentence, is required the strictest unity. 
For the very nature of a sentence implies that one propositi.!) is 
expressed. It may consist of parts indeed, but these paits mufi 
be so closely bound together, as to make the impression upon the 



204 exercises. ( Unity. 

mind of one object, not of many. To preserve this unity of a sen- 
tence, the following rules must be observed. 

SECT. T. 

(20.) In the first place, During the course of the sentence, tin 
scene should be changed as little as possible. We should not be 
hurried by sudden transitions from person to person, nor from 
subject to subject. There is commonly, in every sentence, some 
person or thing which is the governing word. This should be 
continued so, if possible, from the beginning to the end of it. 

The following sentence varies from this rule : " After we came 
to anchor, they put me on shore, where I was welcomed by all 
my friends, who received me with the greatest kindness." In this 
sentence, though the objects contained in it have a sufficient con- 
nexion with each other, yet, by this manner of representing 
them, by shifting so often both the place and the person, we and 
they, and / and who, they appear in so disunited a view, that the 
sense of connexion is much impaired. The sentence is restored 
to its proper unity, by turning it after the following manner. 
" Having come to an anchor, I was put on shore, where I was 
welcomed by all my friends, and received with the greatest kind- 
ness." 

A short time after this injury, he came to him- 
self; and the next day, they put him on board a 
ship, which conveyed him first to Corinth, and 
thence to the island of Egina. 

The Britons, daily harassed by cruel inroads from 
the Picts, were forced to call in the Saxons for 
their defence : who consequently reduced the 
greater part of the island to their own power; 
drove the Britons into the most remote and moun- 
tainous parts ; and the rest of the country, in cus- 
toms, religion, and language, became wholly sub- 
ject to the Saxons. 

By eagerness of temper, and precipitancy of in- 
dulgence, men forfeit all the advantages which pa- 
tience would have procured ; and, by this means, 
the opposite evils are incurred to their lull extent. 

This prostitution of praise does not only affect the 
gross of mankind, who take their notion of charac- 
ters from the learned ; but also the better sort must 



Unity.) perspicuity, &c. 205 

by this means, lose some part at least of their de- 
sire of fame, when they find it promiscuously be 
stowed on the meritorious and undeserving-. 

All the precautions of prudence, moderation, and 
condescension, which Eumenes employed, were in- 
capable of mollifying the hearts of those barba- 
rians, and of extinguishing their jealousy; and he 
must have renounced his merit and virtue which 
occasioned it, to have been capable of appeasing 
them. 

He who performs every employment in its due 
place and season, suffers no part of time to escape 
without profit ; and thus his days become multi- 
plied ; and much of life is enjoyed in little space. 

Desires of pleasure usher in temptation, and the 
growth of disorderly passions is forwarded. 

SECT. II. 

(21.) A second rule under the head of unity, is, Never to crowd 
into one sentence, things which have so little connexion, that they 
could bear to be divided into two or three sentences. 

The violation of this rule tends so much to perplex and ob- 
scure, that it is safer to err by too many short sentences, than by 
one that is overloaded and embarrassed. Examples abound in 
authors. ** Archbishop Tillotson," says an author, " died in this 
year. He was exceedingly beloved by king William and queen 
Mary, who nominated Dr. Tennison, bishop of Lincoln, to suc- 
ceed him." Who would expect the latter part of this sentence 
to follow in consequence of the former ? "He was exceedingly 
beloved by both king and queen," is the proposition of the sen- 
tence. We look for some proof of this, or at least something relat- 
ed to it to follow ; when we are on a sudden carried off to a new 
proposition. 

The notions of lord Sunderland were always 
good ; but he was a man of great expense. 

In this uneasy state, both of his publick and pri- 
vate life, Cicero was oppressed by a new and do op 
affliction, the death of his beloved daughter Tullia , 
which happened soon after her divorce from Dola- 



206 exercises. {Unity. 

bella; whose manners and humours were entirely 
disagreeable to her. 

The sun approaching melts the snow, and breaks 
the icy fetters of the main, where vast sea-monsters 
pierce through floating islands, with arms which 
can withstand the crystal rock ; whilst others, that 
of themselves seem great as islands, are, by their 
bulk alone, armed against all but man, whose su- 
periority over creatures of such stupendous size 
and force, should make him mindful of his privilege 
of reason ; and force him humbly to adore the great 
Composer of these wondrous frames, and the Au- 
thor of his own superiour wisdom. 

I single Strada out among the moderns, because 
he had the foolish presumption to censure Tacitus, 
and to write history himself; and my friend will 
forgive this snort excursion in honour of a favourite 
writer. 

Boast not thyself of to-morrow ; thou knowest 
not what a day may bring forth : and, for the same 
reason, despair not of to-morrow ; for it may bring 
forth good as well as evil ; which is a ground for 
not vexing thyself with imaginary fears ; for the 
impending black cloud, which is regarded with so 
much dread, may pass by harmless : or though it 
should discharge the storm, yet before it breaks, 
thou mayst be lodged in that lowly mansion which 
no storms ever touch. 

SECT. III. 

(22.) A third rule for preserving the unity of sentences, is, to 
keep clear of all unnecessary parentheses. 

On some occasions, when the sense is not too long suspended 
by them, and when they are introduced in a proper place, they 
may add both to the vivacity and to the energy of the sentence. 
But for the most part their effect is extremely bad. They are 
wheels within wheels; sentences in the midst of sentences ; the 
perplexed method of disposing of some thought, which a writei 
wants judgment to introduce in its proper place. 



Strength.) perspicuity, &c. 207 

Disappointments will often happen to the best and 
wisest men, (not through any imprudence of theirs, 
nor even through the malice or ill design of oth- 
ers ; but merely in consequence of some of those 
cross incidents of life which could not be foreseen,) 
and sometimes to the wisest and best concerted 
plans. 

Without some degree of patience exercised un- 
der injuries, (as offences and retaliations would 
succeed to one another in endless train,) human life 
would be rendered a state of perpetual hostility. 

Never delay till to-morrow, (for to-morrow is 
not yours; and though you should live to enjoy it, 
you must not overload it with a burden not its own,) 
what reason and conscience tell you ought to be 
performed to-day. 

We must not imagine that there is, in true reli- 
gion, any thing which overcasts the mind with sul- 
len gloom and melancholy austerity, (for false ideas 
may be entertained of religion, as false and imper- 
fect conceptions of virtue have often prevailed in 
the world,) or which derogates from that esteem 
which men are generally disposed to yield to ex- 
emplary virtues. 

CHAPTER III. 

OP^ THE STRENGTH OF A SENTENCE. 

The third requisite of a perfect sentence, is, Strength. 

By this is meant such a disposition and management of the 
several words and members, as shall bring out tbe sense to tbe 
best advantage, and give every word and every member, its due 
weight and force. 

A sentence may be clear, it may also be compact in all its 
parts, or have tbe requisite unity, and yet, by some circumstance 
in the structure, it may fail in tbat strength of impression, which 
a better management would have produced. 

SECT. I. 

(23.) Thejirst rule for promoting the strength of a sentence, is 
to prune it of all redundant words and members. 



fl 08 exercises. [Strength 

It is a general maxim, mat any words which do not add some 
mportance to the meaning of a sentence, always injure it. Care 
j tiould therefore be exercised with respect to synonymous words, 
expletives, circumlocutions, tautologies, and the expressions ol 
unnecessary circumstances. The attention becomes remiss, 
when words are multiplied without a correspondent multiplication 
of ideas. " Content with deserving a triumph, he refused the 
honour of it," is better language than to say, "Being conten 
with deserving it," &c. 

" In the Attick commonwealth," says an author, " it was the 
privilege and birthright of every citizen and poet, to rail aloud 
and in publick." Better simply thus : " In the Attick common 
wealth, it was the privilege of every citizen to rail in publick." 

It is six months ago, since I paid a visit to my 
relations. 

Suspend your censure so long, till your judgment 
on the subject can be wisely formed. 

The reason why he acted in the manner he did, 
was not fully explained. 

If I were to give a reason for their looking so 
well, it would be because they rise early. 

If I mistake not, I think he is improved, both in 
knowledge and behaviour. 

Those two boys appear to be both equal in ca- 
pacity. 

Whenever he sees me, he always inquires con 
cerning his friends. 

The reason of his conduct will be accounted foi 
in the conclusion of this narrative. 

I hope this is the last time that I shall ever act 
so imprudently. 

The reason of his sudden departure, was on ac- 
count of the case not admitting of delay. 

The people gained nothing farther by this step, 
but only to suspend their misery. 

I have here supposed that the reader is acquaint- 
ed with that great modern discovery, which is, at 
present, universally acknowledged by all the in- 
quirers into natural philosophy. 

There pre few words in the English language, 



h.) PERSPICUITY, &c. 209 

which are employed in a more loose and uncircum- 
scribed sense, than those of the fancy and the ima- 
gination. 

I intend to make use of these words in the thread 
of my following speculations, that the reader may 
conceive rightly what is the subject upon which I 
proceed. 

Commend me to an argument that, like a flail, 
there is no fence against it. 

How many are there, by whom these tidings of 
good news were never heard ! 

These points have been illustrated in so plain 
and evident a manner, that the perusal of the book 
has given me pleasure and satisfaction. 

However clear and obvious the conduct which 
he ought to have pursued, he had not courage and 
resolution to set about it. 

I was much moved on this occasion, and left the 
place full of a great many serious reflections. 

They are of those that rebel against the light : 
they know not the ways thereof, nor abide in the 
paths thereof 

This measure may afford some profit, and furnish 
some amusement. 

By a multiplicity and variety of words, the 
thoughts and sentiments are not set off and accom- 
modated; but, like David dressed out and equipped 
in Saul's armour, they are encumbered and oppress- 
ed. 

Although he was closely occupied with the af- 
fairs of the nation, nevertheless he did not neglect 
the concerns of his friends. 

Whereas, on the other hand, supposing that se- 
crecy had been enjoined, his conduct was very cul- 
pable. 

Less capacity is required for this business, but 
more time is necessary. 
S 



210 exercises. (Strength. 

He did not mention Leonora, nor that her father 
was dead. 

The combatants encountered each other with 
such rage, that, being eager only to assail, and 
thoughtless of making any defence, they both fell 
dead upon the field together. 

I shall, in the first place, begin with remarking 
the defects, and shall then proceed afterwards to 
describe the excellences, of this plan of education. 

Numberless orders of beings, which are to us un- 
known, people the wide extent of the universe. 

His extraordinary beauty was such, that it struck 
observers with admiration. 

Thought and language act and re-act upon each 
other mutually. 

Their interests were dependent upon, and insep- 
arably connected with each other. 

While you employ all the circumspection and 
vigilance which reason can suggest, let your pray- 
ers, at the same time, continually ascend to heaven 
for support and aid. 

SECT. II. 

(24.) After removing superfluities, the second rule for promoting 
the strength of a sentence, is, to attend particularly to the use of 
copulatives, relatives, and all the particles employed for transition 
and < onnexion. 

These little words, but, and, or, which, whose, where, then, 
herefore, because, Sec. are frequently the most important words 
of any ; they are the joints or hinges upon which all sentences 
turn; and, of course, much of their strength must depend upon 
such particles. The varieties in using them are, indeed, so many, 
that no particular system of rules respecting them can be given. 

The enemy said, 1 will pursue, and I will over- 
take, and I will divide the spoil. 

While the earth remaineth, seed-time and har- 
vest, cold, heat, summer, winter, day and night, 
shall not cease. 

A man should endeavour to make the sphere of 



Strength.) perspicuity, &,c 211 

his innocent pleasures as wide as possible, that he 
may retire into them with safety, and find in them 
such a satisfaction as a wise man would not blush to 
take. Of this nature are those of the imagination. 

The army was composed of Grecians, Carians, 
Lycians, Pamphylians, and Phrygians. 

The body of this animal was strong, and propor- 
tionable, and beautiful. 

There is nothing which promotes knowledge 
more than steady application, and a habit of obser- 
vation. 

Though virtue borrows no assistance from, yet 
it may often be accompanied by, the advantages of 
fortune. 

The knowledge he has acquired, and the habits 
of application he possesses, will probably render 
him very useful. 

Their idleness, and their luxury and pleasures, 
their criminal deeds, and their immoderate passions, 
and their timidity and baseness of mind, have de- 
jected them to such a degree, as to make them 
weary of life. 

I was greatly affected, insomuch that I was obliged 
to leave the place, notwithstanding that my as- 
sistance had been pressingly solicited. 

I strenuously opposed those measures, and it was 
not in my power to prevent them. 

I yielded to his solicitation, whilst I perceived 
the necessity of doing so. 

For the wisest purposes, Providence has designed 
ourstate to be checkered with pleasure and pain. In 
this manner let us receive it, and make the best of 
what is appointed to be our lot. 

In the time of prosperit}', he had stored his mind 
with useful knowledge, with good principles, and 
virtuous dispositions. And therefore they remain 
entire, when the days of trouble come. 



212 exercises. [Strength 

He had made considerable advances in knowl- 
edge, but he was very young, and laboured under 
several disadvantages. 

SECT. III. 

(25.) The third rule for promoting the strength of a sentence, 
is, to dispose of the capital word, or words, so that they may make 
the greatest impression. 

That there are, in every sentence, such capital words on which 
the meaning principally rests, every one must see; and that 
these words should possess a conspicuous and distinguished place, 
is eqally plain. For the most part, with us, the important words 
are placed in the beginning of the sentence. So in the following 
passages : " Silver and gold have I none ; but such as I have, 
give I unto thee," &c. " Your fathers, where are they? and the 
prophets, do they live for ever ?" 

Sometimes, however, when we intend to give weight to a sen- 
tence, it is of advantage to suspend the meaning for a little, and 
then bring it out full at the close. " Thus," says an author, " on 
whatever side we contemplate this ancient writer, what principal- 
ly strikes us, is his wonderful invention." 

Some authors greatly invert the natural order of sentences , 
others write mostly in a natural style. Each method has its ad- 
vantages. The inverted possesses strength, dignity, and variety: 
the other, more nature, ease, and simplicity. 

I have considered the subject with a good deal 
of attention, upon which I was desired to communi- 
cate my thoughts. 

Whether a choice altogether unexceptionable 
has, in any country, been made, seems doubtful. 

Let us endeavour to establish to ourselves an in- 
terest in Him, who holds the reins of the whole 
creation in his hands. 

Virgil, who has cast the whole system of Platonick 
philosophy, so far as it relates to the soul of man, 
into beautiful allegories, in the sixth book of his 
iEneid, gives us the punishment, &c. 

And Philip the fourth was obliged, at last, to 
conclude a peace, on terms repugnant to his in- 
clination, to that of his people, to the interest of 
Spain, and to that of all Europe, in the Pyrenean 
treaty. 



Strength.) perspicuity, &x. 213 

It appears that there are, by a late calculation, 
upwards of fifteen millions of inhabitants, in Great 
Britain and Ireland. 

And although persons of a virtuous and learned 
education, may be, and too often are, drawn by the 
temptations of youth, and the opportunities of a large 
fortune^ into some irregularities, when they come 
forward into the great world, it is ever with reluc- 
tance and compunction of mind, because their bias 
to virtue still continues. 

Were instruction an essential circumstance in 
epick poetry, I doubt whether a single instance could 
be given of this species of composition, in any lan- 
guage. 

Some of our most eminent writers have made use 
of this Platonick notion, as far as it regards the sub- 
sistence of our affections after death, with great 
beauty and strength of reason. 

Men of the best sense have been touched, more 
or less, with these groundless horrours and presages 
of futurity, upon surveying the most indifferent 
works of nature. 

He that cometh in the name of the Lord, is 
blessed. 

Every one that puts on the appearance of good- 
ness, is not good. 

And Elias with Moses appeared to them. 

Where are your fathers ? and do the prophets 
live for ever? 

We came to our journey's end at last with no 
small difficulty, after much fatigue, through deep 
roads and bad weather. 

Virgil has justly contested with Homer, the 
praise of judgment; but his invention remains yet 
unrivalled. 

Let us employ our criticism on ourselves, instead 
of beinor criticks on others. 



214 exercises. (Strength 

Let us implore superiour assistance, for enabling 
us to act well our own part, leaving others to be 
judged by Him who searcheth the heart. 

The vehemence of passion, after it has exercised 
its tyrannical sway for a while, may subside by de- 
grees. 

This fallacious art debars us from enjoying life, 
instead of lengthening it. 

Indulging ourselves in imaginary enjoyments, of- 
ten deprives us of real ones. 

How will that nobleman be able to conduct him- 
self, when reduced to poverty, who was educated 
only to magnificence and pleasure ? 

It is highly proper that a man should be acquaint- 
ed with a variety of things, of which the utility is 
above a child's comprehension ; but is it necessary 
a child should learn every thing it behooves a man 
to know ; or is it even possible ? 

When they fall into sudden difficulties, they are 
less perplexed than others in the like circumstan- 
ces ; and when they encounter dangers, they are 
less alarmed. 

For all your actions, you must hereafter give an 
account, and particularly for the employments of 
youth. 

SECT. IV. 

(26.) The fourth rule for promoting the strength of sentences, 
is, that a weaker assertion or proposition should never come after 
a stronger one ; and that, when our sentence consists of two mem 
bers, the longer should, generally, be the concluding one. 

In general, it is agreeable to find a sentence rising upon us, 
and growing in its importance, to the very last word, when this 
construction can be managed without affectation. " If we rise 
yet higher," says Addison, "and consider the fixed stars as so 
many oceans of flame, that are each of them attended with a dif- 
ferent set of planets ; and still discover new firmaments and new 
lights, that are sunk farther in those unfathomable depths of 
ether ; we are lost in such a labyrinth of suns and worlds, and 
confounded with the magnificence and immensity of nature." 



Strength.) perspicuity, &c. 215 

Charity breathes long-suffering to enemies, cour- 
tesy to strangers, habitual kindness towards friends. 

Gentleness ought to diffuse itself over our whole 
behaviour, to form our address, and regulate our 
speech. 

The propensity to look forward into life, is too 
often grossly abused, and immoderately indulged. 

The regular tenour of a virtuous and pious life, 
will prove the best preparation for immortality, for 
old age, and death. 

These rules are intended to teach young persons 
to write with propriety, elegance, and perspicuity. 

Sinful pleasures blast the opening prospects of 
human felicity, and degrade human honour. 

In this state of mind, every employment of life 
becomes an oppressive burden, and every object 
appears gloomy. 

They will acquire different views, by applying 
to the honourable discharge of the functions of 
their station, and entering on a virtuous course of 
action. 

By the perpetual course of dissipation, in which 
sensualists are engaged ; by the riotous revel, and 
the midnight, or rather morning hours, to which 
they prolong their festivity ; by the excesses which 
they indulge ; they debilitate their bodies, cut 
themselves off from the comforts and duties of life, 
and wear out their spirits. 

SECT. V. 

27.) The fifth rule for the strength of sentences, is, to avoid 
concluding them with an adverb, a preposition, or any inconsid- 
erable word, unless it be emphatical. 

Agreeally to this rule, we should not conclude with any of the 
particles, of, to, from, with, by. For instance, it is a great deal 
better to say, " Avarice is a crime of which wise men are often 
guilty," than to say, " Avarice is a crime which wise men are 
often guilty of." This is a phraseology which all correct writers 
shun; and with reason. For as the mind cannot help resting a 



216 exercises. (Stiength. 

little, on the import of the word which closes the sentence, it 
must be disagreeable to be left pausingon a word, which does not, 
by itself, produce any idea. 

By what I have already expressed, the reader 
will perceive the business which I am to proceed 
upon. 

May the happy message be applied to us, in all 
the virtue, strength, and comfort of it. 

Generosity is a showy virtue, which many per 
sons are very fond of. 

These arguments were, without hesitation, and 
with great eagerness, laid hold of. 

It is proper to be long in deliberating; but we 
should speedily execute. 

Form your measures with prudence ; but all 
anxiety about the issue divest yourselves of. 

We are struck, we know not how, with the sym- 
metry of any thing we see ; and immediately ac- 
knowledge the beauty of an object, without inquir 
ing into the particular causes and occasions of it. 

With Cicero's writings, these persons are more 
conversant, than with those of Demosthenes, who, 
by many degrees, excelled the other ; at least, as 
an orator. 

SECT. VI. 

(28.) The sixth rule relating to the strength of a sentence, is, 
that, in the members of a sentence, where two things are compared 
or contrasted with one another, where either a resemblance or an 
opposition is intended to be expressed ; some resemblance, in the 
language and construction, should be preserved. For when the 
things themselves correspond to each other, we naturally expect to 
Jind a similar correspondence in the words. 

The following passage from Pope's Preface to his Homer, fully 
exemplifies the rule just given : " Homer was the greater genius; 
Viigil, the better artist: in the one, we most admire the 
man ; in the other, the work. Homer hurries us with a 
commanding impetuosity; Virgil leads us with an attractive 
majesty. Homer scatters with a generous profusion; Virgil 
bestows with a careful magnificence. Homer, like the Nile 
pours out his riches with a sudden overflow • Virgil, like a 



Strength.) persficuity, Sic. 2l7 

river in its banks, with a constant stream." — Periods thus con- 
structed, when introduced with propriety, and not returning too 
often, have a sensible beauty. But we must beware of carrying 
our attention to this beauty too far. It ought only to be occa- 
sionally studied, when comparison or opposition of objects nat- 
urally leads to it. If such a construction as this be aimed at, in 
all our sentences, it leads to a disagreeable uniformity; produces 
a regularly returning clink in the period, which tires the ear; and 
plainly discovers affectation. 

Our British gardeners, instead of humouring- n ■* ■ 
ture, love to deviate from it as much as possible. 

I have observed of late the style of some great 
ministers, very much to exceed that of any other 
productions. 

The old may inform the young ; and the young 
may animate those who are advanced in life. 

The account is generally balanced ; for what 
we are losers on the one hand, we gain on the other. 

The laughers will be for those who have most 
wit ; the serious part of mankind, for those who 
have most reason on their side. 

If men of eminence are exposed to censure on 
the one hand, they are as much liable to flattery 
on the other. If they receive reproaches which 
are not due to them, they likewise receive praises 
which they do not deserve. 

He can bribe, but he is not able to seduce. He 
can buy, but he has not the power of gaining. He 
can lie, but no one is deceived by him. 

He embraced the cause of liberty faintly, and 
pursued it without resolution ; he grew tired of it, 
when he had much to hope ; and gave it up, when 
there was no ground for apprehension. " 

There may remain a suspicion that we overrate 
the greatness of his genius, in the same manner as 
bodies appear more gigantick, on account of their 
being disproportioned and misshapen. 
T 



218 exercises. [Strength. 

SECT. VII. 

(29.) The seventh rule for promoting the strength and effect of 
sentences, is, to attend to the sound, the harmony and easy flow, 
of the words and members. 

Sound is a quality much inferiour to sense ; yet such as must 
not be disregarded. For, as long as sounds are the vehicle or 
conveyance for our ideas, there will be a very considerable con- 
nexion between the idea which is conveyed, and the nature of 
the sound which conveys it. — Pleasing ideas, and forcible reason- 
ing, can hardly be transmitted to the mind, by me ms of harsh and 
disagreeable sounds. The mind revolts at such sounds, and the 
impression of the sentiment must consequently be weakened. 
This subject respects the choice of words ; their arrangement, the 
order and disposition of the members, and the cadence or close 
of sentences. 

(30.) We begin with the choice of words. If we would speak 
forcibly and effectually, we must avoid the use of such words as 
the following : 1. Such as are composed of words already com- 
pounded, the several parts of which are not easily, and therefore 
not closely united : as, " Unsuccessfulness, wrongheadedness, ten- 
derheartedness ;" 2. Such as have the syllables which immediately 
follow the accented syllable, crowded with consonants that *<* 
not easily coalesce : as," Questionless, chroniclers, conventiclers" 
3. Such as have too many syllables following the accented syl- 
lable : as, "Primarily, cursorily, summarily, peremptoriness :*' 4. 
Such as have a short or unaccented syllable repeated, or followed 
by another short or unaccented syllable very much resembling : as, 
" Holily, sillily, lowlily, farriery." 

The next head, respecting the harmony which results from a 
proper arrangement of words, is a point of greater nicety. For, 
let the words themselves be ever so well chosen, and well sound- 
ing, yet, if they be ill disposed, the melody of the sentence is ut- 
terly lost, or greatly impaired. 

We may take, for an instance of a sentence remarkably har- 
monious, the following from Milton's Treatise on education : 
" We shall conduct you to a hill-side, laborious indeed, at the 
first ascent ; but else so smooth, so green, so full of goodly pros- 
pects, and melodious sounds on every side, that the harp of Or- 
pheus was not more charming." Every thing in this sentence 
conspires to promote the harmony. The words are well chosen-, 
full of liquids, and soft sounds ; laJjorious, smooth, green, goodly, 
melodious, charming ; and these words so artfully arranged, that 
were we to alter the situation of any one of them, we should, pres- 
ently, be sensible of the melody's suffering. 

W 2 proceed to consider the members of a sentence, with re- 
gard to harmony. They should not be too long, nor dispropor- 
tionate to each other. When they have a regular and propor- 
tional division, they are much easier to the voice, are more clear- 



Strength.) perspicuity, &lc. 219 

ly understood, and better remembered, than when this rule is not 
attended to : for whatever tires the voice, and offends the ear, is 
apt to mar the strength of the expression, and to degrade the sense 
of the author. And this is a sufficient ground for paying attention 
to the order and proportion of sentences, and the different parts 
of which they consist. 

With respect to the cadence or close of a sentence, care should 
be taken, that it be not abrupt, or unpleasant. The following 
instances may be sufficient to show the propriety of some atten- 
tion to this part of the rule. " Virtue, diligence, and industry, 
joined with good temper and prudence, are prosperous in general." 
It would be better thus : " Virtue, diligence, and industry, joined 
with good temper and prudence, have ever been found the surest 
road to prosperity." An author speaking of the Trinity, expresses 
himself thus : " It is a mystery which we firmly believe the truth 
of, and humbly adore the depth of." How much better would it 
have been with this transposition ! " It is a mystery, the truth of 
which we firmly believe, and the depth of which we humbly 
adore." 

Though attention to the words and members, and the close of 
sentences, must not be neglected, yet it must also be kept within 
proper bounds. Sense has its own harmony ; and in no instance 
should perspicuity, precision, or strength of sentiment, be sacri- 
ficed to sound. All unmeaning words, introduced merely to round 
the period, or fill up the melody, are great blemishes in writing. 
They are childish and trivial ornaments, by which a sentence al- 
ways loses more in point of weight, than it can gain by such addi- 
tions to its sound. 

Sobermindedness suits the present state of man. 

As conventiclers, these people were seized and 
punished. 

To use the Divine name customarily, and without 
serious consideration, is highly irreverent. 

From the favourableness with which he was at first 
received, great hopes of success were entertained. 

They conducted themselves wilily, and insnared 
us before we had time to escape. 

It belongs not to our humble and confined station, 
to censure, but to adore, submit, and trust. 

Under all its labours, hope is the mind's solace ; 
and the situations which exclude it entirely are few. 

The humbling of those that are mighty, and the 
precipitation of persons who are ambitious, from 



220 exercises. [Strength. 

the towering 1 height that they had gained, concern 
but little the bulk of man. 

Tranquillity, regularity, and magnanimity reside 
with the religious and resigned man. 

Sloth, ease, success, naturally tend to beget vices 
and follies. 

By a cheerful, even, and open temper, he concil- 
iated general favour. 

We reached the mansion before noon. It was a 
strong, grand, Gothick house. 

I had a long and perilous journey, but a comfort- 
able companion, who relieved the fatigue of it. 

The speech was introduced by a sensible pream- 
ble, which made a favourable impression. 

The Commons made an angry remonstrance 
against such an arbitrary requisition. 

The truly illustrious are they who do not court 
the praise of the world, but who perform such ac- 
tions as make them indisputably deserve it. 

By the means of society, our wants come to be 
supplied, and our lives are rendered comfortable, 
as well as our capacities enlarged, and our virtuous 
affections called forth into their proper exercise. 

Life cannot but prove vain to such persons as 
affect a disrelish of every pleasure, which is not 
both new and exquisite, measuring their enjoyments 
by fashion's standard, and not by what they feel 
themselves; and thinking that if others do not ad- 
mire their state, they are miserable. 

By experiencing distress, an arrogant insensibili- 
ty of temper is most effectually corrected, from 
the remembrance of our own sufferings naturalh 
prompting us to feel for others in their sufferings 
and if Providence has favoured us, so as not to make 
us subject in our own lot to much of this kind of dis- 
cipline, we should extract improvement from the 
lot of others that is harder ; and step aside some- 



Figures.) perspicuity, &c. 221 

times from the flowery and smooth paths which it 
is permitted us to walk in, in order to view the 
toilsome march of our fellow-creatures through the 
thorny desert. 

As no one is without his failings, so few want 
good qualities. 

Providence delivered them up to themselves, 
and they tormented themselves. 

From disappointments and trials, we learn the 
insufficiency of temporal things to happiness, and 
the necessity of goodness. 

CHAPTER IV. 

OF FIGURES OF SPEECH. 

The fourth requisite of a perfect sentence, is a judicious use 
of the Figures of Speech 

In general, Figures of Speech imply some departure from sim- 
plicity of expression ; the idea which we mean to convey is ex- 
pressed in a particular manner, and with some circumstance added, 
which is designed to render the impression more strong and vivid. 
When I say, for instance, " That a good man enjoys comfort in 
the midst of adversity ;" I just express my thoughts in the simplest 
manner possible : but when I say, " To the upright there ariseth 
light in darkness;" the same sentiment is expressed in a figurative 
style: a new circumstance is introduced; " light," is put in the place 
of "comfort," and "darkness" is used to suggest the idea of adver- 
sity. In the same manner, to say, " It is impossible, by any search 
we can make, to explore the Divine Nature fully," is to make a 
simple proposition: but when we say, " Canst thou, by searching, 
find out the Lord ? Canst thou find out the Almighty to perfec- 
tion ? It is high as heaven, what canst thou do ? deeper thap hell, 
what canst thou know ?" this introduces a figure into style; the 
proposition being not only expressed, but with it admiration and 
astonishment. 

The principal advantages of figures of speech, are the two fol- 
lowing. 

First, They enrich language, and render it more copious. B 
their moans, words and phrases arc multiplied, tor expressing all 
sorts of ideas ; for describing even the minutesl differences: the 
nicest shades and colours of thought ; which no language could 
possibly do by proper words alone, without assistance from 
Tropes. 

Secondly, They frequently give us a much clearer and more 
striking view of the principal object, than we could have, if it weie 



222 exercises. [Figures. 

expressed in simple terms, and divested of its accessory idea. By 
a well chosen figure, even conviction is assisted, and the impres- 
sion of a truth upon the mind, made more lively and forcible than 
it would otherwise be. We perceive this in the following illus- 
tration of Young : M When we dip too deep in pleasure, we al- 
ways stir a sediment that renders it impure and noxious :" and in 
this instance : M A heart boiling with violent passions, will always 
send up infatuating fumes to the head." An image that presents 
so much congruity between a moral and a sensible idea, serves, 
like an argument from analogy, to enforce what the author as- 
serts, and to induce belief. 
The most important figures are, 

(31) Metaphor, (37) Apostrophe, 

(32) Allegory, (38) Antithesis, 

(33) Comparison. (39) Interrogation, 

(34) Metonymy, (40) Exclamation, 

(35) Synecdoche, (41) Amplification, or 

(36) Personification, Climax, &c. 

No human happiness is so serene as not to con- 
tain any alloy. 

There is a time when factions, by the vehemence 
of their own fermentation, stun and disable one 
another. 

I intend to make use of these words in the thread 
of my speculations. 

Hope, the balm of life, darts a ray of light 
through the thickest gloom. 

The scheme was highly expensive to him, and 
proved the Charybdis of his estate. 

He was so much skilled in the empire of the 
oar, that few could equal him. 

The death of Cato has rendered the Senate an 
orphan. 

Let us be attentive to keep oui mouths as with a 
bridle; and to steer our vessel aright, that we may 
avoid the rocks and shoals, which lie every where 
around us. 

At length Erasmus, that great injur'd name, 
(The glory of the priesthood, and the shame,) 
Curb'd ilio wild torrent of a barb'rous age, 
And drove those holy Vandals off the stage. 



Figures.) .perspicuity, &c. 223 

In this our day of proof, our land of hope, 
The good man has his clouds that intervene ; 
Clouds that may dim his sublunary day, 
But cannot conquer: even the best must own, 
Patience and resignation are the columns 
Of human peace on earth. 

On the wide sea of letters, tvvas thy boast 
To crowd ench sail, and touch at ev'ry coast: 
From that ) ich mine how often hast thou brought 
The pure and precious pearls of splendid thought! 
How didst thou triumph on that subject tide, 
Till vanity's wild gust, and stormy pride, 
Drove thy strong mind, in evil hour, to split 
Upon the f ital rock of impious wit. 

Since the time that reason began to bud, and put 
forth her shoots, thought, during our waking hours, 
has been active in every breast, without a moment's 
suspension or pause. The current of ideas has 
been always moving. The wheels of the spiritual 
engine have exerted themselves with perpetual 
motion. 

The man who has no rule over his own spirit, 
possesses no antidote against poisons of any sort. 
He lies open to every insurrection of ill humour, 
and every gale of distress. Whereas he who is 
employed in regulating his mind, is making provi- 
sion against all the accidents of life. He is erect- 
ing a fortress into which, in the day of sorrow, he 
can retreat with satisfaction. 

Tamerlane the Great, writes to Bajazet,emperoiu 
of the Ottomans, in the following terms: "Where 
is the monarch who dares resist us? Where is the 
potentate who does not glory in being numbered 
among our attendants ? As for thee, descended from 
a Turcoman sailor, since the vessel of thy unbound- 
ed ambition has been wrecked in the gulf oi thy 
self-love, it would be proper that thou shouldst 
take in the sails of thy temerity, and cast the an- 
chor of repentance in the porl of - QCeritv ami 



224 exercises. [Promiscuous. 

justice, which is the port of safety ; lest the tem- 
pest of our vengeance make thee perish in the sea 
of the punishment thou deservest." 

It is pleasant to be virtuous and good ; because 
that is to excel many others : it is pleasant to grow 
better; because that is to excel ourselves: it is 
pleasant to command our appetites and passions, 
and to keep them in due order, within the bounds 
of reason and religion ; because this is empire : nay, 
it is pleasant even to mortify and subdue our lusts ; 
because that is victory. 

CHAPTER V. 

Violations of the Rules respecting perspicuous and 

accurate Writing, promiscuously disposed.* 

SECT. I. 

What is human life to all, but a mixture, (16) 
with various cares and troubles, of some scattered 
joys and pleasures ? 

(26) When favours of ever}' kind are (12) con- 
ferred speedily, they (13) are doubled. 

He (18) will soon weary the company, who is 
himself wearied. (10) 

He (18) must endure the follies of others, who 
will have their kindness. 

For the last years of man the first (17) must 
make provision. 

Perpetual light-mindedness (1) must terminate 
(10) in ignorance. 

In these, and in such like (2) oases, we should, 
(12) in our alms, generally suffer none (9) to be 
witnesses, but Him who must see every thing. 

The reason 'JO) why he is so badly qualified for 
the business, is because he (25) neglected his 
studies, and opportunities of improvement. 

* These notes refer to preceding Rules in Part V. 



Promiscuous.) perspicuity, &c. 225 

That Plutarch wrote (3) lives of Demosthenes 
and Cicero at Chaeronea, it (23) is clear from his 
own account. 

I wish to cultivate your (9) further acquain- 
tance. 

He may probably (23) make the attempt, but he 
cannot possibly (23) succeed. 

No pains were spared by his tutor, in order (23) 
to his being- improved in all useful knowledge. 

In no scene of her life was ever (23) Mary's ad- 
dress more remarkably displayed. 

This was the cause which (9) first gave rise to 
such (10) a barbarous practice. 

He craftily endeavoured, (25) by a variely of 
false insinuations which he made use of, to turn the 
empeiour to his purpose. 

The beauty (3) in the earth equals the. grandeur 
(3) jn the heavens. 

In (3) heallh and vigour of (3) body, and in the 
(3) slate of worldly fortune, all rejoice. 

What passes in the hearts of men, is generally 
unknown (8) to the publick eye. 

Many associations are united (9) bylaws the most 
arbitrary. 

These instances, may, (9) it is hoped, be suf- 
ficient to satisfy every reasonable mind. 

By such (10) general and comprehensive rules 
as this, (3) the clearest ideas aie conveyed. 

He determined not to comply with the proposal, 
except (10) he should receive a more ample com- 
pensation. 

There can be no doubt but (23) that health is 
preferable to riches. 

They declared (10) to their friends, that they 
believed the perusal of such hooks had ruined their 
(6) principles. 



226 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

John's temper greatly indisposed him for (3) 
instruction. 

Vegetation is (12) advancing constantly, though 
no eye can trace the steps (23) of its gradation. 

(25) The reason of my consenting to the mea- 
sure, was owing to his importunity. 

1 conceived a great regard for him, and could 
not but mourn for his (6) loss. 

The officer apprehended him, and confined him 
in his (6) own house. 

Charlotte, the friend of Amelia, to whom no one 
imputed blame, was too prompt in her (6) vindi- 
cation. 

Men who are rich and avaricious, lose (8) them- 
selves in a spring which might have cherished all 
around them. 

I should prefer (9) him to be rather of slow 
parts, than with (8) a bad disposition. 

As soon as Eugenius undertook the care of a 
parish, it immediately (23) engrossed the whole of 
his attention. 

The plan will at once contribute to general con- 
venience, and add (23) to the beauty and elegance 
of the town. 

Together with the national debt, the greatest 
national advantages are also (23) transmitted to 
succeeding generations. 

Their intimacy had (12) commenced in the hap- 
pier period, perhaps, of their youth and obscurity. 

His subject is precisely of that kind, which (12) 
a daring imagination could alone (10) have adopt- 
ed. 

This emperour conjured the senate, that the pu- 
rity of his reign might not be stained or (23) con- 
taminated, by the blood even of (12) a guilty sen- 
ator. 



Promiscuous.) PERSPICUITY, &c. 227 

It is a happy constitution of mind, to be able to 
view successive objects so steadily, as that the 
more (3) may never prevent us from doing justice 
to the less important. (27) 

This activity drew (16) great numbers of enter 
prising men over to Virginia, who came either in 
search of fortune, or of liberty, which was the only 
compensation for the want of it. (27) 

The erroneous judgment of parents, concerning 
HO) the conduct of schoolmasters, (15) has crushed 
(l\) the peace of many an ingenious man, who (3) 
engaged in the care of youth ; and paved the way 
tn the ruin of hopeful bo3S. 

SECT. II. 

The Greek doubtless is (^12) a language which 
is much superiour in riches, ^3) harmony, and vari- 
ety, to (3) Latin. 

Those three great genius's (O flourished in the 
same period. 

He has made a judicious adaption (8) of the ex- 
amples to the rule. 

This part of knowledge has been always grow- 
ing, and \3) will do (8) so, till the subjev t be ex- 
hausted. 

A boy of twelve years (8) old may study these 
lessons. 

The servant prod'iced from his late master an 
undeniable (10) character. 

I am surprised that so great a philosopher as (23) 
you are, should spend your (20) time in the pursuit 
of such chimeras. 

The ends of a divine and (3) human legislator, 
are vastly different. 

Scarce (8) had the " Spirit of Laws 1 ' made its ap- 
pearance, than (24) it was attacked. 



228 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

His donation was the more acceptable, that (24 y 
it was given without solicitation. 

This subject is an unwelcome intruder, affording 
hut (23) an uneasy sensation, and (12) brings (20) 
with it always a mixture of concern and compassion. 

He accordingly draws out his forces, and offers 
batfle to Hiero, who immediately (20) accepted it. 

James laid (10) late in bed yesterday; and this 
morning he lays (10) still later. 

The reason of this strange proceeding, will be 
accounted (8) for when I make my defence. 

I have (12) observed him often, and (25) his 
manner of proceeding is thus: he (12) enjoins first 
silence ; and then, &c. 

(12) Having not known, or not (23) considered 
the subject, he made a very (23) crude decision. 

They were all (2o) deceived by his fair pre 
tences, and they all (2IS) of them lost their prop- 
erty. 

It is above (8) a year since the time (23) that I 
left school. 

He was guilty of such (10) atrocious conduct, 
that he was deserted (12) by his friends for (1) 
good and all. 

No other employment (3) besides a bookseller 
suited his inclination. 

Hereby (1) I am instructed, and thereby (1) 1 
am honoured. 

I pleaded my good intention ; and after some time 
he assented thereto; (1) whereby (1) I entirely 
escaped all punishment. 

This 1 am disposed to the (1) rather, that it will 
serve to illustrate the principles advanced above 
(27) 

From what I have said, you will (12) perceive 
readily the subject I am to proceed upon. (27) 



Promiscuous.) perspicuity, &c. 229 

These are points too trivial to take notice of. (27) 
They are objects I am totally unacquainted with. 



{ % 



The nearer that men approach each (3) other, 
the more numerous (3) the points of contact in (23) 
which they touch, and the greater (3) their pleas- 
ures or (3) pains. . 

Thus I have endeavoured to (8) make the subject 
be better (10) understood. 

This is the most useful art of which men (9) are 



(25) The French writers of sermons study neat- 
ness in laying down their heads. (6) 

There is not any (28) beauty more in one of 
them than in the other. 

SECT. III. 

Study to unite (15) with firmness of principle 
gentleness of manners, and affable behaviour with 
untainted integrity. 

In that work, w r e are every now (2) and then in- 
terrupted with (8) unnatural thoughts. 

Bating (2) one or two expressions, the composi- 
tion is not subject (10) to censure. 

To answer his purpose effectually, he (8) pitch- 
ed (1) upon a very moving story. 

I am not able to discover whether these points 
are any (2) how connected. 

These are arguments which cannot be got (8) 
over by all the cavils of infidelity. 

This matter (25) I had a great mind to reply 
to. (27) 

I hope that I may (8) not be troubled in future, 
on this, or any the (2) like occasions. 

It is difficult to unite together (23) copiousness 
and (8) precision. 



230 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

Let us consider of (23) the proper means to ef- 
fect our purpose. 

We must pay attention to what goes (27) before 
and immediately follows after. (27) 

The more that (23) this track is pursued, the 
more that (23) eloquence is studied, the more (8) 
shall we be guarded against a false taste. 

True believers of every class (23) and denomi- 
nation on earth, make up the church and people 
of God. 

This is the sum and substance (23) of that which 
has been said on the subject. 

A perfect union of wit and judgment, is one of 
the rare? t things in the world. (2) 

Praisu, like gold and diamonds, owes to its scar- 
city only its value. (25) 

Intemperance (13) will mako life short and sad, 
^27) though it may fire the spirits for an hour. 

From their errours of (9) education, all their mis- 
eries have proceeded. 

Their disinterestedness of (9) conduct produced 
general admiration. 

I viewed the habitation of my departed friend. — 
Venerable shade ! I then gave thee a tear : (25) 
accept now of one cordial drop that falls to thy 
memory. (25) 

To-day we are here ; (25) to-morrow we are 
gone. 

This author is more remarkable for strength of 
sentiment, than harmonious (28) language. 

Many persons are more delighted with correct 
and elegant language, than with the importance of 
sentiment, (28) and accuracy of reasoning. 

I feel myself grateful to my friend, for all the 
instances of his (23) kindness, which he has often 
(23) manifested to me. 



Promiscuous.) perspicuity, &c. 231 

It is not from this world that any source (31) of 
comfort can arise, (31 to cheer the gloom of the 
last hour. 



SECT. IV. 

It is dangerous for beauty (23) that is mortal, or 
for terrestrial virtue, to be examined by a light 
that is too strong for it. (27) 

Beautiful women (12) possess seldom any great 
accomplishments, (3) because they (12) study be- 
haviour rather than solid excellence, lor the most 
part. 

(23) It is to discover the temper of froward 
children, not that of men, far less that of Chris- 
tians, (25) to fret and repine at every disappoint- 
ment of our wishes. 

It is ordained (23) and decreed by Providence, 
that nothing shall be obtained in our present state, 
(23) that is truly valuable, except it be (23) with 
difficulty and danger. 

(25) Pauses of ease and relaxation, labour neces- 
sarily requires; and the deliciousness of ease (12) 
makes us commonly unwilling to return to labour. 

Nothing (25) which is not right can be great ; 
nothing (17) can be suitable to the dignity of the 
human mind which reason condemns. 

We have warm hopes in youth, (1G) which are 
(12) blasted soon by negligence and rashness; ami 
great designs, which are defeated by inexperience 
(23) and ignorance of the world. 

The haunts of dissipation, by night and (3) day, 
open many a wide and inviting gale (25) to the 
children of idleness and sloth. 

True virtue (22) (as all its parts are connected, 
piety with morality, charity with justice, benevo- 



232 exercises. (Promiscuous. 

lence with temperance and fortitude,) must form 
one complete and entire system. 

Dissimulation obscures (28) parts and learning ; 
degrades (28) the lustre of every accomplishment ; 
and plunges (8) us into universal contempt. 

Confident (28) as you now are in your assertions, 
and positive (28) as you are in your opinions, be as- 
sured (3) the time approaches, when (25) things and 
men will appear in a different light to you. (27) 

In this age of dissipation and luxury in which 
we live, how many avenues are constantly open 
that carry (8) us to the gates (28) of folly ! 

Through extravagance and idleness, and (3) vain 
inclination (28) of emulating others in the splendid 
show of life, many run (2) into charges exceeding 
their property. 

Objects are separated (10) from each other, by 
their qualities : they are distinguished (8) by the 
distance of time or place. 

Clarendon being a man of extensive (10) abilities, 
stored his mind with a variety of ideas ; which cir- 
cumstance contributed to the successful exertion of 
his vigorous capacity. (8) 

SECT. V. 

The most high (29) degree of reverence and 
attention should be paid to youth ; and nothing (23) 
that is indecent or indelicate should be suffered to 
approach their eyes or their (23) ears. 

He who is blessed with a clear conscience, in the 
worst conjunctures of human life, enjoys (13) an 
elevation of mind peculiar to virtue, as well as (23) 
dignity and peace. (26) 

(16) The hand of industry may change, in a few 
years, the face of a country ; but (16) to alter (28) 



Promiscuous.) perspicuity, &c. 235 

the sentiments and manners of a people, (12) re- 
quires often as many generations. 

When the human mind dwells attentively (26) 
and long upon any subject, the passions are apt to 
grow (26) enthusiastick, interested, and warm ; and 
the understanding which they ought to obey, (26) 
they often force into their service. 

Some years after, (10) being released from prison, 
by reason of his consummate knowledge of civil 
law, and of military affairs, he was (14) exalted to 
the supreme power. 

The discontented man (22) (as his spleen irritates 
and sours his temper, and leads him to discharge 
its venom on all with whom he stands connected,) 
is never found without a great share of malignity. 

We cannot doubt but (8) all the proceedings of 
Providence (13) will appear as equitable, when 
fully understood and completely (23) intelligible, 
as now they seem irregular. 

All that great wealth (12) gives more (8) than 
a moderate fortune, generally is, more room for the 
freaks of caprice, and (3) privilege for ignorance 
and vice ; of flatteries a quicker succession, (25) 
and a larger circle of voluptuousness. 

The miscarriages of the great designs of princes 
are recorded in the histories of the world, but are 
of little (4) use to the bulk of mankind, who seem 
very little interested in (9) records of miscarriages 
which cannot happen to them. 

Were there any man who could say, in the course 
of his life, that he had never (13) suffered himself 
to be transported by passion, or had ever (23) 
given just ground of offence to any one, sucb a man 
might, (16) when he received from others unrea- 
sonable treatment, have some plea for impatience. 

Christianity will, at some future period, influence 
U 



234 exercises. {Promiscuous. 

the conduct of nations as well as (3) individuals. 
But this (3) (13) will (12) be, though its greatest, 
probably its latest triumph : for this (4) can be only 
brought (2) about (12) through the medium of 
private character ; and (3) therefore will not be (3) 
rapid in its progress, and visible at every step ; 
but gradual, (3) and visible (8) (12) when consid- 
erable effects only have been produced. 

The British constitution stands, (13) like an an- 
cient oak in the wood, among the nations of the 
earth ; which, after having overcome many a blast, 
overtops the other trees of the forest, and com- 
mands respect and veneration. 

SECT. VI. 

What an anchor is to a vessel (29) amidst a 
boisterous ocean, (17) on a coast unknown, and in 
a dark night, that is the hope of future happiness 
to the soul, when beset (8) by the confusions of the 
world : for in danger, (28) it affords one fixed point 
of rest ; amidst general fluctuation, (28) it gives 
security. 

Our pride and self-conceit, (22) (by nourishing 
a weak and childish sensibility to every fancied 
point of our own honour and interest,) (26) while 
they shut up all regard to the honour or interest 
of our brethren, render us quarrelsome and con- 
tentious. 

If there be any first principle of wisdom, it un- 
doubtedly is (13) this: the distresses that are re- 
movable, endeavour to remove ; (28) bear with as 
little disquiet as you can, (25) the distresses which 
cannot be removed: (16) comforts are to be found 
in every situation and condition of life ; having 
found them, (28) enjoy them. 

Instead of aspiring farther (8) than your propei 



Promiscuous.) perspicuity, kc. 235 

level, bring (13) your mind down to your state ; 
lest (13) you spend your life in a train of fruitless 
pursuits, by aiming too high, and at last bring 
yourself (12) to an entire state of insignificance and 
contempt. 

Often have we seen, that what we considered 
(13) as a sore disappointment at the time, has 
proved (13) to be a merciful providence in the 
issue; and that (16) it would have been so far from 
making us happy, if v hat we once eagerly wished 
for had been obtained, that »t would have produced 
our ruin. 

Can the stream continue to advance, (8) when it 
is deprived (8) of the fountain ? Can the branch im- 
prove, (8) when taken (8) from the stock which 
gave it nourishment? (12) Dependent spirits can 
no more be happy, when parted (8^ from all union 
with the Father of spirits, and the fountain of hap- 
piness. 

Prosperity is redoubled to a good man, by means 
of the generous use (23) which he makes of it ; 
and it is reflected back upon him by every one 
whom he makes happy; for (17) in the esteem 
and good-will of all who know him, in the gratitude 
of dependants, in the attachment of friends, and 
the intercourse of domestick affection, (26) he sees 
blessings multiplied round him, on every side. 

Whoever (8) would pass, (16) with honour and 
decency, the latter part of life, must (14) consider 
when he is young, that one day he shall (14) be 
old; and remember (13) that when he is old, he 
has once been young : (16) he must lay up knowl- 
edge in youth for his support, when his powers of 
acting shall forsake him; and (16) forbear to an- 
imadvert in age with rigour, on faults which expe- 
rience can alone (10) correct. 



236 APPENDIX 

Let us consider that youth is of no (8) long du 
ration; and that (16) when the enchantments of 
fancy in maturer age shall cease, and phantoms no 
more dance (13) about us, we shall have no com- 
forts but (26) wise men's esteem, the approbation 
of our hearts, and the means of doing good : and 
(23) let us live as men that are (13) to grow old 
some time, and to whom (17) of all evils it will be 
the most dreadful, to count their years past only 
by follies, and to be reminded of their former lux- 
uriance of health, (13) by the maladies only which 
riot has produced. 



APPENDIX. 

CONTAINING EXAMPLES, TO ASSIST THE STUDENT IN TRANS 
POSING THE PARTS OF SENTENCES, AND IN VARYING 
THE FORM OF EXPRESSING A SENTIMENT. 



CHAPTER I. 

On transposing the Members of a Sentence. 

The practice of transposing the members of 
sentences, is an exercise so useful to young persons, 
that it requires a more particular explanation, than 
could have been properly given in the preceding 
work. 

A few of the various modes in which the part9 
of a sentence may be arranged, have, therefore, 
been collected ; and they are, with other matter, 
produced in the form of an Appendix to the general 
Exercises. By examining them attentively, the 
student will perceive, in some degree, the nature 



APPENDIX. 237 

and effect of transposition ; and, by being frequently 
exercised in showing its variety in other sentences, 
he will obtain a facility in the operation; and a 
dexterity in discovering and applying, on all occa- 
sions, the clearest and most forcible arrangement. 
By this practice, he will also be able more readily 
to penetrate the meaning of such sentences, as are 
rendered obscure and perplexing to most readers, 
by the irregular disposition of their parts. 

The first and last forms of each class of exam- 
ples, are to be considered as the least exceptionable. 

The Roman state evidently declined, in propor- 
tion to the increase of luxury. 

The Roman state, in proportion to the increase 
of luxury, evidently declined. 

In proportion to the increase of luxury, the Ro- 
man state evidently declined. 

I am willing to remit all that is past, provided 
it may be done with safety. 

I am willing, provided it may be done with safety, 
to remit all that is past. 

Provided it may be done with safety, I am willing 
to remit all that is past. 

That greatness of mind which shows itself in 
dangers and labours, if it wants justice, is blameable. 

If that greatness of mind, which shows itself in 
dangers and labours, is void of justice, it is blameable. 

That greatness of mind is blameable, which shows 
itself in dangers and labours, if it wants justice. 

If that greatness of mind is void of justice, which 
shows itself in dangers and labours, it is blameable. 

That greatness of mind is blameable, if it is void 
of justice, which shows itself in dangers and la- 
bours. 



238 APPENDIX. 

If it wants justice, that greatness of mind, which 
shows itself in dangers and labours, is blameable. 

He who made light to spring from primeval 
darkness, will make order, at last, to arise from the 
seeming confusion of the world. 

From the seeming confusion of the world, He 
who made light to spring from primeval darkness, 
will make order, at last, to arise. 

He who made light to spring from primeval 
darkness, will, from the seeming confusion of the 
world, make order, at last, to arise. 

He who made light to spring from primeval 
darkness, will, at last, from the seeming confusion 
of the world, make order to arise. 

He will make order, at last, to arise from the 
seeming confusion of the world, who made light to 
spring from primeval darkness. 

From the seeming confusion of the world, He 
will make order, at last, to arise, who made light 
to spring from primeval darkness. 

He who made light to spring from primeval 
darkness, will, at last, make order to arise, from the 
seeming confusion of the world. 

Whoever considers the uncertainty of human 
affairs, and how frequently the greatest hopes are 
frustrated ; will see just reason to be always on his» 
guard, and not to place too much dependence on 
things so precarious. 

He who considers how frequently the greatest 
hopes are frustrated, and the uncertainty of human 
affairs ; will not place too much dependence on 
things so precarious, and will see just reason to be 
always on his guard. 

He will see just reason to be always on his guard, 



Ai'FENDlX. 239 

and not to place too much dependence on the pre- 
carious things of time ; who considers the uncer- 
tainty of human affairs, and how often the greatest 
hopes are frustrated. 

Let us not conclude, while dangers are at a dis- 
tance, and do not immediately approach us, that we 
are secure ; unless we use the necessary precautions 
to prevent them. 

Unless we use the necessary precautions to pre- 
vent dangers, let us not conclude, while they are 
at a distance, and do not immediately approach us, 
that we are secure. 

Unless we use the necessary precautions to pre- 
vent dangers, let us not conclude, that we are secure, 
while they are at a distance, and do not immediately 
approach us. 

Let us not conclude that we are secure, while 
dangers are at a distance, and do not immediately 
approach us, unless we use the necessary precau- 
tions to prevent them. 

While dangers are at a distance, and do not im- 
mediately approach us, let us not conclude, that we 
are secure, unless we use the necessary precautions 
to prevent them. 

Those things which appear great to one who 
knows nothing greater, will sink into a diminutive 
size, when he becomes acquainted with objects of 
a higher nature. 

When one becomes acquainted with objects of a 
higher nature, those things which appeared great 
to him whilst he knew nothing greater, will sink 
into a diminutive size. 

To one who knows nothing greater, those things 
which then appear great, will sink into a diminutive 



240 APPENDIX. 

size, when he becomes acquainted with objects of 
a higher nature. 

CHAPTER II. 

On variety of Expression. 
Besides the practice of transposing the parts of 
sentences, the Compiler recommends to tutors, fre- 
quently to exercise their pupils, in exhibiting some 
of the various modes, in which the same sentiment 
may be properly expressed. This practice will 
extend their knowledge of the language, afford a 
variety of expression, and habituate them to deliver 
their sentiments with clearness, ease, and propriety. 
It will likewise enable those who may be engaged 
in studying other languages, not only to construe 
them with more facility, into English ; but also to 
observe and apply more readily, many of the turns 
and phrases, which are best adapted to the genius 
of those languages. A few examples of this kind of 
exercise, will be sufficient to explain the nature of 
it, and to show its utility. 

The brother deserved censure more than his sister. 

The sister was less reprehensible than her 
brother. 

The sister did not deserve reprehension, so much 
as her brother. 

Reproof was more due to the brother, than to 
the sister. 

I will attend the conference, if I can do it con- 
veniently. 

I intend to be at the conference, unless it should 
be inconvenient. 

If I can do it with convenience, I purpose to be 
present at the conference. 



APPENDIX. 241 

If it can be done without inconvenience, I shall 
not fail to attend the conference. 

I shall not absent myself from the conference, 
unless circumstances render it necessary. 

He who lives always in the bustle of the world, 
lives in a perpetual warfare. 

To live continually in the bustle of the world, is 
to live in perpetual warfare. 

By living constantly in the bustle of the world, 
our life becomes a scene of contention. 

It is a continual warfare, to live perpetually in the 
bustle of the world. 

The hurry of the world, to him who always lives 
in it, is a perpetual conflict. 

They who are constantly engaged in the tumults 
of the world, are strangers to the blessings of peace. 

The spirit of true religion breathes gentleness 
and affability. 

Gentleness and affability are the genuine effects 
of true religion. 

True religion teaches us to be gentle and affable. 

Genuine religion will never produce an austere 
temper, or rough demeanour. 

Harshness of manners and want of condescension, 
are opposite to the spirit of true religion. 

Industry is not only the instrument of improve- 
ment, but the foundation of pleasure. 

Industry produces both improvement and pleasure. 

Improvement and pleasure are the products of 
industry. 

The common attendants on idleness are ignorance 
and misery. 

Valerius passed several laws, abridging the power 
of the senate, and extending that of the people. 
X 



242 APPENDIX. 

Several laws were passed by Valerius, which 
abridged the power of the senate, and extended 
that of the people. 

The power of the senate was abridged, and that 
of the people extended, by several laws passed 
during the consulship of Valerius. 

The advantages of this world, even when inno- 
cently gained, are uncertain blessings. 

If the advantages of this world were innocently 
gained, they are still uncertain blessings. 

We may indeed innocently gain the advantages oi 
this world ; but even then they are uncertain bless- 
ings. 

Uncertainty attends all the advantages of this 
world, not excepting those which are innocently 
acquired. 

The blessings which we derive from the advan- 
tages of this world, are not secure, even when they 
are innocently gained. 

When you behold wicked men multiplying in 
number, and increasing in power, imagine not that 
Providence particularly favours them. 

When wicked men are observed to multiply in 
number, and increase in power, we are not to sup- 
pose that they are particularly favoured by Provi- 
dence. 

From the increase and prosperity of the wicked, 
we must not infer that they are the favourites of 
Providence. 

Charity consists not in speculative ideas of gen- 
eral benevolence, floating in the head, and leaving 
the heart, as speculations too often do, untouched 
and cold. 

Speculative ideas of general benevolence, do 
not form the virtue of charity ; for these often float 



APPENDIX. 243 

in the head, and leave the heart untouched and 
cold. 

Speculations which leave the heart unaffected 
and cold, though they may consist of general benev- 
olence floating in the head, do not form the great 
virtue of charity. 

Universal benevolence to mankind, when it rests 
in the abstract, does not constitute the noble virtue 
of charity. It is then a loose, indeterminate idea, 
rather than a principle of real effect ; and floats as 
a useless speculation in the head, instead of affecting 
the temper and the heart. 

A wolf let into the sheepfold, will devour the 
sheep. 

If we let a wolf into the fold, the sheep will be 
devoured. 

The wolf will devour the sheep, if the sheepfold 
be left open. 

A wolf being let into the sheepfold, the sheep 
will be devoured. 

If the fold be not left carefully shut, the wolf 
will devour the sheep. 

There is no defence of the sheep from the wolf, 
unless it be kept out of the fold. 

A slaughter will be made amongst the sheep, if the 
wolf can get into the fold. 

The preceding examples show that the form of 
expressing a sentiment may be properly varied, by 
turning the active voice of verbs into the passive, 
and the nominative case of nouns into the objective ; 
by altering the connexion of short sentences, by 
different adverbs and conjunction-, and by the use 
of prepositions; by applying adjectives and adverbs 
instead of substantives, and ; by asing 

the case absolute in place of the nominalh 



244 APPENDIX. 

verb ; and the participle instead of the verb ; by 
reversing the correspondent parts of the sentence ; 
and by the negation of the contrary, instead of the 
assertion of the thing first proposed. By these, 
and other modes of expression, a great variety of 
forms of speech, exactly or nearly of the same 
import, may be produced ; and the young student 
furnished with a considerable store for his selection 
and use. 

When the business of transposing the parts of 
sentences, and of varying the forms of expression, 
becomes familiar to the student, he may be employ- 
ed in reducing the particulars of a few pages, to 
general heads ; and in expanding sentiments gene- 
rally expressed, into their correspondent particu- 
lars ; and by making these operations more or less 
general, and more or less particular, a considerable 
variety will be introduced into this part of the 
Exercises. 

An employment of the kind here proposed, will 
not only make the learner skilful in the meaning 
and application of terms, and in the nature of a 
concise and of a copious style ; but it will also teach 
him to think with order and attention ; to con- 
tract or expand his views at pleasure ; and to digest 
the sentiments of other persons, or his own, in the 
manner best adapted to assist his judgment and 
memory. 



Metaphor.) appendix. 24> 

CHAPTER III. 

FIGURES OF SPEECH. 

METAPHOR. 

A MetapJior is a figure founded entirely on the resemblance which 
one object bears to another. Hence, it is much allied to simile or 
comparison, and is indeed no other than a comparison, expressed 
in an abridged form. When I say of some great minister, " That 
lie upholds the state, like a pillar which supports the weight of a 
whole edifice, 77 I fairly make a comparison : but when I say of such 
a minister, " That he is the pillar of the state, 77 it now becomes a 
metaphor. In the latter case, the comparison between the minister 
and a pillar is made in the mind ; but it is expressed without any of 
the words that denote comparison. 

Rules to be observed in the use of metaphors. 

1. Metaphors, as well as other figures, should, on no occasion, b? 
stuck on profusely ; and should always be such as accord with the strait. 
of our sentiment. The latter part of the following passage, from i 
iate historian, is, in this respect, very exceptionable. He is giving 
an account of the famous act of parliament against irregular mar- 
riages in England. "The bill," says he, " underwent a great num- 
ber of alterations and amendments, which were not effected without 
violent contest. At length however, it was floated through both 
houses on the tide of a great majority, and steered into the safe har- 
l>our of royal approbation." 

2. Care should be taken that the resemblance, which is the founda- 
tion of the metaphor, be clear and perspicuous, not fin-fetched, run 
dijicult to discover. The transgression of this rule makes what are 
called harsh or forced metaphors; which are displeasing, because 
Lhey puzzle the reader, and instead of illustrating tlie thought, reuder 
it perplexed and intricate. 

3. in the third place, we should be careful, in the conduct of met- 
aphors, never to jumble metaphorical and plain language together. An 
author, addressing himself to the king, says, 

To thee the world its present homage pays ; 
The harvest early, but mature the praise. 

It is plain, that, had not the rhyme misled him to the choice of an 
-mproper phrase, he would have said, 

The hai-vcst early, but mature the crop ; 

and so would have continued the figure which he had begun. Whore- 
as, by dropping it unfinished, ami by employing the literal word 
"praise," when we were expecting something that related to the har- 
vest, the figure is broken, and the two members of the sentence have 
no suitable correspondence to each other. 

4. We should avoid making two inconsistent metaphors meet 



246 appendix. (jillegorij. 

on one object. This is what is called mixed metaphor, and is 
indeed one of the greatest misapplications of this figure. One 
maj' be " sheltered under the patronage of a great man :" but it 
would be wrong to say, "sheltered under the mask of dissimula- 
tion:" as a mask conceals, but does not shelter. Addison, in his 
letter from Italy, says: 

I bridle in my struggling muse with pain, 
That longs to launch into a bolder strain. 
The muse, figured as a horse, may be bridled; but when we speak 
of launching, we make it a ship; and by no force of imagination 
can it be supposed both a horse and a ship at one moment , 
bridled, to hinder it from launching. 

The same author, elsewhere, says, "There is not a single view 
of human nature, which is not sufficient to extinguish the seeds 
of pride." Observe the incoherence of the things here joined to- 
gether ; making a view extinguish, and extinguish seeds. 

5. As metaphors ought never to be mixed, so they should not 
be crowded together on the same object ; for the mind has diffi- 
culty in passing readily through many different views of the same 
object, presented in quick succession. 

6. The last rule concerning metaphors, is, that they be not too 
Jar pursued. If the resemblance, on which the figure is founded, 
be long dwelt upon, and carried into all its minute circumstances, 
we tire the reader, who soon grows weary of this stretch of fancy ; 
and we render our discourse obscure. This is called straining a 
metaphor. Authors of a lively and strong imagination are apt to run 
into this exuberance of metaphor. When they hit upon a figure 
that pleases them, they are loth to part with it; and frequently 
continue it so long, as to become tedious and intricate. We may 
observe, for instance, how the following metaphor is spun out. 

Thy thoughts are vagabonds; all outward bound, 

Midst sands, and rocks, and storms, to cruise for pleasure , 

If gain'd, dear bought; and better miss'd than gain'd. 

Fancy and sense, from an infected shore, 

Thy cargo bring; and pestilence the prize : 

Then such a thirst, insatiable thirst, 

By fond indulgence but inflam'd the more ; 

Fancy still cruises, when poor sense is tired. 
ALLEGORY. 
An Allegory may be regarded as a metaphor continued ; since 
it is the representation of some one thing by another that resem- 
bles it, and which is made to stand for it. We may take from the 
Scriptures a very fine example of an allegory, in the 80th Psalm , 
where the people of Israel are represented under the image of a 
vine ; and the figure is carried throughout with great exactness 
and beauty. " Thou hast brought a vine out of Egypt : thou hast 
cast out the heathen and planted it. Thou preparedst room be- 
fore it; and didst cause it 10 take deep root, and it filled the land. 



Comparison.) appendix. ^47 

The hills were covereu with the shadow of it : and the boughs 
thereof were like the goodly cedars. She sent out her boughs unlo 
the sea, and her branches unto the river. Why hast thou broken 
down her hedges, so that all they which pass by the way do pluck 
her ? The boar out of the wood doth waste it, and the wild beast of 
the field doth devour it. Return, we beseech thee, O God of hosts : 
look down from heaven, and behold, and visit this vine "' See also 
Ezekiel, xvii. 22—24. 

The first and principal requisite in the conduct of an allegory, is, 
that the figurative and tlie literal meaning be not mixed inconsistently 
together. Indeed, all the rules that were given for metaphors, may 
also be applied to allegories, on account of the affinity they bear 
to each other. The only material difference between them, besides 
the one being short and the other being prolonged, is, that a meta- 
phor always explains itself by the words that are connected with 
it in their proper and natural meaning ; as when I say, " Achilles 
was a lion ;" " An able minister is the pillar of the state ;" the 
" lion" and the " pillar" are sufficiently interpreted by the mention of 
" Achilles" and the " minister," which I join to them ; but an allegory 
is, or may be, allowed to stand less connected with the literal mean- 
ing, the interpretation not being so directly pointed out, but left to 
our own reflection. 

Allegory was a favourite method of delivering instruction in an 
dent times } for what we call fables or parables, are no other than 
allegories. By words and actions attributed to beasts or inanimate 
objects, the dispositions of men were figured ; and what we call the 
moral, is the unfigured sense or meaning of the allegory. 

COMPARISON. 

A Comparison or Simile is, when the resemblance between 
two objects is expressed in form, and generally pursued more fully 
than the nature of a metaphor admits; as when it is said, "The 
actions of princes are like those great rivers, the course of which 
every one beholds, but their springs have been seen by lew . 
the mountains are round about Jerusalem, so the Lord is round 
about his people." " Behold, how good and how pleasant ii is 
for brethren to dwell together in unity! It is like the precious 
ointment, &c. and as the dew that descended upon the mountains oi 
Zion." 

In comparisons, the understanding is concerned much more than 
the fancy; and therefore the rules to be observed, with respect to 
them, are, that they be clear, and that they be useful; that they 
tend to render our conception of the principal object more distinct J 
and thai they do not lead our view aside, and bewilder it with 
any false light. We should always remember thai SUD 
not arguments. However apt they may be, they do no more than 
explain the writer's sentiments ; they do not prove them to be (bunded 
on truth. 

Comparisons ought not to be founded on likenesses which aie 



248 appendix. (Metonymy^ eye. 

loo faint and remote. For these, in place of assisting, strain the 
mind to comprehend them, and throw no light upon the subject. 
It is also to be observed, that a comparison which, in the princi- 
pal circumstances, carries a sufficiently near resemblance, may 
become unnatural and obscure, if pushed too far. Nothing is 
more opposite to the design of this figure, than to hunt after a 
great number of coincidences in minute points, merely to show 
how far the writer's ingenuity can stretch the resemblance. 

METONYMY. 

A Metonymy is founded on the several relations, of cause and 
effect, container and contained, sign and thing signified. When 
we say; "They read Milton," the cause is put instead of the ef- 
fect; meaning "Milton's works." On the other hand, when it is 
said, "Gray hairs should be respected," we put the effect for the 
cause, meaning by "gray hairs," old age. "The kettle boils," is 
a phrase where the name of the container is substituted for that 
of the thing contained. " To assume the sceptre," is a common 
expression for entering on royal authority ; the sign being put for 
thfc thing signified. 

SYNECDOCHE. 

When the whole is put for a part, or a part for the whole ; a 
genus for a species, or a species for a genus ; in general, when 
any thing less, or any thing more, is put for the precise object 
meant; the figure is then called a Synecdoche or Comprehension. 
It is very common, for instance, to describe a whole object by 
some remarkable part of it; as when we say "A fleet of twenty 
sail" in the place of "ships;" when we use the "head" for the 
"person," the "waves" for the "sea." In like manner, an attri- 
bute may be put for a subject; as, "Youth" for the "young," the 
"deep," for the "sea;" and sometimes a subject for its attribute. 

PERSONIFICATION. 

Personification or Prosopopoeia, is that figure by which we at- 
tribute life and action to inanimate objects. The use of this 
figure is very natural and extensive: there is a wonderful prone- 
ness in human nature, under emotion, to animate all objects. 
When we say, " the ground thirsts for rain," or, " the earth smiles 
with plenty;" when we speak of "ambition's being restless," or, 
"a disease's being deceitful;" such expressions show the facility 
with which the mind can accommodate the properties of living 
creatures to things that are inanimate, or to abstract conceptions 
of its own forming. The following are striking examples from 
the Scriptures: "When Israel went out of Egypt, the house of 
Judab from a people of strange language ; the sea saw it, and fled: 
Jordan was driven back! The mountains skipped like rams, and 
the little hills like lambs. What ailed thee, O thou sea! that 
thou fleddest? Tbou Jordan, tbat thou wast driven back? Ye 



Apostrophe, <yc.) appendix. 249 

mountains, that ye skipped like rams ; and ye little hills, like lambs ? 
Tremble, thou earth, at the presence of the Lord, at the presence of 
the God of Jacob." 

" The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them : and 
the desert shall rejoice and blossom as the rose." 

APOSTROPHE. 

Apostrophe is a turning off from the regular course of the subject 
to address some person or thing ; as, " Death is swallowed up in 
victory. O death ! where is thy sting ? O grave ! where is thy 
victory V 

The following is an instance of personification and apostrophe unit 
ed : " O thou sword of the Lord ! how long will it be ere thou be 
quiet ? put thyself up into thy scabbard, rest and be still ! How can 
it be quiet, seeing the Lord hath given it a charge against Askelon, 
and against the sea-shore 1 there hath he appointed it." 

A principal errour, in the use of the apostrophe, is, to deck the ob- 
ject addressed with affected ornaments ; by wnich authors relinquish 
the expression of passion, and substitute for it the language of 
fancy. 

Another frequent errour is, to extend this figure to too great length 
The language of violent passion is always concise, and often abrupt. 
It passes suddenly from one object to another. It often glances at a 
thought, starts from it, and leaves it unfinished. 

ANTITHESIS. 

The next figure in order, is Antitliesis. Comparison is founded 
on the resemblance ; antithesis, on the contrast or opposition of two 
objects. Contrast has always the effect, to make each of the con- 
trasted objects appear in the stronger light. White, for instance, 
never appears so bright as when it is opposed to black ; and v. hi ;i 
both are viewed together. An author, in his defence of a friend 
against the charge of murder, expresses himself thus : " Can you 
believe that the person whom he scrupled to slay, when he might 
have done so with lull justice, in a convenient place, at a proper time, 
with secure impunity; he made no scruple to murder against juMre, 
in an unfavourable place, at an unseasonable time, and at the risk of 
capital condemnation ?" 

The following examples further illustrate this figure. 
Tho' deep, yet clear ; tho' gentle, yet not dull ; 
Strong, without rage ; without o'ertlowing, full. 

"If you wish to enrich a person, study not to increase his stores, 
but to diminish his desires." 

HYPERBOLE. 

The next figure concerning which we are to treat, is called Hy 
verbole or Exaggeration. It consists in magnifying an 
beyond its natural bounds. In all languages, even in common 
conversation, hyperbolical expressions very frequently occur- as 



250 appendix. (Vision, S^c 

swift as the wind ; as white as the snow j and the like ; and the com 
inon forms of compliment, are almost all of them extravagant hy- 
perboles. If any tiling be remarkably good or great in its kind, we 
are instantly ready to add to it some exaggerating epithet, and to 
make it the greatest or best we ever saw. The imagination has al- 
ways a tendency to gratify itself, by magnifying its present object, 
and carrying it to excess. More or less of this hyperbolical turn 
will prevail in language, according to the liveliness of imagination 
among the people who speak it. Hence young people deal much in 
hyperboles. Hence the language of the Orientals was far more hy- 
perbolical, than that of the Europeans, who are of more phlegmatick, 
or, perhaps we may say, of more correct imagination. Hence, 
among all writers in early times, and in the rude periods of society, 
we may expect this figure to abound. Greater experience and more 
cultivated society, abate the warmth of imagination, and chasten the 
manner of expression. 

Hyperboles are of two kinds ; either such as are employed in de- 
scription, or such as are suggested by the warmth of passion. All pas- 
sions without exception, love, terrour, amazement, indignation, and 
even grief, throw the mind into confusion, aggravate their objects, and 
of course prompt a hyperbolical style. 

VISION. 

Vision is another figure of speech, which is proper only in animat- 
ed and warm composition. It is produced when, instead of relating 
something that is past, we use the present tense, and describe it as 
actually passing before our eyes. Thus Cicero, in his fourth oration 
against Catiline : " I seem to myself to behold Uiis city, the ornament 
of the earth, and the capital of all nations, suddenly involved in one 
conflagration. I see before me the slaughtered heaps of citizens, ly- 
ing unburied in the midst of their ruined country. The furious coun- 
tenance of Cethegus rises to my view, while, widi a savage joy, he 
is triumphing in your miseries." 

This manner of description supposes a sort of enthusiasm, which 
carries the person who describes, in some measure, out of himself} 
and, when well executed, must needs, by the force of sympathy, im- 
press the reader or hearer very strongly. But, in order to a success- 
ful execution, it requires an uncommonly warm imagination, and so 
happy a selection of circumstances, as shall make us think we see 
before our eyes the scene that is described. 

INTERROGATION. 

Interrogation. The unfigured, literal use of interrogation, is to 
ask a question : but when men are strongly moved, whatever they 
would affirm or deny, with great earnestness, they naturally put 
i:i the form of a question, expressing thereby the strongest confidence 
of the truth of their own sentiment, and appealing to their hear- 
ers for the impossibility of the contrary. Thus Balaam express- 
ed himself to Balak : " The I ord is not a man, that he should 



Exclamation, <$"C.) appendix. 251 

lie, neither the son of man that he should repent Hath he said 
it? and shall he not do it? Hath he spoken it? and shall he not 
make it good ?" 

Interrogation gives life and spirit to discourse. We see this in 
the animated, introductory speech of Cicero against Cataline • 
*' How long will you, Cataline, abuse our patience ? Do you not 
perceive that your designs are discovered?" — He might indeed 
have said ; "You abuse our patience a long while. You must be 
sensible, that your designs are discovered." But it is easy to 
perceive, how much this latter mode of expression falls short of 
the force and vehemence of the former. 

EXCLAMATION. 

Exclamations are the effect of strong emotions of the mind , 
such as, surprise, admiration, joy, grief, and the like. " Wo is me 
that I sojourn in Mesech, that I dwell in the tents of Ke- 
dar !" Psalms. 

"Othat my ht ^i were waters, and mine eyes a fountain of 
tears, that I might weep ^ay and night, for the slain of the daugh- 
ter of my people ! O that I had in the wilderness a lodging-place 
of wayfaring men!" Jeremiah. 

IRONY. 

Irony is expressing ourselves in a manner contrary to our 
thoughts, not with a view to deceive, but to add force to our ob- 
servations. Persons may be reproved for their negligence, by 
saying; "You have taken great care indeed." Cicero says of 
the person against whom he was pleading; "We have great rea- 
son to believe that the modest man would not ask him for his 
debt, when he pursues his life." 

Ironical exhortation is a very agreeable kind of figure, which, 
after having set the inconveniences of a thing, in the clearest 
light, concludes with a feigned encouragement to pursue it. Such 
is that of Horace, when, having beautifully described the noise 
and tumults of Rome, he adds ironically ; 

"Go now, and study tuneful verse at Rome." 

The subjects of Irony are vices and follies of all kinds: and this 
mode of exposing them, is often more effectual than serious 
reasoning. The gravest persons have not declined the use of this 
figure, on proper occasions. The wise and virtuous Socrates 
made great use of it, in his endeavours to discountenance vinous 
and foolish practices. Even in the sacred writing, we have a 
remarkable instance of it. The prophet Elijah, when he chat 
lenged the priests of Baal to prove the truth of their deity, " mock- 
ed them, and said : Cry aloud for he is a god, either lie is talking, 
or he is pursuing, or he is in a journey, or peradventure I 
eth, and must be awaked." 

Exclamations and Irony are sometimes united ; as in ( !ii ero B 
oration for Balbus, where he derides his accuser, by saying, "O 



252 appendix. {Climax. 

excellent interpreter of the law ! master of antiquity ! correctol 
and amender of our constitution !" 

CLIMAX. 

Amplification or Climax consists in heightening 1 all the circum- 
stances of an object or action, which we desire to place in a strong 
light. Cicero gives a lively instance of this figure, when he says ; 
"It is a crime to put a Roman citizen in bonds ; it is the height of 
guilt to scourge him 5 little less than parricide to put him to death : 
what name then shall I give to the act of crucifying him ?" 

We shall conclude this article with an example of a beautiful 
climax, taken from the charge of a judge to the jury, in the case 
of a woman accused of murdering her own child. " Gentlemen, 
if one man had any how slain another ; if an adversary had killed 
his opposer, or a woman occasioned the death of her enem} 7 5 even 
these criminals would have been capitally punished by the Cor- 
nelian law 5 but if this guiltless infant, that could make no enemy, 
had been murdered by its own nurse, what punishment would not 
then the mother have demanded ? With what cries and exclama- 
tions would she have stunned your ears? What shall we say 
then, when a woman, guilty of homicide, a mother, of the murder 
of her innocent child, hath comprised all those misdeeds in one 
single crime ? a crime, in its own nature, detestable 5 in a woman, 
prodigious 5 in a mother, incredible 3 and perpetrated against one 
whose age called for compassion, whose near relation claimed af- 
fection, and whose innocence deserved the highest favor." 

The fundamental rule for writing with accuracy, and into which 
all others might be resolved, undoubtedly is, to communicate, in 
correct language, and in the clearest and most natural order, the 
ideas which we mean to transfuse into ifie minds of others. Such 
a selection and arrangement of words, as do most justice to the 
sense, and express it to most advantage, make an agreeable 
and strong impression. To these points have tended all the rules 
which have been given. Did we always think clearly, and were 
we, at the same time, fully masters of the language in which we 
write, there would be occasion for few rules. Our sentences 
would then, of course, acquire all those properties of clearness, 
unity, strength, and accuracy, which have been recommended. 
For we may rest assured, that whenever we express ourselves ill, 
besides the mismanagement of language, there is, for the most 
part, some mistake in our manner of conceiving the subject. Em- 
barrassed, obscure, and feeble sentences, are generally, if not al- 
ways, the result of embarrassed, obscure, and feeble thought. 
Thought and expression act and re-act upon each other. The 
understanding and language have a strict connexion; and they 
who are learning to compose and arrange their sentences witn 
accuracy and order, are learning, at the same time, to think with 
accuracy and order ; a consideration which alone will recom- 
pense the student, for his attention to this branch of literature. 






Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Oct. 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATIOI 
1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township. PA 16066 



